ZX Next Dev Guide

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 209

ZX Spectrum Next

Assembler Developer Guide

Tomaž Kragelj
ZX Spectrum Next Assembler Developer Guide
Tomaž Kragelj
15 September 2021
REVISIONS
2021-09-15
2021-07-16

Copyright © 2021 Tomaž Kragelj


Copyright © 2005 Jan Wilmans
Copyright © 1997, 1998, 2001, 2003, 2005 Sean Young
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under
the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later
version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections,
with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the
license is included in the section entitled “GNU Free Documentation License”.
Contents

i
Chapter 1

Introduction

1.1 Where to get this document


ZX Spectrum Next Assembler Developer Guide is available as coil bound printed book on
https://bit.ly/zx-next-assembler-dev-guide
You can also download it as PDF document from GitHub where you can also find its source
LATEX form so you can edit it to your preference
https://github.com/tomaz/zx-next-dev-guide

1.2 Companion Source Code


GitHub repository also includes companion source code. Sample projects were created in a
cross-platform environment on Windows so instructions here are written with these in mind.
But consider them merely as a suggestion; you should be able to use your preferred editor or
tools.

1
CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION

Visual Studio Code (https://code.visualstudio.com/)


My code editor of choice! I use it with the following plugins:
DeZog plugin (https://github.com/maziac/DeZog)
Essential plugin; features list is too large to even attempt to enumerate here but essentially
turns VS Code into a fully-fledged debugging environment.
Z80 Macro-Assembler (https://github.com/mborik/z80-macroasm-vscode)
Another must-have plugin for the Z80 assembly developer; syntax highlighting, code
formatting and code completion, renaming etc.
Z80 Instruction Set (https://github.com/maziac/z80-instruction-set)
Adds mouse hover action above any Z80N instruction for quick info.
Z80 Assembly meter (https://github.com/theNestruo/z80-asm-meter-vscode)
Shows the sum of clock cycles and machine code bytes for all instructions in the current
selection.
sjasmplus 1.18.2 (https://github.com/z00m128/sjasmplus)
Source code includes sjasmplus specific directives for creating nex files at the top and bottom
of main.asm files; if you use a different compiler, you may need to tweak or comment them out.
VS Code projects are set up to expect binaries in a specific folder. You will need to download
and copy so that sjasmplus.exe is located in Tools/sjasmplus.
CSpect 2.13.0 (http://cspect.org)
Similar to sjasmplus, CSpect binaries are expected in a specific folder. To install, download
and copy so that CSpect.exe is located in Tools/CSpect folder.
CSpect Next Image (http://www.zxspectrumnext.online/#sd)
You will also need to download the ZX Spectrum Next image file and copy it to the folder
where CSpect.exe is located. I use a 2GB image, hence VS Code project file is configured for
that. If you use a different image, make sure to update .vscode/tasks.json file.
DeZog CSpect plugin (https://github.com/maziac/DeZogPlugin)
DeZog requires this plugin to be installed to work with CSpect. To install, download and copy
to the same folder where CSpect.exe is located. Make sure the plugin version matches the
DeZog version!
Note: you need to have CSpect launched before you can run the samples. I created couple tasks1 for it: open
VS Code command palette (Ctrl+Shift+P shortcut on my installation) and select Tasks: Run Task option,
then select Launch CSpect from list. This is only needed once. Afterwards, use Run > Start Debugging from
the main menu to compile and launch the program.
Note: default DeZog port of 11000 doesn’t work on my computer, so I changed it to 13000. This needs to
be managed in 2 places: .vscode/launch.json and on the plugin side. Companion code repository already
includes the setup needed, including DeZogPlugin.dll.config file, so it should work out of the box.
Note: sample projects are ready for ZEsarUX as well, select the option from debugging panel in VS Code.
1
Workspace tasks seem to not be supported in some later VS Code versions. If this is the case for you, copy
them to user tasks (shared between projects): open .vscode/tasks.json file from any of the sample projects,
scroll down a little and copy Launch CSpect and Launch ZEsarUX tasks to user tasks. You can do this all from
within VS Code. To open the user tasks file, open the command palette and start typing open user tasks,
then select the option from the drop-down menu.

2
CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION

1.3 Background, Contact & Feedback


My first computer was ZX Spectrum 48K. Initially, it was only used to play games, but my
creative mind soon set me on the path of building simple games of my own in BASIC. While
too young to master assembler at that point, the idea stayed with me. ZX Spectrum Next
revived my wish to learn Z80 and return to writing games for the platform.
My original intent was to have coil bound list of all ZX Next instructions so I can quickly
compare. However, after finding Z80 Undocumented online, it felt like a perfect starting point.
And with additional information included, it also encouraged me to extend the mere instructions
list with the Next specific chapters. So in a way, this book represents my notes as I was learning
those topics. That being said, I did my best to present information as a reference to keep the
book relevant.
English is not my native tongue. And our mind is not the best tool to correct our own work
either. Since I can’t afford a professional proofreader, mistakes are a matter of fact I’m afraid.
If you spot something or want to contribute, feel free to open an issue on GitHub. Pull requests
are also welcome! If you want to contribute, but are unsure of what, check the accompanying
readme file on GitHub for ideas. If you want to discuss in advance, or for anything else, you
can find me on email [email protected] or Twitter @tomsbarks.
That being said, I hope you’ll enjoy reading this document as much as I did writing it!
Sincerely, Tomaž

3
CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION

1.4 Z80 Undocumented


As the saying “standing on the shoulders of giants” goes, this book is also based on pre-existing
work from Jan and Sean. While my work is ZX Spectrum Next developer-oriented, their original
project was more focused on hardware perspective, for Z80 emulator developers.
If interested, you can find it at http://www.myquest.nl/z80undocumented/.

Jan
http://www.myquest.nl/z80undocumented/
Email [email protected]
Twitter @janwilmans
Interested in emulation for a long time, but a few years after Sean started writing this document,
I have also started writing my own MSX emulator in 2003 and I’ve used this document quite
a lot. Now (2005) the Z80 emulation is nearing perfection, I decided to add what extra I have
learned and comments various people have sent to Sean, to this document.
I have restyled the document (although very little) to fit my personal needs and I have checked
a lot of things that were already in here.

Sean
http://www.msxnet.org/
Ever since I first started working on an MSX emulator, I’ve been very interested in getting
the emulation absolutely correct - including the undocumented features. Not just to make sure
that all games work, but also to make sure that if a program crashes, it crashes exactly the
same way if running on an emulator as on the real thing. Only then is perfection achieved.
I set about collecting information. I found pieces of information on the Internet, but not
everything there is to know. So I tried to fill in the gaps, the results of which I put on my
website. Various people have helped since then; this is the result of all those efforts and to my
knowledge, this document is the most complete.

4
CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION

1.5 ChangeLog
15 September 2021 Corrections and updates based on community comments - with special
thanks to Peter Ped Helcmanovsky. Restructured and updated many ZX Next chapters:
added sample code to ports, completely restructured memory map and paging, added
new palette chapter including 9-bit palette handling, updated ULA with shadow screen
info and added Next extended keyboard description. Other than that couple of cosmetic
changes: redesigned title, copyright pages etc. Also, many behind the scenes improvements
like splitting previous huge single LATEX file into multiple per-chapter/section. This is
not only more manageable but can also compile much faster.

16 July 2021 Added ZX Spectrum Next information and instructions and restructured text
for better maintainability and readability.

18 September 2005 Corrected a textual typo in the R register and memory refresh section,
thanks to David Aubespin. Corrected the contradiction in the DAA section saying the NF
flag was both affected and unchanged :) thanks to Dan Meir. Added an error in official
documentation about the way Interrupt Mode 2 works, thanks to Aaldert Dekker.

15 June 2005 Corrected improper notation of JP x,nn mnemonics in opcode list, thanks to
Laurens Holst. Corrected a mistake in the INI, INIR, IND, INDR section and documented
a mistake in official Z80 documentation concerning Interrupt Mode 2, thanks to Boris
Donko. Thanks to Aaldert Dekker for his ideas, for verifying many assumptions and for
writing instruction exercisers for various instruction groups.

18 May 2005 Added an alphabetical list of instructions for easy reference and corrected
an error in the 16-bit arithmetic section, SBC HL,nn sets the NF flag just like other
subtraction instructions, thanks to Fredrik Olssen for pointing that out.

4 April 2005 I (Jan [email protected]) will be maintaining this document from this version on. I
restyled the document to fix the page numbering issues, corrected an error in the I/O
Block Instructions section, added graphics for the RLD and RRD instructions and corrected
the spelling in several places.

20 November 2003 Again, thanks to Ramsoft, added PV flag to OUTI, INI and friends.
Minor fix to DAA tables, other minor fixes.

13 November 2003 Thanks to Ramsoft, add the correct tables for the DAA instruction (section
??). Minor corrections & typos, thanks to Jim Battle, David Sutherland and most of all
Fred Limouzin.

September 2001 Previous documents I had written were in plain text and Microsoft Word,
which I now find very embarrassing, so I decided to combine them all and use LATEX.
Apart from a full re-write, the only changed information is “Power on defaults” (section
??) and the algorithm for the CF and HF flags for OTIR and friends (section ??).

5
CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION

This page intentionally left empty

6
Chapter 2

Zilog Z80

7
OVERVIEW

2.1 Overview

2.1.1 History of the Z80

In 1969 Intel was approached by a Japanese company called Busicom to produce chips for
Busicom’s electronic desktop calculator. Intel suggested that the calculator should be built
around a single-chip generalized computing engine and thus was born the first microprocessor
- the 4004. Although it was based on ideas from a much larger mainframe and mini-computers
the 4004 was cut down to fit onto a 16-pin chip, the largest that was available at the time, so
that its data bus and address bus were each only 4-bits wide.
Intel went on to improve the design and produced the 4040 (an improved 4-bit design) the 8008
(the first 8-bit microprocessor) and then in 1974 the 8080. This last one turned out to be a
very useful and popular design and was used in the first home computer, the Altair 8800, and
CP/M.
In 1975 Federico Faggin who had worked at Intel on the 4004 and its successors left the company
and joined forces with Masatoshi Shima to form Zilog. At their new company, Faggin and Shima
designed a microprocessor that was compatible with Intel’s 8080 (it ran all 78 instructions of
the 8080 in almost the same way that Intel’s chip did)1 but had many more abilities (an extra
120 instructions, many more registers, simplified connection to hardware). Thus was born the
mighty Z80, and thus was the empire forged!
The original Z80 was first released in July 1976, coincidentally Jan was born in the very same
month. Since then newer versions have appeared with much of the same architecture but
running at higher speeds. The original Z80 ran with a clock rate of 2.5MHz, the Z80A runs at
4MHz, the Z80B at 6MHz and the Z80H at 8Mhz.
Many companies produced machines based around Zilog’s improved chip during the 1970s and
80’s and because the chip could run 8080 code without needing any changes to the code the
perfect choice of the operating system was CP/M.
Also, Zilog has created a Z280, an enhanced version of the Zilog Z80 with a 16-bit architecture,
introduced in July 1987. It added an MMU to expand addressing to 16Mb, features for
multitasking, a 256-byte cache, and a huge number of new opcodes (giving a total of over
2000!). Its internal clock runs at 2 or 4 times the external clock (e.g. a 16MHz CPU with a
4MHz bus.
The Z380 CPU incorporates advanced architectural while maintaining Z80/Z180 object code
compatibility. The Z380 CPU is an enhanced version of the Z80 CPU. The Z80 instruction
set has been retained, adding a full complement of 16-bit arithmetic and logical operations,
multiply and divide, a complete set of register-to-register loads and exchanges, plus 32-bit load
and exchange, and 32-bit arithmetic operations for address calculations.
The addressing modes of the Z80 have been enhanced with Stack pointer relative loads and
stores, 16-bit and 24-bit indexed offsets and more flexible indirect register addressing. All of
the addressing modes allow access to the entire 32-bit addressing space.
1
Thanks to Jim Battle ([email protected]): the 8080 always puts the parity in the PF flag; VF does
not exist and the timing is different. Possibly there are other differences.

8
CHAPTER 2. ZILOG Z80

2.1.2 Registers

The following accessible registers exist in the Z80.


A F },Accumulator and Flags
BC .
DE
-General purpose registers
HL *
IX
Index registers
IY ,
PC .
SP
-Special purpose registers
I R ,
AF’ /
/
.
BC’
Alternate general purpose registers
DE’ /
/
-
HL’

2.1.3 Flags

The conventional way of denoting the flags is with one letter, “C” for the carry flag for example.
It could be confused with the C register, so I’ve chosen to use the “CF” notation for flags (except
“P” which uses “PV” notation due to having dual-purpose, either as parity or overflow). And
for YF and XF the same notation is used in MAME2 .
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
flag SF ZF YF HF XF PF NF CF

SF Set if the 2-complement value is negative; simply a copy of the most significant bit.

ZF Set if the result is zero.

YF A copy of bit 5 of the result.

HF The half-carry of an addition/subtraction (from bit 3 to 4). Needed for BCD correction
with DAA.

XF A copy of bit 3 of the result.

PV This flag can either be the parity of the result (PF), or the 2-complement signed overflow
(VF): set if 2-complement value doesn’t fit in the register.

NF Shows whether the last operation was an addition (0) or a subtraction (1). This information
is needed for DAA.3

CF The carry flag, set if there was a carry after the most significant bit.
2
http://www.mame.net/
3
Wouldn’t it be better to have separate instructions for DAA after addition and subtraction, like the 80x86
has instead of sacrificing a bit in the flag register?

9
OVERVIEW

2.1.4 Pin Descriptions [?]

This section might be relevant even if you don’t do anything with hardware; it might give you
insight into how the Z80 operates. Besides, it took me hours to draw this.

A11 1 40 A10
A12 2 39 A9
A13 3 38 A8
A14 4 37 A7
A15 5 36 A6
CLK 6 35 A5
D4 7 34 A4
D3 8 33 A3
D5 9 32 A2
D6 10 31 A1
5V Z80 CPU A0
11 30
D2 12 29 GND
D7 13 28 RFSH
D0 14 27 M1
D1 15 26 RESET
INT 16 25 BUSREQ
NMI 17 24 WAIT
HALT 18 23 BUSACK
MREQ 19 22 WR
IORQ 20 21 RD

A15  A0 Address bus (output, active high, 3-state). This bus is used for accessing the memory
and for I/O ports. During the refresh cycle the IR register is put on this bus.
BUSACK Bus Acknowledge (output, active low). Bus Acknowledge indicates to the requesting
device that the CPU address bus, data bus, and control signals MREQ, IORQ, RD and WR have
been entered into their high-impedance states. The external device now control these lines.
BUSREQ Bus Request (input, active low). Bus Request has a higher priority than NMI and is
always recognised at the end of the current machine cycle. BUSREQ forces the CPU address
bus, data bus and control signals MREQ, IORQ, RD and WR to go to a high-impedance state
so that other devices can control these lines. BUSREQ is normally wired-OR and requires
an external pullup for these applications. Extended BUSREQ periods due to extensive DMA
operations can prevent the CPU from refreshing dynamic RAMs.
D7  D0 Data Bus (input/output, active low, 3-state). Used for data exchanges with memory,
I/O and interrupts.
HALT Halt State (output, active low). Indicates that the CPU has executed a HALT instruction
and is waiting for either a maskable or nonmaskable interrupt (with the mask enabled) before
operation can resume. While halted, the CPU stops increasing the PC so the instruction is
re-executed, to maintain memory refresh.
INT Interrupt Request (input, active low). Interrupt Request is generated by I/O devices. The
CPU honours a request at the end of the current instruction if IFF1 is set. INT is normally
wired-OR and requires an external pullup for these applications.
IORQ Input/Output Request (output, active low, 3-state). Indicates that the address bus holds
a valid I/O address for an I/O read or write operation. IORQ is also generated concurrently

10
CHAPTER 2. ZILOG Z80

with M1 during an interrupt acknowledge cycle to indicate that an interrupt response vector
can be placed on the databus.

M1 Machine Cycle One (output, active low). M1, together with MREQ, indicates that the current
machine cycle is the opcode fetch cycle of an instruction execution. M1, together with IORQ,
indicates an interrupt acknowledge cycle.

MREQ Memory Request (output, active low, 3-state). Indicates that the address holds a valid
address for a memory read or write cycle operations.

NMI Non-Maskable Interrupt (input, negative edge-triggered). NMI has a higher priority than
INT. NMI is always recognised at the end of an instruction, independent of the status of the
interrupt flip-flops and automatically forces the CPU to restart at location $0066.

RD Read (output, active low, 3-state). Indicates that the CPU wants to read data from memory
or an I/O device. The addressed I/O device or memory should use this signal to place data
onto the data bus.

RESET Reset (input, active low). Initializes the CPU as follows: it resets the interrupt flip-flops,
clears the PC and IR registers, and set the interrupt mode to 0. During reset time, the
address bus and data bus go to a high-impedance state, and all control output signals go to
the inactive state. Note that RESET must be active for a minimum of three full clock cycles
before the reset operation is complete. Note that Matt found that SP and AF are set to
$FFFF.

RFSH Refresh (output, active low). RFSH, together with MREQ, indicates that the IR registers
are on the address bus (note that only the lower 7 bits are useful) and can be used for the
refresh of dynamic memories.

WAIT Wait (input, active low). Indicates to the CPU that the addressed memory or I/O device
are not ready for data transfer. The CPU continues to enter a wait state as long as this
signal is active. Note that during this period memory is not refreshed.

WR Write (output, active low, 3-state). Indicates that the CPU wants to write data to memory
or an I/O device. The addressed I/O device or memory should use this signal to store the
data on the data bus.

2.1.5 Power on Defaults

Matt4 has done some excellent research on this. He found that AF and SP are always set to
$FFFF after a reset, and all other registers are undefined (different depending on how long the
CPU has been powered off, different for different Z80 chips). Of course, the PC should be set to
0 after a reset, and so should the IFF1 and IFF2 flags (otherwise strange things could happen).
Also since the Z80 is 8080 compatible, the interrupt mode is probably 0.
Probably the best way to simulate this in an emulator is to set PC, IFF1, IFF2, IM to 0 and set
all other registers to $FFFF.
4
[email protected]

11
UNDOCUMENTED OPCODES

2.2 Undocumented Opcodes


There are quite a few undocumented opcodes/instructions. This section should describe every
possible opcode so you know what will be executed, whatever the value of the opcode is.
The following prefixes exist: CB, ED, DD, FD, DDCB and FDCB. Prefixes change the way the
following opcodes are interpreted. All instructions without a prefix (not a value of one the
above) are single-byte opcodes (without the operand, that is), which are documented in the
official documentation.

2.2.1 CB Prefix [?]

An opcode with a CB prefix is a rotate, shift or bit test/set/reset instruction. A few instructions
are missing from the official list, for example SLL (Shift Logical Left). It works like SLA, for
one exception: it sets bit 0 (SLA resets it).

CB30 SLL B
CB31 SLL C
CB32 SLL D
CB33 SLL E
CB34 SLL H
CB35 SLL L
CB36 SLL (HL)
CB37 SLL A

2.2.2 DD Prefix [?]

In general, the instruction following the DD prefix is executed as is, but if the HL register is
supposed to be used the IX register is used instead. Here are the rules:

ˆ Any usage of HL is treated as an access to IX (except EX DE,HL and EXX and the ED
prefixed instructions that use HL).
ˆ Any access to (HL) is changed to (IX+d), where “d” is a signed displacement byte placed
after the main opcode - except JP (HL), which isn’t indirect anyway. The mnemonic
should be JP HL.
ˆ Any access to H is treated as an access to IXh (the high byte of IX) except if (IX+d) is
used as well.
ˆ Any access to L is treated as an access to IXl (the low byte of IX) except if (IX+d) is
used as well.
ˆ A DD prefix before a CB selects a completely different instruction set, see section ??.

12
CHAPTER 2. ZILOG Z80

Some examples:

Without DD prefix With DD prefix


LD H, (HL) LD H, (IX+d)
LD H, A LD IXH, A
LD L, H LD IXL, IXH
JP (HL) JP (IX)
LD DE, 0 LD DE, 0
LD HL, 0 LD IX, 0

2.2.3 FD Prefix [?]

This prefix has the same effect as the DD prefix, though IY is used instead of IX. Note LD IXL,
IYH is not possible: only IX or IY is accessed in one instruction, never both.

2.2.4 ED Prefix [?]

There are a number of undocumented EDxx instructions, of which most are duplicates of
documented instructions. Any instruction not listed here has no effect (same as 2 NOPs). **
indicates undocumented instruction:
ED40 IN B, (C) ED50 IN D, (C)
ED41 OUT (C), B ED51 OUT (C), D
ED42 SBC HL, BC ED52 SBC HL, DE
ED43 LD (nn), BC ED53 LD (nn), DE
ED44 NEG ED54 NEG**
ED45 RETN ED55 RETN**
ED46 IM 0 ED56 IM 1
ED47 LD I, A ED57 LD A, I
ED48 IN C, (C) ED58 IN E, (C)
ED49 OUT (C), C ED59 OUT (C), E
ED4A ADC HL, BC ED5A ADC HL, DE
ED4B LD BC, (nn) ED5B LD DE, (nn)
ED4C NEG** ED5C NEG**
ED4D RETI ED5D RETN**
ED4E IM 0** ED5E IM 2
ED4F LD R, A ED5F LD A, R

13
UNDOCUMENTED OPCODES

ED60 IN H, (C) ED70 IN (C) / IN F, (C)**


ED61 OUT (C), H ED71 OUT (C), 0**
ED62 SBC HL, HL ED72 SBC HL, SP
ED63 LD (nn), HL ED73 LD (nn), SP
ED64 NEG** ED74 NEG**
ED65 RETN** ED75 RETN**
ED66 IM 0** ED76 IM 1**
ED67 RRD ED77 NOP**
ED68 IN L, (C) ED78 IN A, (C)
ED69 OUT (C), L ED79 OUT (C), A
ED6A ADC HL, HL ED7A ADC HL, SP
ED6B LD HL, (nn) ED7B LD SP, (nn)
ED6C NEG** ED7C NEG**
ED6D RETN** ED7D RETN**
ED6E IM 0** ED7E IM 2**
ED6F RLD ED7F NOP**
The ED70 instruction reads from I/O port C, but does not store the result. It just affects the
flags like the other IN x,(C) instructions. ED71 simply outs the value 0 to I/O port C.
The ED63 is a duplicate of the 22 opcode (LD (nn),HL) and similarly ED6B is a duplicate of the
2A opcode (LD HL,(nn)). Of course the timings are different. These instructions are listed in
the official documentation.
According to Gerton Lunter5 :

The instructions ED 4E and ED 6E are IM 0 equivalents: when FF was put on the


bus (physically) at interrupt time, the Spectrum continued to execute normally,
whereas when an EF (RST $28) was put on the bus it crashed, just as it does in that
case when the Z80 is in the official interrupt mode 0. In IM 1 the Z80 just executes
a RST $38 (opcode FF) no matter what is on the bus.

All the RETI/RETN instructions are the same, all like the RETN instruction. So they all, including
RETI, copy IFF2 to IFF1. See section ?? for more information on RETI and RETN and IM x.

2.2.5 DDCB Prefix

The undocumented DDCB instructions store the result (if any) of the operation in one of the
seven all-purpose registers. Which one depends on the lower 3 bits of the last byte of the opcode
(not operand, so not the offset).

000 B 100 H
001 C 101 L
010 D 110 (none: documented opcode)
011 E 111 A
5
[email protected]

14
CHAPTER 2. ZILOG Z80

The documented DDCB0106 is RLC (IX+$01). So, clear the lower three bits (DDCB0100) and
something is done to register B. The result of the RLC (which is stored in (IX+$01)) is now also
stored in register B. Effectively, it does the following:

LD B, (IX+$01)
RLC B
LD (IX+$01), B

So you get double value for money. The result is stored in B and (IX+$01). The most common
notation is: RLC (IX+$01), B
I’ve once seen this notation:

RLC (IX+$01)
LD B, (IX+$01)

That’s not correct: B contains the rotated value, even if (IX+$01) points to ROM. The DDCB
SET and RES instructions do the same thing as the shift/rotate instructions:

DDCB10C0 SET 0, (IX+$10), B


DDCB10C1 SET 0, (IX+$10), C
DDCB10C2 SET 0, (IX+$10), D
DDCB10C3 SET 0, (IX+$10), E
DDCB10C4 SET 0, (IX+$10), H
DDCB10C5 SET 0, (IX+$10), L
DDCB10C6 SET 0, (IX+$10) - documented instruction
DDCB10C7 SET 0, (IX+$10), A

So for example with the last instruction, the value of (IX+$10) with bit 0 set is also stored in
register A.
The DDCB BIT instructions do not store any value; they merely test a bit. That’s why the
undocumented DDCB BIT instructions are no different from the official ones:

DDCB d 78 BIT 7, (IX+d)


DDCB d 79 BIT 7, (IX+d)
DDCB d 7A BIT 7, (IX+d)
DDCB d 7B BIT 7, (IX+d)
DDCB d 7C BIT 7, (IX+d)
DDCB d 7D BIT 7, (IX+d)
DDCB d 7E BIT 7, (IX+d) - documented instruction
DDCB d 7F BIT 7, (IX+d)

15
UNDOCUMENTED EFFECTS

2.2.6 FDCB Prefixes

Same as for the DDCB prefix, though IY is used instead of IX.

2.2.7 Combinations of Prefixes

This part may be of some interest to emulator coders. Here we define what happens if strange
sequences of prefixes appear in the instruction cycle of the Z80.
If CB or ED is encountered, that byte plus the next make up an instruction. FD or DD should be
seen as prefix setting a flag which says “use IX or IY instead of HL”, and not an instruction.
In a large sequence of DD and FD bytes, it is the last one that counts. Also any other byte (or
instruction) resets this flag.
FD DD 00 21 00 10 NOP NOP NOP LD HL, $1000

2.3 Undocumented Effects

2.3.1 BIT Instructions

BIT n,r behaves much like AND r,2n with the result thrown away, and CF flag unaffected.
Compare BIT 7,A with AND $80: flag YF and XF are reset, SF is set if bit 7 was actually set;
ZF is set if the result was 0 (bit was reset), and PV is effectively set if ZF is set (the result of
the AND leaves either no bits set (PV set - parity even) or one bit set (PV reset - parity odd).
So the rules for the flags are:

SF flag Set if n = 7 and tested bit is set.

ZF flag Set if the tested bit is reset.

YF flag Set if n = 5 and tested bit is set.

HF flag Always set.

XF flag Set if n = 3 and tested bit is set.

PV flag Set just like ZF flag.

NF flag Always reset.

CF flag Unchanged.

This is where things start to get strange. With the BIT n,(IX+d) instructions, the flags behave
just like the BIT n,r instruction, except for YF and XF. These are not copied from the result
but from something completely different, namely bit 5 and 3 of the high byte of IX+d (so IX
plus the displacement).

16
CHAPTER 2. ZILOG Z80

Things get more bizarre with the BIT n,(HL) instruction. Again, except for YF and XF, the
flags are the same. YF and XF are copied from some sort of internal register. This register
is related to 16-bit additions. Most instructions do not change this register. Unfortunately, I
haven’t tested all instructions yet, but here is the list so far:
ADD HL, xx Use high byte of HL, ie. H before the addition.
LD r, (IX+d) Use high byte of the resulting address IX+d.
JR d Use high byte target address of the jump.
LD r, r’ Doesn’t change this register.
Any help here would be most appreciated!

2.3.2 Memory Block Instructions [?]

The LDI/LDIR/LDD/LDDR instructions affect the flags in a strange way. At every iteration, a
byte is copied. Take that byte and add the value of register A to it. Call that value n. Now,
the flags are:

YF flag A copy of bit 1 of n.

HF flag Always reset.

XF flag A copy of bit 3 of n.

PV flag Set if BC not 0.

SF, ZF, CF flags These flags are unchanged.

And now for CPI/CPIR/CPD/CPDR. These instructions compare a series of bytes in memory to
register A. Effectively, it can be said they perform CP (HL) at every iteration. The result of that
comparison sets the HF flag, which is important for the next step. Take the value of register
A, subtract the value of the memory address, and finally subtract the value of HF flag, which
is set or reset by the hypothetical CP (HL). So, n=A-(HL)-HF.

SF, ZF, HF flags Set by the hypothetical CP (HL).

YF flag A copy of bit 1 of n.

XF flag A copy of bit 3 of n.

PV flag Set if BC is not 0.

NF flag Always set.

CF flag Unchanged.

17
UNDOCUMENTED EFFECTS

2.3.3 I/O Block Instructions

These are the most bizarre instructions, as far as the flags are concerned. Ramsoft found all of
the flags. The “out” instructions behave differently than the “in” instructions, which doesn’t
make the CPU very symmetrical.
First of all, all instructions affect the following flags:

SF, ZF, YF, XF flags Affected by decreasing register B, as in DEC B.

NF flag A copy of bit 7 of the value read from or written to an I/O port.

And now the for OUTI/OTIR/OUTD/OTDR instructions. Take the state of the L after the increment
or decrement of HL; add the value written to the I/O port; call that k for now. If k ¡ 255,
then the CF and HF flags are set. The PV flag is set like the parity of k bitwise and’ed with
7, bitwise xor’ed with B.

HF and CF Both set if ((HL) + L ¡ 255)

PV The parity of ((((HL) + L) ^ 7) Y B)

INI/INIR/IND/INDR use the C register instead of the L register. There is a catch though,
because not the value of C is used, but C + 1 if it’s INI/INIR or C - 1 if it’s IND/INDR. So,
first of all INI/INIR:

HF and CF Both set if ((HL) + ((C + 1) ^ 255) Y 255)

PF The parity of (((HL) + ((C + 1) ^ 255)) ^ 7) Y B)

And last IND/INDR:

HF and CF Both set if ((HL) + ((C - 1) ^ 255) ¡ 255)

PF The parity of (((HL) + ((C - 1) ^ 255)) ^ 7) Y B)

2.3.4 16 Bit I/O ports

Officially the Z80 has an 8-bit I/O port address space. When using the I/O ports, the 16
address lines are used. And in fact, the high 8 bits do have some value, so you can use 65536
ports after all. IN r, (C), OUT (C), r, and the block I/O instructions actually place the
entire BC register on the address bus. Similarly IN A, (n) and OUT (n), A put A 256 + n
on the address bus.
The INI, INIR, IND and INDR instructions use BC before decrementing B, and the OUTI, OTIR,
OUTD and OTDR instructions use BC after decrementing.

18
CHAPTER 2. ZILOG Z80

2.3.5 Block Instructions

The repeated block instructions simply decrement the PC by two so the instruction is simply
re-executed. So interrupts can occur during block instructions. So, LDIR is simply LDI + if BC
is not 0, decrement PC by 2.

2.3.6 16 Bit Additions

The 16-bit additions are a bit more complicated than the 8-bit ones. Since the Z80 is an 8-bit
CPU, 16-bit additions are done in two stages: first, the lower bytes are added, then the two
higher bytes. The SF, YF, HF, XF flags are affected by the second (high) 8-bit addition. ZF
is set if the whole 16-bit result is 0.

2.3.7 DAA Instruction

This instruction is useful when you’re using BCD values. After addition or subtraction, DAA
corrects the value back to BCD again. Note that it uses the CF flag, so it cannot be used after
INC and DEC.
Stefano Donati from Ramsoft6 has found the tables which describe the DAA operation. The
input is the A register and the CF, NF, HF flags. The result is as follows:
Depending on the NF flag, the “diff”
from this table must be added (NF is
reset) or subtracted (NF is set) to A: CF flag is affected: NF flag is affected:

high low high low low


CF nibble HF nibble diff CF nibble nibble CF’ NF HF nibble HF’
0 0-9 0 0-9 00 0 0-9 0-9 0 0 * 0-9 0
0 0-9 1 0-9 06 0 0-8 A-F 0 0 * A-F 1
0 0-8 * A-F 06 0 9-F A-F 1 1 0 * 0
0 A-F 0 0-9 60 0 A-F 0-9 1 1 1 6-F 0
1 * 0 0-9 60 1 * * 1 1 1 0-5 1
1 * 1 0-9 66
1 * * A-F 66
0 9-F * A-F 66
0 A-F 1 0-9 66

SF, YF, XF are copies of bit 7, 5, 3 of the result respectively; ZF is set according to the result
and NF is always unchanged.
6
http://www.ramsoft.bbk.org/

19
INTERRUPTS

2.4 Interrupts
There are two types of interrupts, maskable and non-maskable. The maskable type is ignored if
IFF1 is reset. Non-maskable interrupts (NMI) will are always accepted, and they have a higher
priority, so if both are requested at the same time, the NMI will be accepted first.
For the interrupts, the following things are important: interrupt Mode (set with the IM 0, IM
1, IM 2 instructions), the interrupt flip-flops (IFF1 and IFF2), and the I register. When a
maskable interrupt is accepted, the external device can put a value on the data bus.
Both types of interrupts increase the R register by one when accepted.

2.4.1 Non-Maskable Interrupts (NMI)

When an NMI is accepted, IFF1 is reset. At the end of the routine, IFF1 must be restored (so
the running program is not affected). That’s why IFF2 is there; to keep a copy of IFF1.
An NMI is accepted when the NMI pin on the Z80 is made low (edge-triggered). The Z80
responds to the change of the line from +5 to 0 - so the interrupt line doesn’t have a state,
it’s just a pulse. When this happens, a call is done to address $0066 and IFF1 is reset so the
routine isn’t bothered by maskable interrupts. The routine should end with an RETN (RETurn
from Nmi) which is just a usual RET but also copies IFF2 to IFF1, so the IFFs are the same as
before the interrupt.
You can check whether interrupts were disabled or not during an NMI by using the LD A,I or
LD A,R instruction. These instructions copy IFF2 to the PV flag.
Accepting an NMI costs 11 t-states.

2.4.2 Maskable Interrupts (INT)

If the INT line is low and IFF1 is set, a maskable interrupt is accepted - whether or not the
last interrupt routine has finished. That’s why you should not enable interrupts during such a
routine, and make sure that the device that generated it has put the INT line up again before
ending the routine. So unlike NMI interrupts, the interrupt line has a state; it’s not a pulse.
When an interrupt is accepted, both IFF1 and IFF2 are cleared, preventing another interrupt
from occurring which would end up as an infinite loop (and overflowing the stack). What
happens next depends on the Interrupt Mode.
A device can place a value on the data bus when the interrupt is accepted. Some computer
systems do not utilize this feature, and this value ends up being $FF.

Interrupt Mode 0 This is the 8080 compatibility mode. The instruction on the bus is
executed (usually an RST instruction, but it can be anything). I register is not used.
Assuming it’s a RST instruction, accepting this takes 13 t-states.

Interrupt Mode 1 This is the 8080 compatibility mode. The instruction on the bus is

20
CHAPTER 2. ZILOG Z80

executed (usually an RST instruction, but it can be anything). I register is not used.
Assuming it’s a RST instruction, accepting this takes 13 t-states.

Interrupt Mode 2 A call is made to the address read from memory. What address is read
from is calculated as follows: pI registerq  256 pvalue on busq. Zilog’s user manual
states (very convincingly) that the least significant bit of the address is always 0, so they
calculate the address that is read from as: pI registerq  256 pvalue on bus ^ $FEq. I
have tested this and it’s not correct. Of course, a word (two bytes) is read, making the
address where the call is made to. In this way, you can have a vector table for interrupts.
Accepting this interrupt type costs 19 t-states.

At the end of a maskable interrupt, the interrupts should be enabled again. You can assume
that was the state of the IFFs because otherwise the interrupt wasn’t accepted. So, an interrupt
routine always ends with an EI and a RET (RETI according to the official documentation, more
about that later):

1 InterruptRoutine:
2 ...
3 EI
4 RETI or RET

Note a fact about EI: a maskable interrupt isn’t accepted directly after it, so the next opportunity
for an interrupt is after the RETI. This is very useful; if the INT line is still low, an interrupt is
accepted again. If this happens a lot and the interrupt is generated before the RETI, the stack
could overflow (since the routine would be called again and again). But this property of EI
prevents this.
DI is not necessary at the start of the interrupt routine: the interrupt flip-flops are cleared
when accepting the interrupt.
You can use RET instead of RETI, depending on the hardware setup. RETI is only useful if you
have something like a Z80 PIO to support daisy-chaining: queuing interrupts. The PIO can
detect that the routine has ended by the opcode of RETI, and let another device generate an
interrupt. That is why I called all the undocumented EDxx RET instructions RETN: All of them
operate alike, the only difference of RETI is its specific opcode which the Z80 PIO recognises.

2.4.3 Things Affecting the Interrupt Flip-Flops

All the IFF related things are:


Accept NMI IFF1 IFF2
CPU reset 0 0
DI 0 0
EI 1 1
Accept INT 0 0
Accept NMI 0 -
RETI/N IFF2 - All the EDxx RETI/N instructions
LD A,I / LD A,R - - Copies IFF2 into PV flag

21
INTERRUPTS

If you’re working with a Z80 system without NMIs (like the MSX), you can forget all about
the two separate IFFs; since an NMI isn’t ever generated, the two will always be the same.
Some documentation says that when an NMI is accepted, IFF1 is first copied into IFF2 before
IFF1 is cleared. If this is true, the state of IFF2 is lost after a nested NMI, which is undesirable.
Have tested this in the following way: make sure the Z80 is in EI mode, generate an NMI. In
the NMI routine, wait for another NMI before executing RETN. In the second NMI IFF2 was
still set, so IFF1 is not copied to IFF2 when accepting an NMI.
Another interesting fact: I was trying to figure out whether the undocumented ED RET instructions
were RETN or RETI. I tested this by putting the machine in EI mode, wait for an NMI and end
with one of the ED RET instructions. Then execute a HALT instruction. If IFF1 was not restored,
the machine would hang but this did not happen with any of the instructions, including the
documented RETI!
Since every interrupt routine must end with EI followed by RETI officially, It does not matter
that RETI copies IFF2 into IFF1; both are set anyway.

2.4.4 HALT Instruction

The HALT instruction halts the Z80; it does not increase the PC so that the instruction is
re-executed until a maskable or non-maskable interrupt is accepted. Only then does the Z80
increase the PC again and continues with the next instruction. During the HALT state, the
HALT line is set. The PC is increased before the interrupt routine is called.

2.4.5 Where interrupts are accepted

During the execution of instructions, interrupts won’t be accepted. Only between instructions.
This is also true for prefixed instructions.
Directly after an EI or DI instruction, interrupts aren’t accepted. They’re accepted again after
the instruction after the EI (RET in the following example). So for example, look at this MSX2
routine that reads a scanline from the keyboard:

1 LD C, A
2 DI
3 IN A, ($0AA)
4 AND $0F0
5 ADD A, C
6 OUT ($0AA), A
7 EI
8 IN A, ($0A9)
9 RET

You can assume that there never is an interrupt after the EI, before the IN A,($0A9) - which
would be a problem because the MSX interrupt routine reads the keyboard too.

22
CHAPTER 2. ZILOG Z80

Using this feature of EI, it is possible to check whether it is true that interrupts are never
accepted during instructions:

1 DI
2 make sure interrupt is active
3 EI
4 insert instruction to test
5 InterruptRoutine:
6 store PC where interrupt was accepted
7 RET

And yes, for all instructions, including the prefixed ones, interrupts are never accepted during
an instruction. Only after the tested instruction. Remember that block instructions simply
re-execute themselves (by decreasing the PC with 2) so an interrupt is accepted after each
iteration.
Another predictable test: at the “insert instruction to test” insert a large sequence of EI
instructions. Of course, during the execution of the EI instructions, no interrupts are accepted.
But now for the interesting stuff. ED or CB make up instructions, so interrupts are accepted
after them. But DD and FD are prefixes, which only slightly affects the next opcode. If you test
a large sequence of DDs or FDs, the same happens as with the EI instruction: no interrupts are
accepted during the execution of these sequences.
This makes sense if you think of DD and FD as a prefix that sets the “use IX instead of HL” or
“use IY instead of HL” flag. If an interrupt was accepted after DD or FD, this flag information
would be lost, and:
DD 21 00 00 LD IX, 0
could be interpreted as a simple LD HL,0 if the interrupt was after the last DD. Which never
happens, so the implementation is correct. Although I haven’t tested this, as I imagine the
same holds for NMI interrupts.
Also see section ?? for details on handling interrupts on ZX Spectrum Next.

23
TIMING AND R REGISTER

2.5 Timing and R register

2.5.1 R register and memory refresh

During every first machine cycle (beginning of instruction or part of it - prefixes have their own
M1 two), the memory refresh cycle is issued. The whole IR register is put on the address bus,
and the RFSH pin is lowered. It’s unclear whether the Z80 increases the R register before or
after putting IR on the bus.
The R register is increased at every first machine cycle (M1). Bit 7 of the register is never
changed by this; only the lower 7 bits are included in the addition. So bit 7 stays the same,
but it can be changed using the LD R,A instruction.
Instructions without a prefix increase R by one. Instructions with an ED, CB, DD, FD prefix,
increase R by two, and so do the DDCBxxxx and FDCBxxxx instructions (weird enough). Just
a stray DD or FD increases the R by one. LD A,R and LD R,A access the R register after it is
increased by the instruction itself.
Remember that block instructions simply decrement the PC with two, so the instructions are
re-executed. So LDIR increases R by BC  2 (note that in the case of BC = 0, R is increased by
$10000  2, effectively 0).
Accepting a maskable or non-maskable interrupt increases the R by one.
After a hardware reset, or after power on, the R register is reset to 0.
That should cover all there is to say about the R register. It is often used in programs for a
random value, which is good but of course not truly random.

24
CHAPTER 2. ZILOG Z80

2.6 Errors in Official Documentation


Some official Zilog documentation contains errors. Not every documentation has all of these
mistakes, so your milage may vary, but these are just things to look out for.

ˆ The flag affection summary table shows that LDI/LDIR/LDD/LDDR instructions leave the
SF and ZF in an undefined state. This is not correct; the SF and ZF flags are unaffected.

ˆ Similarly, the same table shows that CPI/CPIR/CPD/CPDR leave the SF and HF flags in an
undefined state. Not true, they are affected as defined elsewhere in the documentation.

ˆ Also, the table says about INI/OUTD/etc “Z=0 if B  ¡ 0 otherwise Z=0”; of course the
latter should be Z=1.

ˆ The INI/INIR/IND/INDR/OUTI/OUTD/OTIR/OTDR instructions do affect the CF flag (some


official documentation says they leave it unaffected, important!) and the NF flag isn’t
always set but may also be reset (see ?? for exact operation).

ˆ When an NMI is accepted, the IFF1 isn’t copied to IFF2. Only IFF1 is reset.

ˆ In the 8-bit Load Group, the last two bits of the second byte of the LD r,(IX + d)
opcode should be 10 and not 01.

ˆ In the 16-bit Arithmetic Group, bit 6 of the second byte of the ADD IX,pp opcode should
be 0, not 1.

ˆ IN x,(C) resets the HF flag, it never sets it. Some documentation states it is set
according to the result of the operation; this is impossible since no arithmetic is done
in this instruction.

Note: In zilog’s own z80cpu um.pdf document, there are a lot of errors, some are very confusing,
so I’ll mention the ones I have found here:

ˆ Page 21, figure 2 says “the Alternative Register Set contains 2 B’ registers”; this should
of course be B’ and C’.

ˆ Page 26, figure 16 shows very convincingly that “the least significant bit of the address
to read for Interrupt Mode 2 is always 0”. I have tested this and it is not correct, it can
also be 1, in my test case the bus contained $FF and the address that was read did not
end in $FE but was $FF.

25
Chapter 3

ZX Spectrum Next

With modern I/O ports, increased CPU speeds, more memory, better graphics, hardware sprites
and tiles, to mention just the most obvious, ZX Spectrum Next is an exciting platform for the
retro programmer.

27
PORTS

3.1 Ports

3.1.1 Mapped Spectrum Ports

RW Addr Mask Description


RW $103B %0001 0000 0011 1011 Sets and reads the I2C SCL line
RW $113B %0001 0001 0011 1011 Sets and reads the I2C SDA line
RW $123B %0001 0010 0011 1011 Enables layer 2 and controls paging of layer 2 screen
into lower memory (see ??)
RW $133B %0001 0011 0011 1011 Sends byte to serial port. Read tells if data is
available in RX buffer
RW $143B %0001 0100 0011 1011 Reads data from serial port, write sets the baud rate
RW $153B %0001 0101 0011 1011 Configuration of UART interfaces
-W $1FFD %0001 ---- ---- --0- Controls ROM paging and special paging options
from the +2a/+3 (see ??)
RW $243B %0010 0100 0011 1011 Selects active port for TBBlue/Next feature
configuration
RW $253B %0010 0101 0011 1011 Reads and/or writes the selected TBBlue control
register
RW $303B %0011 0000 0011 1011 Sets active sprite-attribute index and pattern-slot
index, reads sprite status (see ??)
-W $7FFD %01-- ---- ---- --0- Selects active RAM, ROM, and displayed screen (see
??)
-W $BFFD %10-- ---- ---- --0- Writes to the selected register of the selected sound
chip (see ??)
-W $DFFD %1101 1111 1111 1101 Provides additional bank select bits for extended
memory (see ??)
R- $FADF %---- ---0 --0- ---- Reads buttons on Kempston Mouse
R- $FBDF %---- -0-1 --0- ---- X coordinate of Kempston Mouse, 0-255
R- $FFDF %---- -1-1 --0- ---- Y coordinate of Kempston Mouse, 0-192
-W $FFFD %11-- ---- ---- --0- Controls stereo channels and selects active sound chip
and sound chip channel (see ??)

28
CHAPTER 3. ZX SPECTRUM NEXT

RW Addr Mask Description


RW $xx0B %---- ---- 0000 1011 Controls Z8410 DMA chip via MB02 standard
R- $xx1F %---- ---- 0001 1111 Reads movement of joysticks using Kempston
interface
RW $xx37 %---- ---- ---- ---- Kempston interface second joystick variant and
controls joystick I/O
-W $xx57 %---- ---- 0101 0111 Uploads sprite positions, visibility, colour type and
effect flags (see ??)
-W $xx5B %---- ---- 0101 1011 Used to upload the pattern of the selected sprite (see
??)
RW $xx6B %---- ---- 0110 1011 Controls zxnDMA chip
-W $xxDF %---- ---- --01 1111 Output to SpecDrum DAC
RW $xxFE %xxxx xxxx ---- ---0 Reading with particular high bytes returns keyboard
status (see ??), write changes border colour and base
Spectrum audio settings (see ??)
RW $xxFF %---- ---- ---- ---- Controls Timex Sinclair video modes and colours in
hi-res mode. Readable when Peripheral 3 Register
$08 bit 2 is set (see ??)

29
PORTS

3.1.2 Next/TBBlue Feature Control Registers

Specific features of the Next are controlled via these register numbers, accessed via TBBlue
Register Select $243B1 and TBBlue Register Access $253B2 , or via the NEXTREG instruction.

RW Port Description
R- $0 Identifies TBBlue board type. Should always be 10 on Next
R- $1 Identifies core (FPGA image) version
RW $2 Identifies type of last reset. Can be written to force reset
RW $3 Identifies timing and machine type
-W $4 In config mode, allows RAM to be mapped to ROM area
RW $5 Sets joystick mode, video frequency and Scandoubler
RW $6 Enables CPU Speed key, DivMMC, Multiface, Mouse and AY audio
RW $7 Sets CPU Speed, reads actual speed
RW $8 ABC/ACB Stereo, Internal Speaker, SpecDrum, Timex Video Modes, Turbo
Sound Next, RAM contention and (un)lock 128k paging (see ??)
RW $9 Sets scanlines, AY mono output, sprite-id lockstep, resets DivMMC mapram and
disables HDMI audio (see ??)
RW $0A Mouse buttons and DPI config
R- $0E Identifies core (FPGA image) version (sub minor number)
RW $10 Used within the Anti-brick system
RW $11 Sets video output timing variant
RW $12 Sets the bank number where Layer 2 video memory begins (see ??)
RW $13 Sets the bank number where the Layer 2 shadow screen begins
RW $14 Sets the transparent colour for Layer 2, ULA and LoRes pixel data
RW $15 Enables/disables sprites and Lores Layer, and chooses priority of sprites and Layer
2 (see ??)
RW $16 Sets X pixel offset used for drawing Layer 2 graphics on the screen (see ??)
RW $17 Sets Y offset used when drawing Layer 2 graphics on the screen (see ??)
RW $18 Sets and reads clip-window for Layer 2 (see ??)
RW $19 Sets and reads clip-window for Sprites (see ??)
RW $1A Sets and reads clip-window for ULA/LoRes layer
RW $1B Sets and reads clip-window for Tilemap (see ??)
RW $1C Controls (resets) the clip-window registers indices (see ??)
R- $1E Holds the MSB of the raster line currently being drawn
R- $1F Holds the eight LSBs of the raster line currently being drawn
1
https://wiki.specnext.dev/TBBlue Register Select
2
https://wiki.specnext.dev/TBBlue Register Access

30
CHAPTER 3. ZX SPECTRUM NEXT

RW Port Description
RW $22 Controls the timing of raster interrupts and the ULA frame interrupt
RW $23 Holds the eight LSBs of the line on which a raster interrupt should occur
RW $26 Pixel X offset (0-255) to use when drawing ULA Layer
RW $27 Pixel Y offset (0-191) to use when drawing ULA Layer
RW $28 PS/2 Keymap address MSB, read (pending) first byte of palette colour
-W $29 PS/2 Keymap address LSB
-W $2A High data to PS/2 Keymap (MSB of data in bit 0)
-W $2B Low eight LSBs of PS/2 Keymap data
RW $2C DAC B mirror, read current I2S left MSB
RW $2D SpecDrum port 0xDF / DAC A+D mirror, read current I2S LSB
RW $2E DAC C mirror, read current I2S right MSB
RW $2F Sets the pixel offset (two high bits) used for drawing Tilemap graphics on the
screen (see ??)
RW $30 Sets the pixel offset (eight low bits) used for drawing Tilemap graphics on the
screen (see ??)
RW $31 Sets the pixel offset used for drawing Tilemap graphics on the screen (see ??)
RW $32 Pixel X offset (0-255) to use when drawing LoRes Layer
RW $33 Pixel Y offset (0-191) to use when drawing LoRes Layer
RW $34 Selects sprite index 0-127 to be affected by writes to other Sprite ports (and
mirrors) (see ??)
-W $35 Writes directly into byte 1 of Sprite Attribute Upload $xx57 (see ??)
-W $36 Writes directly into byte 2 of Sprite Attribute Upload $xx57 (see ??)
-W $37 Writes directly into byte 3 of Sprite Attribute Upload $xx57 (see ??)
-W $38 Writes directly into byte 4 of Sprite Attribute Upload $xx57 (see ??)
-W $39 Writes directly into byte 5 of Sprite Attribute Upload $xx57 (see ??)
RW $40 Chooses a palette element (index) to manipulate with (see ??)
RW $41 Use to set/read 8-bit colours of the ULANext palette (see ??)
RW $42 Specifies mask to extract ink colour from attribute cell value in ULANext mode
RW $43 Enables or disables Enhanced ULA interpretation of attribute values and toggles
active palette (see ??)
RW $44 Sets 9-bit (2-byte) colours of the Enhanced ULA palette, or to read second byte
of colour (see ??)

31
PORTS

RW Port Description
RW $4A 8-bit colour to be used when all layers contain transparent pixel (see ??)
RW $4B Index of transparent colour in sprite palette (see ??)
RW $4C Index of transparent colour in Tilemap palette (see ??)
RW $50 Selects the 8k-bank stored in 8k-slot 0 (see ??)
RW $51 Selects the 8k-bank stored in 8k-slot 1 (see ??)
RW $52 Selects the 8k-bank stored in 8k-slot 2 (see ??)
RW $53 Selects the 8k-bank stored in 8k-slot 3 (see ??)
RW $54 Selects the 8k-bank stored in 8k-slot 4 (see ??)
RW $55 Selects the 8k-bank stored in 8k-slot 5 (see ??)
RW $56 Selects the 8k-bank stored in 8k-slot 6 (see ??)
RW $57 Selects the 8k-bank stored in 8k-slot 7 (see ??)
-W $60 Used to upload code to the Copper
RW $61 Holds low byte of Copper control bits
RW $62 Holds high byte of Copper control flags
-W $63 Used to upload code to the Copper
RW $64 Offset numbering of raster lines in copper/interrupt/active register
RW $68 Disable ULA, controls ULA mixing/blending, enable ULA+ (see ??)
RW $69 Layer2, ULA shadow, Timex $FF port
RW $6A LoRes Radastan mode
RW $6B Controls Tilemap mode (see ??)
RW $6C Default tile attribute for 8-bit only maps (see ??)
RW $6E Base address of the 40x32 or 80x32 tile map (see ??)
RW $6F Base address of the tiles’ graphics (see ??)
RW $70 Layer 2 resolution, palette offset (see ??)
RW $71 Sets pixel offset for drawing Layer 2 graphics on the screen (see ??)
-W $75 Same as Attribute 0 Register $35 plus increments $34 (see ??)
-W $76 Same as Attribute 1 Register $36 plus increments $34 (see ??)
-W $77 Same as Attribute 2 Register $37 plus increments $34 (see ??)
-W $78 Same as Attribute 3 Register $38 plus increments $34 (see ??)
-W $79 Same as Attribute 4 Register $39 plus increments $34 (see ??)

32
CHAPTER 3. ZX SPECTRUM NEXT

RW Port Description
RW $7F 8-bit storage for user
RW $80 Expansion bus enable/config
RW $81 Expansion bus controls
RW $82 Enabling internal ports decoding bits 0-7 register
RW $83 Enabling internal ports decoding bits 8-15 register
RW $84 Enabling internal ports decoding bits 16-23 register
RW $85 Enabling internal ports decoding bits 24-31 register
RW $86 When expansion bus is enabled: internal ports decoding mask bits 0-7
RW $87 When expansion bus is enabled: internal ports decoding mask bits 8-15
RW $88 When expansion bus is enabled: internal ports decoding mask bits 16-23
RW $89 When expansion bus is enabled: internal ports decoding mask bits 24-31
RW $8A Monitoring internal I/O or adding external keyboard
RW $8C Enable alternate ROM or lock 48k ROM
RW $8E Control classic Spectrum memory mapping
RW $90-93 Enables GPIO pins output
RW $98-9B GPIO pins mapped to Next Register
RW $A0 Enable Pi peripherals: UART, Pi hats, I2C, SPI
RW $A2 Pi I2S controls
RW $A3 Pi I2S clock divide in master mode
RW $A8 ESP WiFi GPIO output
RW $A9 ESP WiFi GPIO read/write
R- $B0 Read Next keyboard compound keys separately (see ??)
R- $B1 Read Next keyboard compound keys separately (see ??)
RW $B2 DivMMC trap configuration
RW $B4 DivMMC trap configuration
-W $FF Turns debug LEDs on and off on TBBlue implementations that have them

33
PORTS

3.1.3 Accessing Registers

Writing to Spectrum Ports

When writing to one of the lower 256 ports, OUT (n),A instruction is used. For example to
write the value of 43 to peripheral device mapped to port $15:

1 LD A, 43 ; we want to write 43
2 OUT ($15), A ; writes value of A to port $15

To write using full 16-bit address, OUT (C),r instruction is used instead. Example of writing
a byte to serial port using UART TX $133B:

1 LD A, 42 ; we want to write 42
2 LD BC, $133B ; we want to write to port $133B
3 OUT (C), A

The difference between the two speed-wise is tangible: first example requires only 18 t-states
(7+11) while second 29 (7+10+12).

Reading from Spectrum Ports

Reading also uses the same approach as on original Spectrums - for the lower 256 ports IN
A,(n) is used. For example reading a byte from port $15:

1 LD A, 0 ; perhaps not strictly required, but good idea


2 IN A, ($15) ; read byte from port $15 to A

Note how the accumulator A is cleared before accessing the port. With IN A,(n), the 16-bit
address is composed from A forming high byte and n low byte.
Let’s see how we can use this for reading from 16-bit ports - we have two options: we can either
use IN A,(n) or IN r,(C). Example of both, reading a byte from serial port:

1 LD BC, $143B ; read $143B port 1 LD A, $14 ; high byte


2 IN A, (C) ; read byte to A 2 IN A, ($3B) ; read byte to A

Both have the same result. The difference speed-wise is 22 t-states (10+12) vs 18 (7+11). Not
by a lot, but it may add up if used frequently. However, the intent of the first code is clearer
as the port address is provided in full instead of being split between two instructions.
This example nicely demonstrates a common dilemma when programming: frequently we can
have readable but not as optimal code, or vice versa. But I also thought this was worth pointing
out to avoid possible confusion in case you will encounter different ways in someone else’s code.

34
CHAPTER 3. ZX SPECTRUM NEXT

Writing to Next registers

Writing values to Next/TBBlue registers occurs through TBBlue Register Select $243B and
TBBlue Register Access $253B ports. It’s composed from 2 steps: first we select the register
via write to port $243B, then write the value through port $253B. For example writing value
of 5 to port $16:

1 LD A, $16 ; register $16 1 LD A, $16 ; register $16


2 LD BC, $243B ; port $243B 2 LD BC, $243B ; port $243B
3 OUT (C), A 3 OUT (C), A
4 4

5 LD A, 5 ; write 5 5 LD A, 5 ; write 5
6 LD BC, $253B ; to port $254B 6 INC B ; to port $253B
7 OUT (C), A 7 OUT (C), A

Quite involving, isn’t it? Speed-wise, first example requires 58 t-states ((7+10+12)2) and
second 6 t-states less: 52 ((7+10+12)+(7+4+12)).
The second code relies on the fact that the only difference between two port addresses is the
high byte ($24 vs $25). So given we already assigned $243B to BC, we can simply increment
B to get $253B. Again, the intent of the first example is clearer. And again, I thought it was
worth pointing out in case you will encounter both approaches and wonder...
However, we can do better. Much better, in fact, using Next NEXTREG instruction, which allows
direct writes to given registers. So above examples could simply be changed to either:

1 LD A, 5 ; write 5 1 NEXTREG $16, 5 ; write 5 to reg $16


2 NEXTREG $16, A ; to reg $16

The first example requires 24 t-states (7+17) while second 20. So less than half of that of
traditional approach. In fact, using NEXTREG is the preferred method of writing to Next registers!

Reading from Next Registers

Reading values from Next/TBBlue registers also occurs through $243B and $253B ports. Similar
to write, read is also composed from 2 steps: first select the register with port $243B, then read
the value from port $253B. For example reading a byte from port $B0:

1 LD A, $16 ; register $16 1 LD A, $16 ; register $16


2 LD BC, $243B ; port $243B 2 LD BC, $243B ; port $243B
3 OUT (C), A ; set port 3 OUT (C), A ; set port
4 4

5 LD BC, $253B ; port $253B 5 INC B ; port $253B


6 IN A, (C) ; read to A 6 IN A, (C) ; read to A

The difference is small: 51 t-states ((7+10+12)+(10+12)) vs 45 ((7+10+12)+(4+12)).


Unfortunately, we don’t have faster means of reading Next registers directly as we do for writing;
there is no NEXTREG alternative for reads.

35
MEMORY MAP AND PAGING

3.2 Memory Map and Paging


ZX Spectrum Next comes with 1024K (expanded version with 2048K) of memory. But it can’t
see it all at once.

3.2.1 Banks and Slots

Due to its 16-bit address bus, Next can only address 216 = 65.536 bytes or 64K of memory at
a time. To get access to all available memory, it’s divided into smaller chunks called “banks”.
Next supports two interchangeable memory management models. One is inherited from the
original Spectrum 128K, +2, +3 series and Pentagon clones and uses 16K banks. The other
is unique to Next and uses 8K banks. Hence, addressable 64K is also divided into 16K or 8K
“slots” into which banks are swapped in and out3 .
Banks are selected by their number - first bank is 0, second 1 and so on. If you ever worked
with arrays, banks and their numbers work the same as array data and indexes. Both 16K and
8K banks start with number 0 at the same address. So if 16K bank n is selected, then the two
corresponding 8K bank numbers would be n  2 and n  2 1.
After startup, addressable 64K space is mapped like this:
Slots Banks
Address Description
16K 8K 16K 8K
$0000-$1FFF 0 0 ROM ROM ROM, R/W redirect by L2, IRQ, NMI
$2000-$3FFF 1 ROM ROM, R/W redirect by Layer 2
$4000-$5FFF 1 2 5 10 Normal/shadow ULA screen, Tilemap
$6000-$7FFF 3 11 ULA extended attribute/graphics, Tilemap
$8000-$9FFF 2 4 2 4 Free RAM
$A000-$BFFF 5 5 Free RAM
$C000-$DFFF 3 6 0 0 Free RAM
$E000-$FFFF 7 1 Free RAM

3.2.2 Default Bank Traits

First few addressable banks have certain uses and traits:


Banks
Description
16K 8K
0 0-1 Standard RAM, maybe used by EsxDOS. Initially mapped to $C000-$FFFF
1 2-3 Standard RAM, contended on 128, may be used by EsxDOS, RAM disk on
NextZXOS
3
You may also see the term “page” used instead of “bank” (in fact, that’s why the process of swapping
banks into slots is usually called “paging”). I also noticed sometimes 64K addressable memory is referred to as
“bank”. In this book, I will keep naming consistent to avoid confusion.

36
CHAPTER 3. ZX SPECTRUM NEXT

Banks
Description
16K 8K
2 4-5 Standard RAM. Initially mapped to $8000-$BFFF
3 6-7 Standard RAM, contended on 128, may be used by EsxDOS, RAM disk on
NextZXOS
4 8-9 Standard RAM, contended on +2/+3, RAM disk on NextZXOS
5 10-11 ULA Screen, contended except on Pentagon, cannot be used by NextBASIC
commands. Initially mapped to $4000-$7FFF
6 12-13 Standard RAM, contended on +2/+3, RAM disk on NextZXOS
7 14-15 ULA Shadow Screen, contended except on Pentagon, NextZXOS Workspace,
cannot be used by NextBASIC commands
8 16-17 Next RAM, Default Layer 2, NextZXOS screen and extra data, cannot be
used by NextBASIC commands
9-10 18-21 Next RAM, Rest of default Layer 2
11-13 22-27 Next RAM, Default Layer 2 Shadow Screen

3.2.3 Memory Map

As hinted before, not all available memory is addressable by programs. The first 256K is always
reserved for ROMs and firmware. Hence bank 0 starts at absolute address $40000:
16K bank 8K bank Size Absolute Address Description
- - 64K $000000-$00FFFF ZX Spectrum ROM
- - 16K $010000-$013FFF EsxDOS ROM
Unexpanded Next

- - 16K $014000-$017FFF Multiface ROM


$018000-$01BFFF
Expanded Next

- - 16K Multiface Extra ROM


- - 16K $01C000-$01FFFF Multiface RAM
- - 128K $020000-$03FFFF DivMMC RAM
0-7 0-15 128K $040000-$05FFFF Standard 128K RAM
8-15 16-31 128K $060000-$07FFFF Extra RAM
16-47 32-95 512K $080000-$0FFFFF 1st Extra IC RAM
48-79 96-159 512K $080000-$0FFFFF 1st Extra IC RAM
80-111 160-223 512K $080000-$0FFFFF 2st Extra IC RAM
So when swapping in, for example:

ˆ 16K bank 20 to slot 3 and writing 10 bytes to memory $C000 (start of 16K slot 3), we’re
effectively writing to absolute memory $90000-$90009 ($40000 + 20  16384)
ˆ 8K bank 30 to slot 5 and writing 10 bytes to memory $A000 (start of 8K slot 5), we’re
effectively writing to absolute memory $7C000-$7C009 ($40000 + 30  8192)

37
MEMORY MAP AND PAGING

3.2.4 Legacy Paging Modes

As mentioned, Next inherits the memory management models from the Spectrum 128K/+2/+3
models and Pentagon clones. It’s unlikely you will use these modes for Next programs, as Next
own model is much simpler to use. They are still briefly described here though in case you will
encounter them in older programs. All legacy models use 16K slots and banks.

128K Mode

Slot 0 1 2 3
Start $0000 $4000 $8000 $C000
End $3FFF $7FFF $BFFF $FFFF
Ò Ò
ROM 0-1 BANK 0-7 on 128K
BANK 0-127 on Next
Allows selecting:

ˆ 16K ROM to be visible in the bottom 16K slot (0) from 2 possible banks
ˆ 16K RAM to be visible in the top 16K slot (3) from 8 possible banks (128 banks on Next)

Registers involved:

ˆ Memory Paging Control $7FFD bit 4 selects ROM bank for slot 0
ˆ Memory Paging Control $7FFD bits 2-0 select one of 8 RAM banks for slot 3
ˆ Next Memory Bank Select $DFFD bits 3-0 are added as MSB to 2-0 from $7FFD to form
128 banks for slot 3 (Next specific)

If you are using the standard interrupt handler or OS routines, then any time you write to
Memory Paging Control $7FFD you should also store the value at $5B5C.

+3 Normal Mode

Slot 0 1 2 3
Start $0000 $4000 $8000 $C000
End $3FFF $7FFF $BFFF $FFFF
Ò Ò
ROM 0-3 BANK 0-7 on 128K
BANK 0-127 on Next
Allows selecting:

ˆ 16K ROM to be visible in the bottom 16K slot (0) from 4 possible banks
ˆ 16K RAM to be visible in the top 16K slot (3) from 8 possible banks (128 banks on Next)

Registers involved:

38
CHAPTER 3. ZX SPECTRUM NEXT

ˆ Plus 3 Memory Paging Control $1FFD bit 2 as LSB for selecting ROM bank for slot 0
ˆ Memory Paging Control $7FFD bit 4 forms MSB for selecting ROM bank for slot 0
ˆ Memory Paging Control $7FFD bits 2-0 select one of 8 RAM banks for slot 3
ˆ Next Memory Bank Select $DFFD bits 3-0 are added as MSB to 2-0 from $7FFD to form
128 banks for slot 3 (Next specific)

If you are using the standard interrupt handler or OS routines, then any time you write to Plus
3 Memory Paging Control $1FFD you should also store the same value at $5B67 and every
time your write to Memory Paging Control $7FFD you should also store the value at $5B5C.

+3 All-RAM Mode

Slot 0 1 2 3
Start $0000 $4000 $8000 $C000
End $3FFF $7FFF $BFFF $FFFF
Ò Ò Ò Ò
00 = BANK 0 BANK 1 BANK 2 BANK 3
01 = BANK 4 BANK 5 BANK 6 BANK 7
10 = BANK 4 BANK 5 BANK 6 BANK 3
ŸŸÓ
11 = BANK 4 BANK 7 BANK 6 BANK 3
žLo bit = bit 1 from $1DDF
Hi bit = bit 2 from $1DDF
Also called “Special Mode” or “CP/M Mode”. Allows selecting all 4 slots from limited selection
of banks as shown in the table above.
Registers involved:

ˆ Plus 3 Memory Paging Control $1FFD bit 0 enables All-RAM (if 1) or normal mode (0)
ˆ Plus 3 Memory Paging Control $1FFD bits 2-1 select memory configuration

If you are using the standard interrupt handler or OS routines, then any time you write to Plus
3 Memory Paging Control $1FFD you should also store the same value at $5B67.

Pentagon 512K/1024K Mode

Next also supports paging implementation from Pentagon spectrums. It’s unlikely you will ever
use it on Next, so just mentioning for completness sake. You can find more information on
Next Dev Wiki4 or internet if interested.
4
https://wiki.specnext.dev/Next Memory Bank Select

39
MEMORY MAP AND PAGING

3.2.5 Next MMU Paging Mode

Next MMU based paging mode is much more flexible in that it allows mapping 8K banks into
any 8K slot of memory available to the CPU. It’s also the simplest to use - a single instruction
assigning bank number to desired MMU slot register.
In this mode, 64K memory accessible to the CPU is divided into 8 slots called MMU0 through
MMU7, as shown in the diagram below. Physical memory is thus divided into 96 (or 224 on
expanded Next) 8K banks. This is the only mode that allows paging in all memory from 2048K
extended Next.
16K Slot 0 1 2 3
8K Slot 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Start $0000 $2000 $4000 $6000 $8000 $A000 $C000 $E000
End $1FFF $3FFF $5FFF $7FFF $9FFF $BFFF $DFFF $FFFF
Ò Ò Ò Ò Ò Ò Ò Ò
BANK BANK BANK BANK BANK BANK BANK BANK
0-255 0-255 0-255 0-255 0-255 0-255 0-255 0-255
Bank selection is set via Next registers:

ˆ Memory Management Slot 0 bank $50


ˆ Memory Management Slot 1 bank $51
ˆ Memory Management Slot 2 bank $52
ˆ Memory Management Slot 3 bank $53
ˆ Memory Management Slot 4 bank $54
ˆ Memory Management Slot 5 bank $55
ˆ Memory Management Slot 6 bank $56
ˆ Memory Management Slot 7 bank $57

While not absolutely required, it’s good practice to store original slot values and then restore
before exiting program or returning from subroutines.
Example of writing 10 bytes (00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09) to 8K bank 30 swapped in
to slot 5. As mentioned before, this will effectively write to absolute memory $7C000-$7C009:

1 NEXTREG $55, 30 ; swap bank 30 to slot 5


2

3 LD DE, $A000 ; slot 5 starts at $A000


4 LD A, 0 ; starting data to write
5 LD B, 10 ; number of bytes to write
6 next:
7 LD (DE), A ; write next byte
8 INC A ; increment source byte
9 INC DE ; increment destination location
10 DJNZ next

40
CHAPTER 3. ZX SPECTRUM NEXT

Note: Memory Management Slot 0 bank $50 and Memory Management Slot 1 bank $51
have extra “functionality”: ROM can be automatically paged in if otherwise nonexistent 8K
page $FF is set. Low or high 8K ROM bank is automatically determined based on which 8K
slot is used. This may be useful if temporarily paging RAM into the bottom 16K region and
then wanting to restore back to ROM.

3.2.6 Interaction Between Paging Modes

As mentioned, legacy and Next paging modes are interchangeable. Changing banks in one will
be reflected in the other. The most recent change always has priority. Again, keep in mind
that legacy modes use 16K banks, therefore single bank change will affect 2 8K banks.

Paging Out ROM

ROM is usually mapped to the bottom 16K slot, addresses $0000-$3FFF. This area can only be
remapped using +3 All-RAM or Next MMU-based mode. Beware though that some programs
may expect to find ROM routines at fixed addresses between $0000 and $3FFF. And if default
interrupt mode (IM 1) is set, Z80 will jump PC to $0038 expecting to find interrupt handler
there.

ULA

ULA always reads content from 16K bank 5. This is mapped to 16K slot 1 by default, addresses
$4000-$7FFF. ULA will always use bank 5, regardless of which bank is mapped to slot 1, or
which slot bank 5 is mapped to (or if it is mapped into any slot at all).
You can redirect ULA to read from 16K bank 7 instead (the “shadow” screen), using bit 3 of
Memory Paging Control $7FFD. However, you still need to map bank 7 into one of the slots
if you want to read or write to it (that’s 8K banks 14 and 15 if using MMU for paging). Read
more in ULA chapter, section ??.

Layer 2 Paging

The bottom 16K slot can be set for write-only access for Layer 2. This can be handy as this
slot is typically mapped to ROM and thus useless to write to. There are also other Layer 2
related combinations available, read more in Layer 2 chapter, section ??

41
MEMORY MAP AND PAGING

3.2.7 Paging Mode Registers

+3 Memory Paging Control $1FFD

Bit Effect
7-3 Unused, use 0
2 In normal mode high bit of ROM selection. With low bit from bit 4 of $7FFD:
00 ROM0 = 128K editor and menu system
01 ROM1 = 128K syntax checker
10 ROM2 = +3DOS
11 ROM3 = 48K BASIC
In special mode: high bit of memory configuration number
1 In special mode: low bit of memory configuration number
0 Paging mode: 0 = normal, 1 = special

Memory Paging Control $7FFD

Bit Effect
7-6 Extra two bits for 16K RAM bank if in Pentagon 512K/1024K mode (see Next
Memory Bank Select $DFFD)
5 1 locks pages; cannot be unlocked until next reset on regular ZX128)
4 128K: ROM select (0 = 128K editor, 1 = 48K BASIC)
+2/+3: low bit of ROM select (see +3 Memory Paging Control $1FFD above)
3 ULA layer shadow screen toggle (0 = bank 5, 1 = bank 7)
2-0 Bank number for slot 4 ($C000)

Next Memory Bank Select $DFFD

Bit Effect
7 1 to set Pentagon 512K/1024K mode
3-0 Most significant bits of the 16K RAM bank selected in Memory Paging Control $7FFD

Memory Management Slot 0-7 $50-$57

Bit Effect
7-0 Selects 8K bank stored in corresponding 8K slot

42
CHAPTER 3. ZX SPECTRUM NEXT

Memory Mapping Register $8E

Bit Effect
7 Access to bit 0 of Next Memory Bank Select $DFFD
6-4 Access to bits 2-0 of Memory Paging Control $7FFD
3 Read will always return 1
Write 1 to change RAM bank, 0 for no change to MMU6,7, $7FFD and $DFFD
2 0 for normal paging mode, 1 for special all-RAM mode
1 Access to bit 2 of +3 Memory Paging Control $1FFD
0 If bit 2 = 0 (normal mode): bit 4 of Memory Paging Control $7FFD
If bit 2 = 1 (special mode): bit 1 of +3 Memory Paging Control $1FFD
Acts as a shortcut for reading and writing +3 Memory Paging Control $1FFD, Memory
Paging Control $7FFD and Next Memory Bank Select $DFFD all at once. Mainly to simplify
classic Spectrum memory mapping. Though, as mentioned, Next specific programs should
prefer MMU based memory mapping.

43
PALETTE

3.3 Palette
Next greatly enhances ZX Spectrum video capabilities by offering several new ways to draw
graphics on a screen. We’ll see how to program each in later chapters, but let’s check common
behaviour first - colour management.

3.3.1 Palette Selection

To draw a pixel on a screen, we need to set its colour as data in memory. There are different
approaches to how this data is defined. Next shares implementation to other 8-bit computers
of the era - all possible colours are stored together in a palette, as an array of RGB values,
and each pixel is simply an index into this array. This approach requires less memory and
allows creating efficient effects such as fade to/from black, transitions from day to night, water
animations etc.
Contrary to most computers of the era that only had predefined palettes, Next allows changing
all colours. Furthermore, each layer has not one but two palettes, each of which can be changed
independently. Of course, only one of two can be active at any given time for each mode. The
other can be initialized with alternate colours and can be quickly activated to achieve colour
animation effects. Active palette is set with Enhanced ULA Control Register $43 for ULA,
Layer 2 and Sprites and Tilemap Control Register $6B for Tilemap.

3.3.2 Palette Editing

Data for each pixel for most layers and modes is 1 byte long, meaning each palette can have
up to 256 colours.
All palettes are initialized with default colours, so they are usable out of the box. But it’s also
possible to change individual colours. Regardless of the palette, the procedure to read or write
colours is:

1. Enhanced ULA Control Register $43 selects palette which colours you want to edit
2. Palette Index Register $40 selects colour index that will be read or written
3. Palette Value Register $41 or Enhanced ULA Palette Extension $44 reads or writes
data for selected colour

When writing colours, we can chose to automatically increment colour indexes after each write.
Bit 7 of Enhanced ULA Control Register $43 is used for that purpose. This works the same
for both write registers ($41 and $44). Colour RGB values can either be 8-bit RRRGGGBB, or
9-bit RRRGGGBBB values. Use Palette Value Register $41 for 8-bit and Enhanced ULA Palette
Extension $44 for 9-bit.

Note: Enhanced ULA Control Register $43 has two roles when working with palettes - it
selects the active palette for display (out of two available - only for ULA, Layer 2 and Sprites)
and selects palette for editing (for all layers, including Tilemap). Therefore care needs to be
taken when updating colour entries to avoid accidentally changing the active palette for display

44
CHAPTER 3. ZX SPECTRUM NEXT

at the same time. Depending on our program, we may first need to read the value and then only
change bits affecting the palette for editing to ensure the rest of the data remains unaffected.

3.3.3 8 Bit Colours

8-bit colours are stored as RRRGGGBB values with 3 bits per red and green and 2 bits per blue
component. Each colour is therefore stored as a single byte. Palette Value Register $41 is
used to read or write the value.
Here’s a reusable subroutine for copying B number of colours stored as a contiguous block in
memory addressed by HL register, starting at the currently selected colour index:

1 Copy8BitPalette:
2 LD A, (HL) ; Load RRRGGGBB into A
3 INC HL ; Increment to next colour entry
4 NEXTREG $41, A ; Send colour data to Next HW
5 DJNZ Copy8BitPalette ; Repeat until B=0

To use the subroutine, we’d do something like:

1 NEXTREG $43, %00010000 ; Auto increment, L2 first palette for read/write


2 NEXTREG $40, 0 ; Start copying into index 0
3 LD HL, palette ; Address to copy RRRGGGBB values from
4 LD B, 255 ; Copy 255 colours
5 CALL Copy8BitPalette

3.3.4 9 Bit Colours

With 9 bits per colour, each RGB component uses full 3 bits, thus greatly increasing the
available colour gamut. However, each colour needs 2 bytes in memory instead of 1. To read or
write we use Enhanced ULA Palette Extension $44 register instead of $41. It works similarly
to $41 except that each colour requires two writes: first one stores RRRGGGBB part and second
least significant bit of blue component. Subroutine for copying 9-bit colours:

1 Copy9BitPalette:
2 LD A, (HL) ; Load RRRGGGBB into A
3 INC HL ; Increment to next byte
4 NEXTREG $44, A ; Send colour data to Next HW
5 LD A, (HL) ; Load LSB of B into A
6 INC HL ; Increment to next colour entry
7 NEXTREG $44, A ; Send colour data to Next HW and increment index
8 DJNZ Copy9BitPalette ; Repeat until B=0

Note: subroutine requires that colours are stored in 2 bytes with first containing RRRGGGBB part
and second least significant bit of blue. Which is how typically drawing programs store a 9-bit
palette anyways. The calling subroutine is exactly the same as for the 8-bit colours above.

45
PALETTE

3.3.5 Palette Registers

Palette Index Register $40

Bit Effect
7-0 Reads or writes palette colour index to be manipulated
Writing an index 0-255 associates it with colour set through Palette Value Register $41
or Enhanced ULA Palette Extension $44 of currently selected pallette in Enhanced ULA
Control Register $43. Write also resets value of Enhanced ULA Palette Extension $44 so
next write will occur for first colour of the palette.
While Tilemap, Layer 2 and Sprites palettes use all 256 distinct colours (with some caveats, as
described in specific chapters), ULA modes work like this:

Classic ULA
Index Colours
0-7 Ink
8-15 Bright ink
16-23 Paper
24-31 Bright paper
Border is taken from paper colours.

ULA+
Index Colours
0-64 Ink
Paper and border are taken from Transparency Colour Fallback Register $4A.

ULANext normal mode


Index Colours
0-127 Ink (only a subset)
128-255 Paper (only a subset)
Border is taken from paper colours. The number of active indices depends on the number
of attribute bits assigned to ink and paper out of the attribute byte by Enhanced ULA
Ink Colour Mask $42.

ULANext full-ink mode


Index Colours
0-255 Ink
Paper and border are taken from Transparency Colour Fallback Register $4A.

46
CHAPTER 3. ZX SPECTRUM NEXT

Palette Value Register $41

Bit Effect
7-0 Reads or writes 8-bit colour data
Format is:
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
R2 R1 R0 G2 G1 G0 B2 B1
Red Green Blue
Least significant bit of blue is set to OR between B2 and B1 .
Writing the value will automatically increment index in Palette Index Register $40, if auto-
increment is enabled in Enhanced ULA Control Register $43. Read doesn’t auto-increment
index.

Enhanced ULA Ink Colour Mask $42

Bit Effect
7-0 The number for last ink colour entry in the palette. Only used when ULANext mode
is enabled (see Enhanced ULA Control Register $43). Only the following values are
allowed, harware behavior is unpredictable for other values:
1 Ink and paper only use 1 colour each on indices 0 and 128 respectively
3 Ink and paper use 4 colours each, on indices 0-3 and 128-131
7 Ink and paper use 8 colours each, on indices 0-7 and 128-135
15 Ink and paper use 16 colours each, on indices 0-15 and 128-143
31 Ink and paper use 32 colours each, on indices 0-31 and 128-159
63 Ink and paper use 64 colours each, on indices 0-63 and 128-191
127 Ink and paper use 128 colours each, on indices 0-127 and 128-255
255 Enables full-ink colour mode where all indices are ink. In this mode paper and
border are taken from Transparency Colour Fallback Register $4A
Default value is 7 for core 3.0 and later, 15 for older cores.

47
PALETTE

Enhanced ULA Control Register $43

Bit Effect
7 1 to disable palette index auto-increment, 0 to enable
6-4 Selects palette for read or write
000 ULA first palette
100 ULA second palette
001 Layer 2 first palette
101 Layer 2 second palette
010 Sprites first palette
110 Sprites second palette
011 Tilemap first palette
111 Tilemap second palette
3 Selects active Sprites palette (0 = first palette, 1 = second palette)
2 Selects active Layer 2 palette (0 = first palette, 1 = second palette)
1 Selects active ULA palette (0 = first palette, 1 = second palette)
0 Enables ULANext mode if 1 (0 after reset)
Write will also reset the index of Enhanced ULA Palette Extension $44 so next write there
will be considered as first byte of first colour.

Enhanced ULA Palette Extension $44

Bit Effect
7-0 Reads or writes 9-bit colour definition
Two consequtive writes are needed:

First write: Second write:


7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
R2 R1 R0 G2 G1 G0 B2 B1 Pr - B0
Red Green Blue L2 Reserved, set to 0 B

Bit 7 of the second write must be 0 except for Layer 2 palettes where it specifies colour priority.
If set to 1, then the colour will always be on top, above all other layers, regardless of priority
set with Sprite and Layers System Register $15. So if you need exactly the same colour with
priority and non-priority, you will need to set the same data twice, to different indexes, once
with priority bit 1 and then with 0.
After second write palette colour index in Palette Index Register $40 is automatically increment,
if auto-increment is enabled in Enhanced ULA Control Register $43.
Note: reading will always return the second byte of the colour (least significant bit of blue) and
will not auto-increment index. You can read RRRGGGBB part with Palette Value Register $41.

48
CHAPTER 3. ZX SPECTRUM NEXT

Transparency Colour Fallback Register $4A

Bit Effect
7-0 8-bit colour to be used when all layers contain transparent pixel. Format is RRRGGGBB
This colour is also used for paper and border when ULANext full-ink mode is enabled - see
Enhanced ULA Ink Colour Mask $42.

49
ULA LAYER

3.4 ULA Layer


Original ZX Spectrum didn’t have a dedicated graphics chip. To keep the price as low as
possible, screen rendering was performed by ULA (“Uncommitted Logic Array”) chip.
ZX Spectrum Next inherits ULA mode. The resolution of the screen in this mode is 256192
pixels. If we translate this to 88 pixels characters, it gives us 32 character columns in 24
character rows.
ULA always reads from 16K bank 5 which is assigned to the second 16K slot at addresses $4000-
$7FFF by default. Similar to the memory configuration of other contemporary computers, pixel
memory is separate from attributes/colour memory. If using default memory configuration:

ROM RAM
16K 16K 16K 16K
Pixels Attributes (free)
$4000-$57FF $5800-$5AFF $5B00-$7FFF

3.4.1 Pixel Memory

Each screen pixel is represented by a single bit, meaning 1 byte holds 8 screen pixels. So,
for each line of 256 pixels, 32 bytes are needed. However, for sake of efficiency, the original
Spectrum optimized screen memory layout for speed but made it inconvenient for programming.
Pixel memory is not linear but is instead divided to fill character rows line by line. The
first 32 bytes of memory represent the first line of the first character row, followed by 32
bytes representing the first line of the second character row and so on until the first line of 8
character rows is filled. Then next 32 bytes of screen memory represent the second line of the
first character row, again followed by the second line of the second character row, until all 8
character rows are covered:
Addr. Ln. Ch. Addr. Ln. Ch. Addr. Ln. Ch.
$4000 0 0/0 $4100 1 0/1 $4200 2 0/2
$4020 8 1/0 $4120 9 1/1 $4220 10 1/2
$4040 16 2/0 $4140 17 2/1 $4240 18 2/2
$4060 24 3/0 $4160 25 3/1 $4260 26 3/2
...
$4080 32 4/0 $4180 32 4/1 $4280 33 4/2
$40A0 40 5/0 $41A0 41 5/1 $42A0 42 5/2
$40C0 48 6/0 $41C0 49 6/1 $42C0 50 6/2
$40E0 56 7/0 $41E0 57 7/1 $42E0 58 7/2
Ln. Screen line (0-191) Ch. Character <row>/<line> (0-23/0-7)
But this is not the end of the peculiarities of Spectrum ULA mode. If you attempt to fill the
screen memory byte by byte, you’ll realize the top third of the screen fills in first, then middle
third and lastly bottom third. The reason is, ULA mode divides the screen into 3 banks. Each
bank covers 8 character rows, so 8832 or 2048 bytes:

50
CHAPTER 3. ZX SPECTRUM NEXT

Memory Range Screen Lines Char. Rows


$4000 - $47FF 0 - 63 0-8
$4800 - $4FFF 64 - 127 9 - 16
$5000 - $57FF 128 - 191 17 - 23
In fact, to calculate the address of memory for any given (x,y) coordinate, we’d need to prepare
a 16-bit value like this:
High Byte Low Byte
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 1 0 Y7 Y6 Y2 Y1 Y0 Y5 Y4 Y3 X7 X6 X5 X4 X3
0 1 0 Y X
As you can see, X is straightforward; we simply need to take the upper 5 bits and fill them into
the lower 5 bits of a 16-bit register pair. Y coordinate requires all 8 bits written into bits 12-5 of
16-bit register pair. However, notice how individual bits are scrambled. It makes incrementing
address for next character row simple operation of INC H (assuming HL stores the address of
the previous row), which is likely one of the reasons for such implementation. But imagine for a
second how complex a Z80 program would need to be to handle all of this. Sure, nothing couple
shifts and masking operations couldn’t handle but still, lots of wasted CPU cycles. However,
on ZX Spectrum Next we have 3 new instructions that take care of all of the complexity for us:

ˆ PIXELAD calculates the address of a pixel with coordinates from DE register pair where D
is Y and E is X coordinate and stores the memory location address into HL register pair
for ready consumption
ˆ PIXELDN takes the address of a pixel in HL and updates it to point to the same X coordinate
but one screen line down
ˆ SETAE takes X coordinate from E register and prepares mask in register A for reading or
writing to ULA screen

Furthermore; each instruction only uses 8 t-states, which is far less than the corresponding Z80
assembly program would require. Somewhat naive program for drawing vertical line write from
the pixel at coordinate (16,32) to (16,50):

1 LD DE, $1020 ; Y=16, X=32


2 PIXELAD ; HL=address of pixel (E,D)
3 loop:
4 SETAE ; A=pixel mask
5 OR (HL) ; we’ll write the pixel
6 LD (HL), A ; actually write the pixel
7

8 INC D ; Y=Y+1
9 LD A, D ; copy new Y coordinate to A
10 CP 51 ; are we at 51 already?
11 RET NC ; yes, return
12

13 PIXELDN ; no, update HL to next line


14 JR loop ; continue with next pixel

51
ULA LAYER

Note: because we’re updating our Y coordinate in D register within the loop, we could also use
PIXELAD instead of PIXELDN in line 13. Both instructions require 8 T states for execution, so
there’s no difference performance-wise.
If we instead wanted to check if the pixel at the given coordinate is set or not, we would use
AND (HL) instead of OR (HL). For example:

1 LD DE, $1020 ; Y=16, X=32


2 PIXELAD ; HL=address of pixel (E,D)
3 SETAE ; A=pixel mask
4 AND (HL) ; we’ll read the pixel
5 RET Z ; exit if pixel is not set

3.4.2 Attributes Memory

Now that we know how to draw individual pixels, it’s time to handle colour. Memory wise, it’s
stored immediately after pixel RAM, at memory locations $5800 - $5AFF. Each byte represents
colour and attributes for 88 pixel block on the screen. Byte contents are as follows:
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
F B P2 P1 P0 I2 I1 I0
F B Paper Ink

ˆ Bit 7: 1 to enable flashing, 0 to disables it


ˆ Bit 6: 1 to enable bright colours, 0 for normal colours
ˆ Bits 5-3: paper colour 0-7
ˆ Bits 2-0: ink colour 0-7

Colour value 0-7 corresponds to:


Value Binary Colour Bright
0 000 Black Black
1 001 Blue Bright blue
2 010 Red Bright red
3 011 Magenta Bright magenta
4 100 Green Bright green
5 101 Cyan Bright cyan
6 110 Yellow Bright yellow
7 111 Gray White
Spectrum only requires 768 bytes to configure colour and attributes for the whole screen. And
memory is contiguous so it’s simple to manage. However, it comes at expense of restricting to
only 2 colours per character block - the reason for the (in)famous colour clash.
Note: on Next, default ULA colours can be changed, see Palette chapter ?? for details.

52
CHAPTER 3. ZX SPECTRUM NEXT

3.4.3 Border

Next inherits Spectrum border colour handling through ULA Control Port $xxFE. The bottom
3 bits are used to specify one of 8 possible colours (see table on the previous page for full list).
Example:

1 LD A, 1 ; Select blue colour


2 OUT ($FE), A ; Set border colour from A

Note: border colour is set the same way regardless of graphics mode used. However, some Layer
2 modes and Tileset may partially or fully cover the border, effectively making it invisible to
the user.

3.4.4 Shadow Screen

As mentioned, ULA uses 16K bank 5 by default to determine what to show on the screen.
However, it’s possible to change this to bank 7 instead by using bit 3 of Memory Paging
Control $7FFD. Bank 7 mode is called the “shadow” screen. It gives us two separate memory
spaces for rendering ULA data and means for quickly swapping between them. It allows always
drawing into inactive bank and only swapping it in when ready thus help eliminating flicker.
Note: Memory Paging Control $7FFD only controls which of the two possible banks is being
used by ULA, but it doesn’t map the bank into any of the memory slots. This needs to be
done by one of the paging modes as described in the Memory Map and Paging chapter, section
??. Using MMU, we could do something like:

1 LD HL, $5800 ; we’ll be swapping colours


2

3 NEXTREG $52, 10 ; swap first half of 16K bank 5 to 8K slot 2


4 LD A, %00000000 ; paper=black, ink=black
5 LD (HL), A ; write data to screen (immediately visible)
6

7 NEXTREG $52, 14 ; swap first half of 16K bank 7 to 8K slot 2


8 LD A, %00000101 ; paper=black, ink=cyan
9 LD (HL), A ; write to 16K bank 7 (not visible)
10

11 LD BC, $7FFD ; prepare port for changing layers


12 LD A, %00001000 ; activate shadow layer
13 OUT (C), A ; top left char now has black background
14

15 LD A, %00000000 ; deactivate shadow layer


16 OUT (C), A ; top left char now has cyan background

Remember: 16K bank 7 corresponds to 8K banks 14 and 15. And because pixel and attributes
combined fit within single 8K, only single bank needs to be swapped in.

53
ULA LAYER

3.4.5 Enhanced ULA Modes

ZX Spectrum Next also supports several enhanced ULA modes like Timex Sinclair Double
Buffering, Timex Sinclair Hi-Res and Hi-Colour, etc. However, with the presence of Layer 2
and Tilemap modes, it’s unlikely these will be used when programming new software on Next.
Therefore they are not described here. If interested, read more on:
https://wiki.specnext.dev/Video Modes

3.4.6 ULA Registers

ULA Control Port $xxFE

Bit Effect
7-5 Reserved, use 0
4 EAR output (connected to internal speaker)
3 MIC output (saving to tape via audio jack)
2-0 Border colour
Note: when reading this port with certain high byte values will read keyboard status. See
section ?? for details.

Memory Paging Control $7FFD


See description under Memory Map and Paging chapter, section ??.

Palette Index Register $40


Palette Value Register $41
Enhanced ULA Ink Colour Mask $42
Enhanced ULA Control Register $43
Enhanced ULA Palette Extension $44
Transparency Colour Fallback Register $4A
See description under Palette chapter, section ??.

54
CHAPTER 3. ZX SPECTRUM NEXT

This page intentionally left empty

55
LAYER 2

3.5 Layer 2
As we saw in the previous section, drawing with ULA graphics is much simplified on Next. But
it can’t eliminate the colour clash. Well, not with ULA mode at least. However, Next brings
a couple of brand new graphic modes to the table, hidden behind a somewhat casual name
“Layer 2”. But don’t let its name deceive you; Layer 2 raises Next graphics capabilities to a
whole new level!
Layer 2 may appear behind or above the ULA layer. It supports different resolutions with every
pixel coloured independently and memory organized sequentially, line by line, pixel by pixel.
Consequently, Layer 2 requires more memory compared to ULA; each mode needs multiple 16K
banks. But of course, Next has far more memory than the original Speccy ever did!
Resolution Colours BPP Memory Organization
256192 256 8 48K, 3 horizontal banks of 64 lines
320256 256 8 80K, 5 vertical banks of 64 columns5
640256 16 4 80K, 5 vertical banks of 128 columns5

3.5.1 Initialization

Drawing on Layer 2 is much simpler than using ULA mode. But in contrast with ULA, which
is always “on”, Layer 2 needs to be explicitly enabled. This is done by setting bit 1 of Layer
2 Access Port $123B.

By default, Layer 2 will use 256192 with 256 colours, supported across all Next core versions.
You can select another resolution with Layer 2 Control Register $70. 320256 and 640256
modes also require setting up clip window correctly with Clip Window Layer 2 Register $18.

3.5.2 Paging

After Layer 2 is enabled, we can start writing into memory banks. As mentioned above, Layer
2 requires 3-5 contiguous 16K banks. While Next initializes default configuration during boot,
it’s nonetheless a good idea to set it up manually to ensure our code will work across all devices.
Layer 2 Ram Page Register $12 selects the bank number where Layer 2 video memory begins.
Note it’s a good idea to store the original bank values so we can restore them afterwards.
All supported modes can be used for paging, as described in section ??, by swapping in bank
numbers to 16K slot at $C000. However, the simplest and most versatile is MMU mode; MMU6
and MMU7 registers correspond to 2 8K slots starting at $C000.
5
Core 3.0.6+ only

56
CHAPTER 3. ZX SPECTRUM NEXT

3.5.3 Drawing

In general, drawing pixels requires the programmer to:

ˆ Determine and select bank to write to


ˆ Calculate address of the pixel within the bank
ˆ Write byte with colour data

All Layer 2 modes use the same approach when drawing pixels. Each pixel uses one byte (except
640320 where each byte contains data for 2 pixels). The value is simply an index into the
palette entries list. Similar to other layers, Layer 2 also has two palettes, of which only one
can be active at any given time. Enhanced ULA Control Register $43 is used to select active
palette. See Palette chapter ?? for details on how to program palettes.
See specific modes in the following pages for examples of writing pixel data.

3.5.4 Effects

Sprite and Layers System Register $15 can be used to change Layer 2 priority, effectively
moving Layer 2 above or below other layers - see Tilemap chapter, section ?? for details.
We can even be more specific and only prioritize specific colours, so only pixels using those
colours will appear on top while other pixels below other layers. This way we can achieve a
simple depth effect. Per-pixel priority is available when writing a custom palette with Enhanced
ULA Palette Extension $44 (9-bit colours). See description under Palette chapter, section ??
for details on how to program palette.
We can also use both Layer 2 palettes to achieve simple effects. For example, certain colours
can be marked with the priority flag on one palette but not on the other. When swapping
palettes, pixels drawn with these colours would appear on top or below other layers. Another
simple effect using both palettes could be colour animation, though it can’t be very smooth
with only two states.
Global Transparency Register $14 can be used to alter the transparent colour of Layer 2.
This same register also affects ULA, LoRes and 1-bit (“text mode”) tilemap.
Scrolling effects can be achieved by writing pixel offsets to Layer 2 X Offset Register $16,
Layer 2 X Offset MSB Register $71 and Layer 2 Y Offset Register $17.

57
LAYER 2

3.5.5 256192 256 Colour Mode


3 horizontal banks: 8BPP:
0 ... 255
0 16K BANK 0 8K BANK 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
.. 0. . . 31 I7 I6 I5 I4 I3 I2 I1 I0
. 8K BANK 1
63 32 . . . 63 Colour index
64 16K BANK 1 8K BANK 2 Banking Setup:
.. 64 . . . 95
. 8K BANK 3 15 14 13 12-8 7-0
127 96 . . . 127 Y X
128 16K BANK 2 8K BANK 4 16K Y50 X
.. 128 . . . 159
. 8K Y40 X
8K BANK 5
191 160 . . . 191

This mode is the closest to ULA, resolution wise, so is perhaps the simplest to grasp. It’s
also supported across all Next core versions. Pixels are laid out from left to right and top to
bottom. Each pixel uses one byte that represents an 8-bit index into the palette. 3 16K banks
are needed to cover the whole screen, each holding data for 64 lines. Or, if using 8K, 6 banks,
32 lines each. Combined, colour data requires 48K of memory.
Each (x,y) coordinate pair requires 16-bits. If the upper byte is used for Y and lower for the X
coordinate, together they will form exact memory location offset from the top of the first bank.
But to account for bank swapping; for 16K banks, the most significant 2 bits of Y correspond
to bank number and for 8K banks, top 3 bits. The rest of Y + X is memory location within
the bank.
Example of filling the screen with a vertical rainbow:

1 START_16K_BANK EQU 9
2 START_8K_BANK EQU START_16K_BANK*2
3

4 ; Enable Layer 2
5 LD BC, $123B
6 LD A, 2
7 OUT (C), A
8

9 ; Setup starting Layer2 16K bank


10 NEXTREG $12, START_16K_BANK
11

12 LD D, 0 ; D=Y, start at top of the screen


13

14 nextY:
15 ; Calculate bank number and swap it in
16 LD A, D ; Copy current Y to A
17 AND %11100000 ; 32100000 (3MSB = bank number)
18 RLCA ; 21000003

58
CHAPTER 3. ZX SPECTRUM NEXT

19 RLCA ; 10000032
20 RLCA ; 00000321
21 ADD A, START_8K_BANK ; A=bank number to swap in
22 NEXTREG $56, A ; Swap bank
23

24 ; Convert DE (yx) to screen memory location starting at $C000


25 PUSH DE ; (DE) will be changed to bank offset
26 LD A, D ; Copy current Y to A
27 AND %00011111 ; Discard bank number
28 OR $C0 ; Screen starts at $C000
29 LD D, A ; D=high byte for $C000 screen memory
30

31 ; Loop X through 0..255; we don’t have to deal with bank swapping


32 ; here because it only occurs when changing Y
33 LD E, 0
34 nextX:
35 LD A, E ; A=current X
36 LD (DE), A ; Use X as colour index
37 INC E ; Increment to next X
38 JR NZ, nextX ; Repeat until E rolls over
39

40 ; Continue with next line or exit


41 POP DE ; Restore DE to coordinates
42 INC D ; Increment to next Y
43 LD A, D ; A=current Y
44 CP 192 ; Did we just complete last line?
45 JP C, nextY ; No, continue with next linee

Worth noting: MMU page 6 (next register $56) covers memory $C000 - $DFFF. As we swap
different 8K banks there, we’re effectively changing 8K banks that are readable and writable
at those memory addresses. That’s why we OR $C0 in line 24; we need to convert zero based
address to $C000 based. See section ?? for details on MMU paging mode.
We don’t have to handle bank swapping on every iteration; once per 32 rows would do for this
example. But the code is more versatile this way and could be easily converted into a reusable
pixel setting routine.

59
LAYER 2

3.5.6 320256 256 Colour Mode


5 vertical banks: 8BPP:
0 319
8K BANK 0 16K BANK 0

8K BANK 2 16K BANK 1

8K BANK 4 16K BANK 2

8K BANK 6 16K BANK 3

8K BANK 8 16K BANK 4


7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0

I7 I6 I5 I4 I3 I2 I1 I0
Colour index
Banking Setup:
8K BANK 1

8K BANK 3

8K BANK 5

8K BANK 7

8K BANK 9
16 15 14 13 12-8 7-0
X8 X70 Y
16K X50 Y
255

8K X40 Y
16K bank contains 64 columns
8K bank contains 32 columns

320256 mode is only available on Next core 3.0.6 or later. Pixels are laid out from top to
bottom and left to right. Each pixel uses one byte that represents an 8-bit index into the
palette. To cover the whole screen, 5 16K banks of 64 columns or 10 8K banks of 32 columns
are needed. Together colour data requires 80K of memory.
In contrast with 256192, this mode allows drawing to the whole screen, including border. In
fact, you can think of it as the regular 256192 mode with additional 32 pixel border around
(32 + 256 + 32 = 320 and 32 + 192 + 32 = 256).
Addressing is more complicated though. As we need 9 bits for X and 8 for Y, we can’t address
all screen pixels with single 16-bit register pair. But we can use 16-bit register pair to address
all pixels within each bank. From this perspective, the setup is similar to 256192 mode,
except that X and Y are reversed: if the upper byte is used for X and lower for Y, then most
significant 2 bits of 16-bit register pair represent lower 2 bits of 16K bank number. And for 8K
banks, the most significant 3 bits correspond to the lower 3 bits of 8K bank number. In either
case, the most significant bit of the bank number arrives from the 9th bit of the X coordinate
(X8 in the table above). The rest of the X + Y is memory location within the bank.
To use this mode, we must explicitly select it with Layer 2 Control Register $70. We must
also not forget to set clip window correctly with Clip Window Layer 2 Register $18 and Clip/
Window Control Register $1C, as demonstrated in example below:

1 START_16K_BANK EQU 9
2 START_8K_BANK EQU START_16K_BANK*2
3

4 RESOLUTION_X EQU 320


5 RESOLUTION_Y EQU 256
6

7 BANK_8K_SIZE EQU 8192


8 NUM_BANKS EQU RESOLUTION_X * RESOLUTION_Y / BANK_8K_SIZE
9 BANK_X EQU BANK_8K_SIZE / RESOLUTION_Y

60
CHAPTER 3. ZX SPECTRUM NEXT

10

11 ; Enable Layer 2
12 LD BC, $123B
13 LD A, 2
14 OUT (C), A
15

16 ; Setup starting Layer2 16K bank


17 NEXTREG $12, START_16K_BANK
18 NEXTREG $70, %00010000 ; 320x256 256 colour mode
19

20 ; Setup window clip for 320x256 resolution


21 NEXTREG $1C, 1 ; Reset Layer 2 clip window reg index
22 NEXTREG $18, 0 ; X1; X2 next line
23 NEXTREG $18, RESOLUTION_X / 2 - 1
24 NEXTREG $18, 0 ; Y1; Y2 next line
25 NEXTREG $18, RESOLUTION_Y - 1
26

27 LD B, START_8K_BANK ; Bank number


28 LD H, 0 ; Colour index
29 nextBank:
30 ; Swap to next bank, exit once all 5 are done
31 LD A, B ; Copy current bank number to A
32 NEXTREG $56, A ; Switch to bank
33

34 ; Fill in current bank


35 LD DE, $C000 ; Prepare starting address
36 nextY:
37 ; Fill in 256 pixels of current line
38 LD A, H ; Copy colour index to A
39 LD (DE), A ; Write colour index into memory
40 INC E ; Increment Y
41 JR NZ, nextY ; Continue with next Y until we wrap to next X
42

43 ; Prepare for next line until bank is full


44 INC H ; Increment colour
45 INC D ; Increment X
46 LD A, D ; Copy X to A
47 AND %00111111 ; Clear $C0 to get pure X coordinate
48 CP BANK_X ; Did we reach next bank?
49 JP NZ, nextY ; No, continue with next Y
50

51 ; Prepare for next bank


52 INC B ; Increment to next bank
53 LD A, B ; Copy bank to A
54 CP START_8K_BANK+NUM_BANKS; Did we fill last bank?
55 JP NZ, nextBank ; No, proceed with next bank

61
LAYER 2

3.5.7 640256 16 Colour Mode


5 vertical banks: 4BPP:
0 639
8K BANK 0 16K BANK 0

8K BANK 2 16K BANK 1

8K BANK 4 16K BANK 2

8K BANK 6 16K BANK 3

8K BANK 8 16K BANK 4


7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0

I3 I2 I1 I0 I3 I2 I1 I0
Colour 1 Colour 2
Banking Setup:
8K BANK 1

8K BANK 3

8K BANK 5

8K BANK 7

8K BANK 9
16 15 14 13 12-8 7-0
X8  2 X70  2 Y
16K X50  2 Y
255

8K X40  2 Y
16K bank contains 128 columns
8K bank contains 64 columns

640256 mode is very similar to 320256, except that each byte represents 2 colours instead
of 1. It’s also available on Next core 3.0.6 or later only. Pixels are laid out from top to bottom
and left to right. Each pixel takes 4 bits, so each byte contains data for 2 pixels. To cover the
whole screen, 5 16K banks of 128 columns or 10 8K banks of 64 columns are needed. Together
colour data requires 80K of memory. Similar to 320256, this mode also covers the whole
screen, including the border.
Addressing wise, this mode is the same as 230256. Using 16-bit register pair we can’t address
all pixels on the screen, but we can address all pixels within each bank. Again, assuming upper
byte of 16-bit register pair is used for X and lower for Y and using 9th bit of X coordinate (bit
X8 in the table above) as the most significant bit of bank number, then most significant 2 bits
of 16-bit register pair represent lower 2 bits of 16K bank number. And for 8K banks, the most
significant 3 bits correspond to the lower 3 bits of 8K bank number. The rest of the X + Y is
memory location within the bank. Don’t forget: each colour byte represents 2 screen pixels, so
the memory X coordinate (as described above) needs to be multiplied by 2 to convert to screen
X coordinate.
To use this mode, we must explicitly select it with Layer 2 Control Register $70. We must
also not forget to set clip window correctly with Clip Window Layer 2 Register $18 and Clip/
Window Control Register $1C, as demonstrated in example below:

1 START_16K_BANK EQU 9
2 START_8K_BANK EQU START_16K_BANK*2
3

4 RESOLUTION_X EQU 640


5 RESOLUTION_Y EQU 256
6

7 BANK_8K_SIZE EQU 8192


8 NUM_BANKS EQU RESOLUTION_X * RESOLUTION_Y / BANK_8K_SIZE / 2
9 BANK_X EQU BANK_8K_SIZE / RESOLUTION_Y
10

62
CHAPTER 3. ZX SPECTRUM NEXT

11 ; Enable Layer 2
12 LD BC, $123B
13 LD A, 2
14 OUT (C), A
15

16 ; Setup starting Layer2 16K bank


17 NEXTREG $12, START_16K_BANK
18 NEXTREG $70, %00100000 ; 640x256 16 colour mode
19

20 NEXTREG $1C, 1 ; Reset Layer 2 clip window reg index


21 NEXTREG $18, 0
22 NEXTREG $18, RESOLUTION_X / 4 - 1
23 NEXTREG $18, 0
24 NEXTREG $18, RESOLUTION_Y - 1
25

26 LD B, START_8K_BANK ; Bank number


27 LD H, 0 ; Colour index for 2 pixels
28 nextBank:
29 ; Swap to next bank, exit once all 5 are done
30 LD A, B ; Copy current bank number to A
31 NEXTREG $56, A ; Switch to bank
32

33 ; Fill in current bank


34 LD DE, $C000 ; Prepare starting address
35 nextY:
36 ; Fill in 256 pixels of current line
37 LD A, H ; Copy colour indexes for 2 pixels to A
38 LD (DE), A ; Write colour indexes into memory
39 INC E ; Increment Y
40 JR NZ, nextY ; Continue with next Y until we wrap to next X
41

42 ; Prepare for next line until bank is full


43 INC H ; Increment colour index for both colours
44 INC D ; Increment X
45 LD A, D ; Copy X to A
46 AND %00111111 ; Clear $C0 to get pure X coordinate
47 CP BANK_X ; Did we reach next bank?
48 JP NZ, nextY ; No, continue with next Y
49

50 ; Prepare for next bank


51 INC B ; Increment to next bank
52 LD A, B ; Copy bank to A
53 CP START_8K_BANK+NUM_BANKS; Did we fill last bank?
54 JP NZ, nextBank ; No, proceed with next bank

63
LAYER 2

3.5.8 Layer 2 Registers

Layer 2 Access Port $123B

Bit Effect
7-6 Video RAM bank select
00 First 16K of layer 2 in the bottom 16K
01 Second 16K of layer 2 in the bottom 16K
10 Third 16K of layer 2 in the bottom 16K
11 First 48K of layer 2 in the bottom 48K (core 3.0+)
5 Reserved, use 0
4 0 (see below)
3 Use Shadow Layer 2 for paging
0 Map Layer 2 RAM Page Register $12
1 Map Layer 2 RAM Shadow Page $13

2 Enable Layer 2 read-only paging


1 Layer 2 visible, see Layer 2 RAM Page Register $12
Since core 3.0 this bit has mirror in Display Control 1 Register $69
0 Enable Layer 2 write-only paging
Since core 3.0.7, write with bit 4 set was also added:
Bit Effect
7-5 Reserved, use 0
4 1
3 Reserved, use 0
2-0 16K bank relative offset (+0..+7) applied to Layer 2 memory mapping

Layer 2 Ram Page Register $12

Bit Effect
7 Reserved, must be 0
6-0 Starting 16K bank of Layer 2
Default 256192 mode requires 3 16K banks while new, 320256 and 640256 modes require
5 16K banks. Banks need to be contiguous in memory, so here we only specify the first one.
Valid bank numbers are therefore 0 - 45 (109 for 2MB RAM models) for standard mode and 0
- 43 (107 for 2MB RAM models) for new modes.
Note: this register uses 16K bank numbers. If you’re using 8K banks, you have to multiply this
value by 2. For example, 16K bank 9 corresponds to 8K banks 18 and 19.

64
CHAPTER 3. ZX SPECTRUM NEXT

Layer 2 X Offset Register $16

Bit Effect
7-0 Writes or reads X pixel offset used for drawing Layer 2 graphics on the screen.
This can be used for creating scrolling effects. For 320256 and 640256 modes, 9 bits are
required; use Layer 2 X Offset MSB Register $71 to set it up.

Layer 2 Y Offset Register $17

Bit Effect
7-0 Writes or reads Y pixel offset used for drawing Layer 2 graphics on the screen.
Valid range is:

ˆ 256192: 191
ˆ 320256: 255
ˆ 640256: 255

Clip Window Layer 2 Register $18

Bit Effect
7-0 Reads and writes clip-window coordinates for Layer 2
4 coordinates need to be set: X1, X2, Y1 and Y2. Which coordinate gets set, is determined
by index. As each write to this register will also increment index, the usual flow is to reset the
index to 0 in Clip Window Control Register $1C, then write all 4 coordinates in succession.
Positions are inclusive. Furthermore, X positions are doubled for 320256 mode, quadrupled
for 640256. Therefore, to view the whole of Layer 2, the values are:
256192 320256 640256
0 X1 position 0 0 0
1 X2 position 255 159 159
2 Y1 position 0 0 0
3 Y2 position 191 255 255

65
LAYER 2

Clip Window Control Register $1C

Write:
Bit Effect
7-4 Reserved, must be 0
3 1 to reset Tilemap clip-window register index
2 1 to reset ULA/LoRes clip-window register index
1 1 to reset Sprite clip-window register index
0 1 to reset Layer 2 clip-window register index
Read:
Bit Effect
7-6 Current Tilemap clip-window register index
5-4 Current ULA/LoRes clip-window register index
3-2 Current Sprite clip-window register index
1-0 Current Layer 2 clip-window register index

Palette Index Register $40


Palette Value Register $41
Enhanced ULA Control Register $43
Enhanced ULA Palette Extension $44
See description under Palette chapter, section ??.

Layer 2 Control Register $70

Bit Effect
7-6 Reserved, must be 0
5-4 Layer 2 resolution (0 after soft reset)
00 256192, 8BPP
01 320256, 8BPP
10 640256, 4BPP
3-0 Palette offset (0 after soft reset)

Layer 2 X Offset MSB Register $71

Bit Effect
7-1 Reserved, must be 0
0 MSB for X pixel offset
This is only used for 320256 and 640256 modes. Together with Layer 2 X Offset Register
$16 full 319 pixels offsets are available. For 640256 only 2 pixel offsets are possible.

66
CHAPTER 3. ZX SPECTRUM NEXT

This page intentionally left empty

67
TILEMAP

3.6 Tilemap
Tilemap is fast and effective way of displaying 8x8 pixel blocks on the screen. There are two
possible resolutions available: 40x32 or 80x32 tiles. Tilemap layer overlaps ULA by 32 pixels
on each side. Or in other words, similar to 320x256 and 640x256 modes of Layer 2, tilemap
also covers the whole of the screen, including the border.
Tilemap is defined by 2 data structures: tile definitions and tilemap data itself.

3.6.1 Tile Definitions

Tiles are 8x8 pixels with each pixel representing an index of the colour from the currently
selected tilemap palette.
Each pixel occupies 4-bits, meaning tiles can use 16 colours. However, as we’ll see in the next
section, it’s possible to specify a 4-bit palette offset for each tile which allows us to reach all
256 colours from the palette.
A maximum of 256 tile definitions are possible, but this can be extended to 512 if needed using
Tilemap Control Register $6B.

All tiles definitions are specified in a contiguous memory block. The offset of tile definitions
memory address relative to the start of bank 5 needs to be specified with Tile Definitions Base
Address Register $6F.

3.6.2 Tilemap Data

Tilemap data specifies the tile definition index for each of the 40x32 or 80x32 tiles. Each tile
takes 2 bytes:

High Byte Low Byte


15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Palette Offset

ULA Mode

Tile Index
X Mirror

Y Mirror

Rotate

Palette Offset 4-bit palette offset for this tile. This allows shifting colours to other 16-colour
“banks” thus allowing us to reach the whole 256 colours from the palette.
X Mirror If 1, this tile will be mirrored in X direction.
Y Mirror If 1, this tile will be mirrored in Y direction.
Rotate If 1, this tile will be rotated 90o clockwise.
ULA Mode If 1, this tile will be rendered on top, if 0 below ULA display. However in
512 tile mode, this is the 8th bit of tile index.

68
CHAPTER 3. ZX SPECTRUM NEXT

Tile Index 8-bit tile index within the tile definitions.

However, it’s possible to eliminate attributes byte by setting bit 5 in Tilemap Control Register
$6B. This only leaves an 8-bit tile index. Tileset then only occupies half the memory. But we
lose the option to specify attributes for each tile separately. Instead attributes for all tiles are
taken from Default Tilemap Attribute Register $6C.
The offset of the tilemap data memory address relative to the start of bank 5 needs to be
specified with Tilemap Base Address Register $6E.

3.6.3 Memory Organization

The Tilemap layer is closely tied with ULA. Memory wise, it always exists in 16K slot 5.
By default, this page is loaded into 16K slot 1 $4000-$7FFF (examples here will assume this
configuration, if you load into a different slot, you will have to adjust addresses accordingly).
If both ULA and tilemap are used, memory should be arranged to avoid overlap. Given ULA
pixel and attributes memory occupied memory addresses $4000-$5AFF, this leaves $5B00-$7FFF
for tilemap. If we also take into account various system variables that reside on top of ULA
attributes, $6000 should be used for starting address. This leaves us:
40x32 80x32
Bytes per tile 1 2 1 2
Bytes per tileset 1280 2560 2560 5120
Max Tile Definitions 215 175 175 95
We as programmers need to tell hardware where in the memory tilemap and tile definitions are
stored. Tilemap Base Address Register $6E and Tile Definitions Base Address Register
$6F are used for that.
Both addresses are provided as most significant byte of the offset into memory slot 5 (which
starts at $4000). This means we can only store data at multiples of 256 bytes. For example, if
data is stored at $6000, the MSB offset value would be $20 ($6000 - $4000 = $2000).
Generic formula to calculate MSB of the offset is: (Address - $4000) >> 8.

3.6.4 Combining ULA and Tilemap

ULA and Tilemap can be combined in two ways:

ˆ Standard mode: uses bit 0 from tile’s attribute byte to determine if a tile is above or below
ULA. If tilemap uses 2 bytes per tile, we can specify the priority for each tile separately,
otherwise we specify it for all tiles. Transparent pixels are taken into account - if the top
layer is transparent, the bottom one is visible through.
ˆ Stencil mode: only used if both, ULA and tileset are enabled. The final pixel is transparent
if both, ULA and tilemap pixels are transparent. Otherwise final pixel is AND of both
colour bits. This mode allows one layer to act as a cut-out for the other.

69
TILEMAP

3.6.5 Examples

Using tilemaps is very simple. The most challenging part in my experience was finding a drawing
program that would export to required formats in full. The best results I have achieved were
with Remy’s Sprite, Tile and Palette editor website6 . Even then, I had to manually tweak
binary files to achieve desired results (single byte per tile).
Regardless of the editor, we need 3 pieces of data: palette, tile definitions and tileset itself. In
this example, they are included as binary files:

1 tilemap:
2 INCBIN "tiles.map"
3 tilemapLength: EQU $- tilemap
4

5 tiles:
6 INCBIN "tiles.spr"
7 tilesLength: EQU $ - tiles
8

9 palette:
10 INCBIN "tiles.pal"
11 paletteLength: EQU $-palette

With all data in place, we can start setting up tilemap:

1 START_OF_BANK_5 EQU $4000


2 START_OF_TILEMAP EQU $6000 ; Just after ULA attributes and system vars
3 START_OF_TILES EQU $6600 ; Just after 40x32 tilemap
4

5 OFFSET_OF_MAP EQU (START_OF_TILEMAP - START_OF_BANK_5) >> 8


6 OFFSET_OF_TILES EQU (START_OF_TILES - START_OF_BANK_5) >> 8
7

8 ; Enable tilemap mode


9 NEXTREG $6B, %10100001 ; 40x32, 8-bit entries
10 NEXTREG $6C, %00000000 ; palette offset, visuals
11

12 ; Tell hardware where to find tiles


13 NEXTREG $6E, OFFSET_OF_MAP ; MSB of tilemap in bank 5
14 NEXTREG $6F, OFFSET_OF_TILES ; MSB of tilemap definitions

Above code uses couple neat preprocessing tricks to automatically calculate MSB for tilemap
and tile definitions offsets. The rest is simply setting up desired behaviour using Next registers.
6
https://zx.remysharp.com/sprites/

70
CHAPTER 3. ZX SPECTRUM NEXT

The only remaining piece is to actually copy all the data to expected memory locations:

1 ; Setup tilemap palette


2 NEXTREG $43, %00110000 ; Auto increment, select first tilemap palette
3

4 ; Copy palette
5 LD HL, palette ; Address of palette data in memory
6 LD B, 16 ; Copy 16 colours
7 CALL Copy8BitPalette ; Call routine for copying
8

9 ; Copy tile definitions to expected memory


10 LD HL, tiles ; Address of tiles in memory
11 LD BC, tilesLength ; Number of bytes to copy
12 CALL CopyTileDefinitions ; Copy all tiles data
13

14 ; Copy tilemap to expected memory


15 LD HL, tilemap ; Addreess of tilemap in memory
16 CALL CopyTileMap40x32 ; Copy 40x32 tilemaps

We already know Copy8BitPalette routine from Layer 2 chapter, the other two are straightforward
LDIR loops:

1 CopyTileDefinitions:
2 LD DE, START_OF_TILES
3 LDIR
4 RET
5

6 CopyTileMap40x32:
7 LD BC, 40*32 ; This variant always loads 40x32
8 JR copyTileMap
9

10 CopyTileMap80x32:
11 LD BC, 80*32 ; This variant always loads 80x32
12

13 CopyTileMap:
14 LD DE, START_OF_TILEMAP
15 LDIR
16 RET

71
TILEMAP

3.6.6 Tilemap Registers

Sprite and Layers System Register $15

Bit Effect
7 1 to enable lo-res layer, 0 disable it
6 1 to flip sprite rendering priority, i.e. sprite 0 is on top (0 after reset)
5 1 to change clipping to “over border” mode (doubling X-axis coordinates of clip window,
0 after reset)
4-2 Layers priority and mixing
000 S L U (Sprites are at top, Layer 2 under, Enhanced ULA at bottom)
001 L S U
010 S U L
011 L U S
100 U S L
101 U L S
110 Core 3.1.1+: (U|T)S(T|U)(B+L) blending layer and Layer 2 combined
Older cores: S(U+L) colours from ULA and L2 added per R/G/B channel
111 Core 3.1.1+: (U|T)S(T|U)(B+L-5) blending layer and Layer 2 combined
Older cores: S(U+L-5) similar as 110, but per R/G/B channel (U+L-5)
110 and 111 modes: colours are clamped to [0,7]
1 1 to enable sprites over border (0 after reset)
0 1 to enable sprite visibility (0 after reset)

Clip Window Tilemap Register $1B

Bit Effect
7-0 Reads and writes clip-window coordinates for Tilemap
4 coordinates need to be set: X1, X2, Y1 and Y2. Tilemap will only be visible within these
coordinates. X coordinates are internally doubled for 40x32 or quadrupled for 80x32 mode.
Positions are inclusive. Default values are 0, 159, 0, 255. Origin (0,0) is located 32 pixels to
the top-left of ULA top-left coordinate.
Which coordinate gets set, is determined by index. As each write to this register will also
increment index, the usual flow is to reset the index to 0 in Clip Window Control Register
$1C, then write all 4 coordinates in succession.

Clip Window Control Register $1C


See description under Layer 2 chapter, section ??.

72
CHAPTER 3. ZX SPECTRUM NEXT

Tilemap Offset X MSB Register $2F

Bit Effect
7-2 Reserved, use 0
1-0 Most significant bit(s) of X offset
In 40x32 mode, meaningful range is 0-319, for 80x32 0-639. Low 8-bits are stored in Tilemap
Offset X LSB Register $30.

Tilemap Offset X LSB Register $30

Bit Effect
7-0 X offset for drawing tilemap in pixels
Tilemap X offset in pixels. Meaningful range is 0-319 for 40x32 and 0-639 for 80x32 mode.
To write values larger than 255, Tilemap Offset X MSB Register $2F is used to store MSB.

Tilemap Offset Y Register $31

Bit Effect
7-0 Y offset for drawing tilemap in pixels
Y offset is 0-255.

Palette Index Register $40


Palette Value Register $41
Enhanced ULA Control Register $43
Enhanced ULA Palette Extension $44
See description under Palette chapter, section ??.

Tilemap Transparency Index Register $4C

Bit Effect
7-5 Reserved, must be 0
4-0 Index of transparent colour into tilemap palette
The pixel index from tile definitions is compared before palette offset is applied to the upper 4
bits, so there’s always one index between 0 and 15 that works as transparent colour.

73
TILEMAP

ULA Control Register $68

Bit Effect
7 1 to disable ULA output (0 after soft reset)
6-5 (Core 3.1.1+) Blending in SLU modes 6 & 7
00 ULA as blend colour
01 No blending
10 ULA/tilemap as blend colour
11 Tilemap as blend colour
4 (Core 3.1.4+) Cancel entries in 8x5 matrix for extended keys
3 1 to enable ULA+ (0 after soft reset)
2 1 to enable ULA half pixel scroll (0 after soft reset)
1 Reserved, set to 0
0 1 to enable stencil mode when both the ULA and tilemap are enabled.
See Sprite and Layers System Register $15 for different priorities and mixing of ULA, Layer
2 and Sprites.

Tilemap Control Register $6B

Bit Effect
7 1 to enable tilemap, 0 disable tilemap
6 1 for 80x32, 0 40x32 mode
5 1 to eliminate attribute byte in tilemap
4 1 for second, 0 for first tilemap palette
3 1 to activate “text mode”1
2 Reserved, set to 0
1 1 to activate 512, 0 for 256 tile mode
0 1 to force tilemap on top of ULA
1
In the text mode, tiles are defined as 1-bit B&W bitmaps, same as original Spectrum UDGs.
Each tile only requires 8 bytes. In this mode, the tilemap attribute byte is also interpreted
differently: bit 0 is still ULA over Tilemap (or 9th bit of tile data index) but the top 7 bits are
extended palette offset (the least significant bit is the value of the pixel itself). In this mode,
transparency is checked against Global Transparency Register $14 colour, not against the
four-bit tilemap colour index.

74
CHAPTER 3. ZX SPECTRUM NEXT

Default Tilemap Attribute Register $6C

If single byte tilemap mode is selected (bit 5 of Tilemap Control Register $6B set), this register
defines attributes for all tiles.
Bit Effect
7-4 Palette offset
3 1 to mirror tiles in X direction
2 1 to mirror tiles in Y direction
1 1 rotate tiles 90o clockwise
0 In 512 tile mode, bit 8 of tile index
1 for ULA over tilemap, 0 for tilemap over ULA

Tilemap Base Address Register $6E

Bit Effect
7-6 Ignored, set to 0
5-0 Most significant byte of tilemap data offset in bank 5

Tile Definitions Base Address Register $6F

Bit Effect
7-6 Ignored, set to 0
5-0 Most significant byte of tile definitions offset in bank 5

75
SPRITES

3.7 Sprites
One of the frequently used “my computer is better” arguments from owners and developers of
contemporary systems such as Commodore 64 was hardware supported sprites. To be fair, they
had a point - poor old Speccy had none. But Next finally rectifies this with a sprite system
that far supersedes even later 16-bit era machines such as Amiga. And as we’ll see, it’s really
simple to program too!
Some of the capabilities of Next sprites:

ˆ 128 simultaneous sprites


ˆ 16x16 pixels per sprite
ˆ Magnification of 2x, 4x or 8x horizontally and vertically
ˆ Mirroring and rotation
ˆ Sprite grouping to form larger objects
ˆ 512 colours from 2 256 colour palettes
ˆ Per sprite palette
ˆ Built-in sprite editor

So lots of reasons to get excited! Let’s dig in!

3.7.1 Editing

Before describing how sprites hardware works, it would be beneficial to know how to draw them.
As mentioned, Next comes with a built-in sprite editor. To use it, change to desired folder,
then enter .spredit <filename> in BASIC or command line. The editor is quite capable and
can even be used with a mouse if you have one attached to your Next (or in the emulator).
Alternatively, if you’re developing cross-platform, you can download UDGeed-Next7 or use
Remy’s Sprite, Tile and Palette editor8 . They all share very similar feature sets, so try them
out and decide for yourself.

3.7.2 Patterns

Next sprites have a fixed size of 16x16 pixels. Their display surface is 320x256, overlapping the
ULA by 32 pixels on each side. Or in other words, to draw the sprite fully on-screen, we need
to position it to (32,32) coordinate. And the last coordinate where the sprite is fully visible at
the bottom-right edge is (271,207). This allows sprites to be animated in and out of the visible
area. Sprites can be made visible or invisible when over the border as well as rendered on top
or below Layer 2 and ULA, all specified by Sprite and Layers System Register $15. It’s also
possible to further restrict sprite visibility within provided clip window using Clip Window
Sprites Register $19.
7
http://zxbasic.uk/files/UDGeedNext-current.rar
8
https://zx.remysharp.com/sprites/

76
CHAPTER 3. ZX SPECTRUM NEXT

Sprite patterns (or pixel data) are stored in Next FPGA internal 16K memory. As mentioned,
sprites are always 16x16 pixels but can be 8-bit or 4-bit.

ˆ 8-bit sprites use full 8-bits to specify colour, so each pixel can be of any of 256 colours
from the sprite palette of which one acts as transparent. Hence each sprite occupies 256
bytes of memory and 64 sprites can be stored.
ˆ 4-bit sprites use only 4-bits for colour, so each pixel can only choose from 16 colours, one
of which is reserved for transparency. However this allows us to store 2 colours per byte,
so these sprites take half the memory of 8-bit ones: 128 bytes each, meaning 128 sprites
can be stored in available memory.

3.7.3 Palette

Each sprite can specify its own palette offset. This allows sprites to share image data but use
different colours. 4 bits are used for palette offset, therefore the final colour index within the
current sprite palette (as defined by Enhanced ULA Control Register $43) is determined
using the following formula:

8-bit sprites 4-bit sprites


7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
P3 P2 P1 P0 0 0 0 0 P3 P2 P1 P0 0 0 0 0
+ S7 S6 S5 S4 S3 S2 S1 S0 + 0 0 0 0 S3 S2 S1 S0
= C7 C6 C5 C4 C3 C2 C1 C0 = C7 C6 C5 C4 C3 C2 C1 C0
If default palette offset and default palette are Palette offset can be thought of as if selecting
used, sprite colour index can be interpretted as one of 16 different 16-colour palettes.
RGB332 colour.

Pn is palette offset bit, Sn sprite colour index bit and Cn final colour index.
Transparent colour is defined with Sprites Transparency Index Register $4B.

77
SPRITES

3.7.4 Combined Sprites

Anchor Sprites

These are “normal” 16x16 pixel sprites, as described in previous sections. They act as standalone
sprites.
The reason they are called “anchors” is because multiple sprites can be grouped together to
form larger sprites. In such case “anchor” acts as a parent and all its “relative” sprites are tied
to it. In order to combine sprites, anchor needs to be defined first, immediately followed by all
its relative sprites. The group ends with the next anchor sprite which can either be another
standalone sprite, or an anchor for another sprite group. For example, if sprite 5 is setup as
an anchor, its relative sprites must be followed at 6, 7, 8... until another sprite that’s setup as
“anchor”.
There are 2 types of relative sprites: composite and unified sprites.

Composite Relative Sprites

Composite sprites inherit certain attributes from their anchor.

Inherited attributes: NOT inherited:

ˆ Visibility ˆ Rotation
ˆ X ˆ X & Y mirroring
ˆ Y ˆ X & Y scaling
ˆ Palette offset
ˆ Pattern number
ˆ 4 or 8-bit pattern

Relative sprites only have 8-bits for X and Y coordinates (ninth bits are used for other purposes).
But as the name suggests, these coordinates are relative to their parent anchor sprite so they
are usually positioned close by. When the anchor sprite is moved to a different position on the
screen, all its relatives are also moved by the same amount.
Visibility of relative sprites is determined as AND between anchor visibility and relative sprite
visibility. This way individual relative sprites can be made invisible independently from their
anchor, but if the anchor is invisible, then all its relative sprites will also be invisible.
Relative sprites inherit 4 or 8-bit setup from their anchor. They can’t use a different type but
can use a different palette offset than its anchor.
It’s also possible to tie relative sprite’s pattern number to act as an offset on top of its anchor’s
pattern number and thus easily animate the whole sprite group simply by changing the anchor’s
pattern number.

78
CHAPTER 3. ZX SPECTRUM NEXT

Unified Relative Sprites

Unified relative sprites are an extension of the composite type. Everything described above
applies here as well.
The main difference is the hardware will automatically adjust relative sprites X, Y, rotation,
mirroring and scaling attributes according to changes in anchor. So relatives will rotate, mirror
and scale around the anchor as if it was a single larger sprite.

3.7.5 Attributes

Attributes are 4 or 5 bytes that define where and how the sprite is drawn. The data can be set
either by selecting sprite index with Sprite Status/Slot Select $303B and then continuously
sending bytes to Sprite Attribute Upload $xx57 (which automatically increments sprite index
after all data for single sprite is transferred) or by calling individual direct access Next registers
$35-$39 or their auto-increment variants $75-$79. See registers section for a description of
individual bytes:

ˆ Byte 0: Sprite port-mirror Attribute 0 Register $35


ˆ Byte 1: Sprite port-mirror Attribute 1 Register $36
ˆ Byte 2: Sprite port-mirror Attribute 1 Register $37
ˆ Byte 3: Sprite port-mirror Attribute 1 Register $38
ˆ Byte 4: Sprite port-mirror Attribute 1 Register $39

3.7.6 Examples

Reading about sprites may seem complicated, but in practice, it’s quite simple. The following
pages include sample code for working with sprites. To preserve space, only partial code
demonstrating relevant parts is included. You can find full source code on GitHub https:
//github.com/tomaz/zx-next-dev-guide.

79
SPRITES

Loading Patterns into FPGA Memory

Before we can use sprites, we need to load their data into FPGA memory. This example
introduces a generic routine that uses DMA9 to copy from given memory to FPGA. Don’t
worry if it seems like magic - it’s implemented as a reusable routine, just copy it to your
project. Routine requires 3 parameters:

ˆ HL Source address of sprites to copy from


ˆ BC Number of bytes to copy
ˆ A Starting sprite number to copy to

1 LoadSprites:
2 LD BC, $303B ; Prepare port for sprite index
3 OUT (C), A ; Load index of first sprite
4 LD (.dmaSource), HL ; Copy sprite sheet address from HL
5 LD (.dmaLength), BC ; Copy length in bytes from BC
6 LD HL, .dmaCode ; Setup source for OTIR
7 LD B, .dmaCodeLength ; Setup length for OTIR
8 LD C, $6B ; Setup DMA port
9 OTIR ; Invoke DMA code
10 RET
11 .dmaCode:
12 DB %10000011 ; Disable DMA
13 DB %01111101 ; WR0 transfer mode, A->B, write adress + block length
14 .dmaSource:
15 DW 0 ; WR0 port A, source address
16 .dmaLength:
17 DW 0 ; WR0 block length in bytes
18 DB %01010100 ; WR1 read A, increment, to memory, bitmaks
19 DB %00000010 ; WR1 cycle port A length
20 DB %01101000 ; WR2 write B, port B address fixed, B is IO
21 DB %00000010 ; WR2 cycle length B
22 DB %10101101 ; WR4 continuous mode, write destination address
23 DW $5B ; Sprite image port $xx5B
24 DB %10000010 ; WR5 restart on end of block
25 DB %11001111 ; WR6 load
26 DB %10000111 ; WR6 enable DMA
27 .dmaCodeLength: EQU $-.dmaCode

Perhaps worth noting: routine uses a technique called “self-modifying code”. As the name
suggests, this means that the program modifies itself in RAM. In this case it modifies 2 addresses
“marked” by .dmaSource and .dmaLength labels. But it’s also possible to modify opcodes (in
this case NOPs are frequently used as placeholders). Either way, careful planning is required to
avoid writing over undesired parts.
And secondly, note the use of a dot in front of some labels. Many assemblers allow this notation
for local labels, only “visible” to code between 2 normal labels (without dot prefix).
9
https://wiki.specnext.dev/DMA

80
CHAPTER 3. ZX SPECTRUM NEXT

Loading Sprites

Using loadSprites routine is very simple. This example assumes you’ve edited sprites with
one of the editors and saved them as sprites.spr file in the same folder as the assembler code:

1 LD HL, sprites ; Sprites data source


2 LD BC, 16*16*5 ; Copy 5 sprites, each 16x16 pixels
3 LD A, 0 ; Start with first sprite
4 CALL LoadSprites ; Load sprites to FPGA
5

6 sprites:
7 INCBIN "sprites.spr" ; Sprite sheets file

Enabling Sprites

After sprites are loaded into FPGA memory, we need to enable them:

1 NEXTREG $15, %01000001 ; Sprite 0 on top, SLU, sprites visible

Displaying a Sprite

Sprites are now loaded into FPGA memory, they are enabled, so we can start displaying them.
This example displays the same sprite pattern twice, as two separate sprites:

1 NEXTREG $34, 0 ; First sprite


2 NEXTREG $35, 100 ; X=100
3 NEXTREG $36, 80 ; Y=80
4 NEXTREG $37, %00000000 ; Palette offset, no mirror, no rotation
5 NEXTREG $38, %10000000 ; Visible, no byte 4, pattern 0
6

7 NEXTREG $34, 1 ; Second sprite


8 NEXTREG $35, 86 ; X=86
9 NEXTREG $36, 80 ; Y=80
10 NEXTREG $37, %00000000 ; Palette offset, no mirror, no rotation
11 NEXTREG $38, %10000000 ; Visible, no byte 4, pattern 0

81
SPRITES

Displaying Combined Sprites

Even handling combined sprites is much simpler in practice than in theory! This example
combines 4 sprites into a single one using unified relative sprites. Note use of “inc” register $79
which auto-increments sprite index for next sprite:

1 NEXTREG $34, 2 ; Select third sprite


2 NEXTREG $35, 150 ; X=150
3 NEXTREG $36, 80 ; Y=80
4 NEXTREG $37, %00000000 ; Palette offset, no mirror, no rotation
5 NEXTREG $38, %11000001 ; Visible, use byte 4, pattern 1
6 NEXTREG $79, %00100000 ; Anchor with unified relatives, no scaling
7

8 NEXTREG $35, 16 ; X=AnchorX+16


9 NEXTREG $36, 0 ; Y=AnchorY+0
10 NEXTREG $37, %00000000 ; Palette offset, no mirror, no rotation
11 NEXTREG $38, %11000010 ; Visible, use byte 4, pattern 2
12 NEXTREG $79, %01000000 ; Relative sprite
13

14 NEXTREG $35, 0 ; X=AnchorX+0


15 NEXTREG $36, 16 ; Y=AnchorY+16
16 NEXTREG $37, %00000000 ; Palette offset, no mirror, no rotation
17 NEXTREG $38, %11000011 ; Visible, use byte 4, pattern 3
18 NEXTREG $79, %01000000 ; Relative sprite
19

20 NEXTREG $35, 16 ; X=AnchorX+16


21 NEXTREG $36, 16 ; Y=AnchorY+16
22 NEXTREG $37, %00000000 ; Palette offset, no mirror, no rotation
23 NEXTREG $38, %11000100 ; Visible, use byte 4, pattern 4
24 NEXTREG $79, %01000000 ; Relative sprite

Because we use combined sprite, we only need to update the anchor to change all its relatives.
And because we set it up as unified relative sprites, even rotation, mirroring and scaling is
inherited as if it was a single sprite!

1 NEXTREG $34, 1 ; Select second sprite


2 NEXTREG $35, 200 ; X=200
3 NEXTREG $36, 100 ; Y=100
4 NEXTREG $37, %00001010 ; Palette offset, mirror X, rotate
5 NEXTREG $38, %11000001 ; Visible, use byte 4, pattern 1
6 NEXTREG $39, %00101010 ; Anchor with unified relatives, scale X$Y

82
CHAPTER 3. ZX SPECTRUM NEXT

3.7.7 Sprite Registers

Sprite Status/Slot Select $303B

Write: sets active sprite attribute and pattern slot index used by Sprite Attribute Upload
$xx57 and Sprite Pattern Upload $xx5B.
Bit Effect
7 Set to 1 to offset reads and writes by 128 bytes
6-0 0-63 for pattern slots and 0-127 for attribute slots
Read: returns sprite status information
Bit Effect
7-2 Reserved
1 1 if sprite renderer was not able to render all sprites; read will reset to 0
0 1 when collision between any 2 sprites occurred; read will reset to 0

Sprite Attribute Upload $xx57

Uploads the attributes for the currently selected sprite slot. Attributes require 4 or 5 bytes.
After all bytes are sent, the sprite index slot automatically increments. See the following Next
registers that directly set the value for specific bytes:

ˆ Byte 0: Sprite port-mirror Attribute 0 Register $35


ˆ Byte 1: Sprite port-mirror Attribute 1 Register $36
ˆ Byte 2: Sprite port-mirror Attribute 1 Register $37
ˆ Byte 3: Sprite port-mirror Attribute 1 Register $38
ˆ Byte 4: Sprite port-mirror Attribute 1 Register $39

Sprite Pattern Upload $xx5B

Uploads sprite pattern data. 256 bytes are needed for each sprite. For 8-bit sprites, each
pattern slot contains a single sprite. For 4-bit sprites, it contains 2 128 byte sprites. After 256
bytes are sent, the target pattern slot is auto-incremented.
Bit Effect
7-0 Next byte of pattern data for current sprite

83
SPRITES

Peripheral 4 Register $09

Bit Effect
7 1 to enable AY2 “mono” output (A+B+C is sent to both R and L channels, makes it
a bit louder than stereo mode)
6 1 to enable AY1 “mono” output, 0 default
5 1 to enable AY0 “mono” output (0 after hard reset)
4 1 to lockstep Sprite port-mirror Index Register $34 and Sprite Status/Slot Select
$303B
3 1 to reset mapram bit in DivMMC
2 1 to silence HDMI audio (0 after hard reset) (since core 3.0.5)
1-0 Scanlines weight (0 after hard reset)
Core 3.1.1+ Older cores
00 Scanlines off Scalines off
01 Scanlines 50% Scanlines 75%
10 Scanlines 50% Scanlines 25%
11 Scanlines 25% Scanlines 12.5%

Sprite and Layers System Register $15


See description under Tilemap chapter, section ??.

Clip Window Sprites Register $19

Bit Effect
7-0 Reads or writes clip-window coordinates for Sprites
4 coordinates need to be set: X1, X2, Y1 and Y2. Sprites will only be visible within these
coordinates. Positions are inclusive. Default values are 0, 255, 0, 191. Origin (0,0) is located
32 pixels to the top-left of ULA top-left coordinate.
Which coordinate gets set, is determined by index. As each write to this register will also
increment index, the usual flow is to reset the index to 0 with Clip Window Control Register
$1C, then write all 4 coordinates in succession.
When “over border” mode is enabled (bit 1 of Sprite and Layers System Register $15), X
coordinates are doubled internally.

Clip Window Control Register $1C


See description under Layer 2 chapter, section ??.

Sprite Port-Mirror Index Register $34

If sprite id lockstep in Peripheral 4 Register $09 is enabled, write to this registers has same
effect as writing to Sprite Status/Slot Select $303B.

84
CHAPTER 3. ZX SPECTRUM NEXT

Bit Effect
7 Set to 1 to offset reads and writes by 128 bytes
6-0 0-63 for pattern slots and 0-127 for attribute slots

Sprite port-mirror Attribute 0 Register $35

Bit Effect
7-0 Low 8 bits of X position

Sprite port-mirror Attribute 1 Register $36

Bit Effect
7-0 Low 8 bits of Y position

Sprite port-mirror Attribute 2 Register $37

Bit Effect
7-4 Palette offset
3 1 to enable X mirroring, 0 to disable
2 1 to enable Y mirroring, 0 to disable
1 1 to rotate sprite 90o clockwise, 0 to disable
0 Anchor sprite: most significant bit of X coordinate
Relative sprite: 1 to add anchor palette offset, 0 to use independent palette offset

Sprite port-mirror Attribute 3 Register $38

Bit Effect
7 1 to make sprite visible, 0 to hide it
6 1 to enable optional byte 4, 0 to disable it
5-0 Pattern index 0-63 (7th, MSB for 4-bit sprites is configured with byte 4)

85
SPRITES

Sprite port-mirror Attribute 4 Register $39

For anchor sprites:


Bit Effect
7-6 H+N6 where H is 4/8-bit data selector and N6 is sub-pattern selector for 4-bit sprites
00 Anchor sprite, 8-bit
10 Anchor sprite, 4-bit using bytes 0-127 of pattern slot
11 Anchor sprite, 4-bit using bytes 128-255 of pattern slot
5 0 if this anchor’s relative sprites are composite, 1 for unified sprite
4-3 X axis scale factor
00 1x
01 2x
10 4x
11 8x
2-1 Y axis scale factor, see above
0 Most significant bit of Y coordinate
For composite relative sprites:
Bit Effect
7-6 01 needs to be used for relative sprites
5 4-bit mode: N6, 1 to use bytes 0-127, 0 to use bytes 128-255 of pattern slot
8-bit mode: not used, set to 0
4-3 X axis scale factor, see below
2-1 Y axis scale factor, see below
0 1 to enable relative pattern offset, 0 to use independent pattern index
For unified relative sprites
Bit Effect
7-6 01 needs to be used for relative sprites
5 4-bit mode: N6, 1 to use bytes 0-127, 0 to use bytes 128-255 of pattern slot
8-bit mode: not used, set to 0
4-1 Set to 0; scaling is defined by anchor sprite
0 1 to enable relative pattern offset, 0 to use independent pattern index

86
CHAPTER 3. ZX SPECTRUM NEXT

Palette Index Register $40


Palette Value Register $41
Enhanced ULA Control Register $43
Enhanced ULA Palette Extension $44
See description under Palette chapter, section ??.

Sprites Transparency Index Register $4B

Bit Effect
7-0 Sets index of transparent colour inside sprites palette.
For 4-bit sprites, low 4 bits of this register are used.

Sprite Port-Mirror Attribute N (With Inc) Register $75-$79

This set of registers work the same as their non-inc counterpart in $35-$39; writes byte 0-4 of
Sprite attributes for currently selected sprite, except $7X variants also increment Sprite Port-
Mirror Index Register $34 after write. When batch updating multiple sprites, typically the
first sprite is selected explicitly, then $3X registers are used until the last write, which occurs
through $7X register. This way we’ll also increment the sprite index for the next iteration.

87
SOUND

3.8 Sound
Next inherits the same 3 AY-3-8912 chips setup as used in 128K Spectrums. This allows us to
reuse many of the pre-existing applications and routines to play sound effects and music.

3.8.1 AY Chip Registers

AY chip has 3 sound channels, called A, B and C. Combined with 3 chips, this allows us to
produce 9 channel music. Programming wise, each of the 3 chips needs to be selected first
via Turbo Sound Next Control $FFFD register. Afterwards, we can set various parameters
through Peripheral 3 Register $08 and Peripheral 4 Register $09.
AY chip is controlled by 14 internal registers. To program them, we first need to select the
register with Turbo Sound Next Control $FFFD and then write the value with Sound Chip
Register Write $BFFD.

3.8.2 Editing and Players

Several applications can produce sounds or music compatible with the AY chip. For sounds,
Shiru’s AYFX Player10 can be used. This program also includes a Z80 native player that can
directly load and play sound effects. Alternatively, Remy’s AY audio generator website11 can
produce exactly the same results and is fully compatible with AYFX Player.
A different way of playing sounds is to convert the WAV file into 1, 2 or 4-bit per sample sound
with the ChibiWave application. Sounds take a bit more memory this way but are much easier
to create. You can find the application, as well as tutorial and playback source code on Chibi
Akumas website12 . While there, definitely check other tutorials too - they’re all high quality
and available as both, written posts and YouTube videos.
For creating music there are also several options. NextDAW13 is native composer that runs on
ZX Spectrum Next itself. Or if you prefer cross-platform, Arkos Tracker14 or Vortex Tracker15
should do the job. All include “drivers”; Z80 code you can include in your program that can
load and play created music.
10
https://shiru.untergrund.net/software.shtml#old
11
https://zx.remysharp.com/audio/
12
https://www.chibiakumas.com/z80/platform4.php#LessonP35
13
https://nextdaw.biasillo.com/
14
https://www.julien-nevo.com/arkostracker/
15
https://bulba.untergrund.net/vortex e.htm

88
CHAPTER 3. ZX SPECTRUM NEXT

3.8.3 Examples

Before we can start playing sounds, we need to enable the sound hardware. While this is usually
enabled by default, it’s nonetheless a good idea to ensure our program will always run under
the same conditions.

1 ; Setup Turbo Sound chip


2 LD BC, $FFFD ; Turbo Sound Next Control Register
3 LD A, %11111101 ; Enable left+right audio, select AY1
4 OUT (C), A
5

6 ; Setup mapping of chip channels to stereo channels


7 NEXTREG $08, %00010010 ; Use ABC, enable internal speaker $turbosound
8 NEXTREG $09, %11100000 ; Enable mono for AY1-3

Programming AY consists of writing various values to its registers. As mentioned, this is a two-
step process: first select register number, then write the value. Multiple writes are required
for each tone to set period, volume etc. To make it simpler, I created a subroutine. It takes 2
parameters: A for register number (0-13) and D with value to write.

1 WriteDToAYReg:
2 ; Select desired register
3 LD BC, $FFFD
4 OUT (C), A
5

6 ; Write given value


7 LD A, D
8 LD BC, $BFFD
9 OUT (C), A
10

11 RET

Companion code on GitHub includes expanded code as well as a simple player that plays
multiple tones in sequence. For the purposes of this book, I used Remy’s AY audio generator
website to load one of the example effects, then manually copied raw values into the source
code. Laborious process to say the least - this is not how effects should be handled in real life.
But I wanted to learn and demonstrate how to program AY chip, not how to use ready-made
drivers to play effects or music. Furthermore, my “player” blocks the main loop; ideally, sound
effects and music would play on the interrupt handler. This could be a nice homework for the
reader - example in section ?? should give you an idea of how to achieve this - happy coding!

89
SOUND

3.8.4 Sound Registers

Turbo Sound Next Control $FFFD

When bit 7 is 1:
Bit Effect
7 1
6 1 to enable left audio
5 1 to enable right audio
4-2 Must be 1
1-0 Selects active chip:
00 Unused
01 AY3
10 AY2
11 AY1

When bit 7 is 0:
Bit Effect
7 0
6-0 Selects given AY register number for read or write from active sound chip

Sound Chip Register Write $BFFD

Bit Effect
7-0 Writes given value to currently selected register:

0 - Channel A tone, low byte 1 - Channel A tone, high 4-bits

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
A tone 0 0 0 0 A tone high

2 - Channel B tone, low byte 3 - Channel B tone, high 4-bits

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
B tone 0 0 0 0 B tone high

4 - Channel C tone, low byte 5 - Channel C tone, high 4-bits

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
C tone 0 0 0 0 C tone high

90
CHAPTER 3. ZX SPECTRUM NEXT

6 - Noise period 7 - Flags

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 0 0 Noise Period 0 0 C B A C B A
0 0 Noise Tone

8 - Channel A volume/envelope 9 - Channel B volume/envelope

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 0 0 0 A Volume 0 0 0 0 B Volume

10 - Channel C volume/envelope Note: Registers 8-10 work as volume


control if bit 4 is 0, otherwise envelop
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 generator is used (see registers 11-13). In
0 0 0 0 C Volume this case bits 3-0 are ignored.

11 - Envelope period fine 12 - Envelope period coarse

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Envelope bits 7-0 Envelope bits 15-8

13 - Envelope shape

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 0 0 0 C At Al H

H “Hold”
1 envelope generator performs 1 cycle then holds the end value
0 cycles continuously
Al “Alternate”
If “hold” set
1 the value held is initial value
0 the value held is the final value
If “hold” not set
1 envelope generator alters direction after each cycle
0 resets after each cycle
At “Attack”
1 the generator counts up
0 the generator counts down
C “Continue”
1 “hold” is followed
0 the envelope generator performs one cycle then drops volume to 0 and
stays there, overriding “hold”

91
SOUND

Peripheral 2 Register $06

Bit Effect
7 1 to enable CPU speed mode key ”F8”, 0 to disable (1 after soft reset)
6 Core 3.1.2+: Divert BEEP-only to internal speaker (0 after hard reset)
Pre core 3.1.2: DMA mode, 0 zxnDMA, 1 Z80 DMA (0 after hard reset)
5 Core 2.0+: 1 to enable ”F3” key (50/60 Hz switch) (1 after soft reset)
Pre core 2.0: ”Enable Lightpen”
4 1 to enable DivMMC automap and DivMMC NMI by DRIVE button (0 after hard
reset)
3 1 to enable multiface NMI by M1 button (0 after hard reset)
2 1 to set primary device to mouse in PS/2 mode, 0 to set to keyboard
1-0 Audio chip mode:
00 YM
01 AY
10 Disabled
11 Core 3.0+: Hold all AY in reset

Peripheral 3 Register $08

Bit Effect
7 1 unlock / 0 lock port $7FFD paging
6 1 to disable RAM and I/O port contention (0 after soft reset)
5 AY stereo mode (0 = ABC, 1 = ACB) (0 after hard reset)
4 Enable internal speaker (1 after hard reset)
3 Enable 8-bit DACs (A,B,C,D) (0 after hard reset)
2 Enable port $FF Timex video mode read (0 after hard reset)
1 Enable Turbosound (currently selected AY is frozen when disabled) (0 after hard reset)
0 Implement Issue 2 keyboard (port $FE reads as early ZX boards) (0 after hard reset)

Peripheral 4 Register $09


See description under Sprite chapter, section ??.

92
CHAPTER 3. ZX SPECTRUM NEXT

This page intentionally left empty

93
KEYBOARD

3.9 Keyboard
Next inherits ZX Spectrum keyboard handling, so all legacy programs will work out of the box.
Additionally, it allows reading the status of extended keys.

3.9.1 Legacy Keyboard Status

ZX Spectrum uses 85 matrix for reading keyboard status. This means 40 distinct keys can be
represented. The keyboard is read from ULA Control Port $xxFE with particular high bytes.
There are 8 possible bytes, each will return the status of 5 associated keys. If a key is pressed,
the corresponding bit is set to 0 and vice versa.
Example for checking if P or I is pressed:

1 LD BC, $DFFE ; We want to read keys..... YUIOP


2 IN A, (C) ; A holds values in bits... 43210
3 checkP:
4 BIT 0, A ; test bit 0 of A (P key)
5 JR NZ checkI ; if bit0=1, P not pressed
6 ... ; P is pressed
7 checkI:
8 BIT 2, A ; test bit 2 of A (I key)
9 JR NZ continue ; if bit2=1, I not pressed
10 ... ; I is pressed
11 continue:

As mentioned in Ports chapter, section ??, we can slightly improve performance if we replace
first two lines with:

1 LD A, $DF
2 IN ($FE)

Reading the port in first example requires 22 t-states (10+12) vs. 18 (7+11). The difference is
small, but it can add up as typically keyboard is read multiple times per frame.
The first program is more understandable at a glance - the port address is given as a whole 16-
bit value, as usually provided in the documentation. The second program splits it into 2 8-bit
values, so intent may not be immediately apparent. Of course, one learns the patterns with
experience, but it nonetheless demonstrates the compromise between readability and speed.

3.9.2 Next Extended Keys

Next uses larger 87 matrix for keyboard, with 10 additional keys. By default, hardware is
translating keys from extra two columns into the existing 85 set. But you can turn this off
with bit 4 of ULA Control Register $68. Extra keys can be read separately via Extended
Keys 0 Register $B0 and Extended Keys 1 Register $B1.

94
CHAPTER 3. ZX SPECTRUM NEXT

3.9.3 Keyboard Registers

ULA Control Port $xxFE


Returns keyboard status when read with certain high byte values:
xx 4 3 2 1 0
$7F B N M Symb Space
$BF H J K L Enter
$DF Y U I O P
$EF 6 7 8 9 0
$F7 5 4 3 2 1
$FB T R E W Q
$FD G F D S A
$FE V C X Z Caps

Bits are reversed: if a key is pressed, the corresponding bit is 0, if a key is not pressed, bit is 1.
Note: when written to, ULA Control Port $xxFE is used to set border colour and audio devices.
See description under ULA chapter, section ?? for details.

ULA Control Register $68


See description under Tilemap chapter, section ??.

Extended Keys Registers 0 ($B0) & 1 ($B1)

Bit Effect $B0 $B1


7 0 if key pressed, 1 otherwise ; Delete
6 0 if key pressed, 1 otherwise " Edit
5 0 if key pressed, 1 otherwise , Break
4 0 if key pressed, 1 otherwise . Inv Video
3 0 if key pressed, 1 otherwise Up True Video
2 0 if key pressed, 1 otherwise Down Graph
1 0 if key pressed, 1 otherwise Left Caps Lock
0 0 if key pressed, 1 otherwise Right Extend
Available since core 3.1.5

95
INTERRUPTS ON NEXT

3.10 Interrupts on Next


Maskable interrupts on ZX Spectrum:

ˆ Mode 0: meant for interrupts triggered by an external device. Instruction to be executed


needs to be placed on the data bus (RST or CALL for example). On ZX Spectrum this is
the mode that is enabled by default when the device powers up. But ROM soon sets up
mode 1.

ˆ Mode 1: on ZX Spectrum, this interrupt is triggered by vertical blanking if the screen


refresh, roughly 50 times per second. When this occurs, current contents of PC counter
are pushed onto stack SP, then the address of $0038 is loaded and a program stored on
that location will start running. On ZX Spectrum Next this interrupt is responsible for
updating the system variable frame counter and scanning the keyboard.

ˆ Mode 2: similar to IM 1 in frequency and handling, but uses vector table to jump to
interrupt program instead of executing hard code ROM routine thus allowing the user to
set their own interrupt handler.

On ZX Spectrum Next interrupt handler can be replaced by either:

ˆ Setting Z80 to IM 2 mode and configuring custom interrupt handler routine

ˆ Paging out ROM (as described in section ??) and replace it with RAM page with custom
interrupt routine at address $0038

You can also adjust timing of the interrupts with Next/TBBlue Feature Control Registers $22
and $23.

96
CHAPTER 3. ZX SPECTRUM NEXT

Example of setting up custom interrupt vectors with IM 216 :

1 DI
2

3 LD HL, vectorTable ; HL=address of vector table


4 LD DE, IM2Handler ; DE=address of IM2 handler routine
5 LD B, 128 ; 128 vector addresses
6

7 LD A, H
8 LD I, A ; I=high byte of vector table
9

10 setupVectorTable: ; fills in vector table 128x


11 LD (HL), E
12 INC HL
13 LD (HL), D
14 INC HL
15 DJNZ setupVectorTable
16

17 IM 2 ; enable mode 2 interrupts


18 EI
19 RET
20

21 IM2Handler: ; this is called every time IM2 interrupt occurs


22 ... ; implement interrupt handler here
23 EI ; when complete call EI
24 RETI ; end return from interrupt
25

26 ORG $F000 ; needs to be on 256 byte boundary


27 vectorTable:
28 DEFS 256 ; 128x2

16
Based on http://codersbucket.blogspot.com/2015/04/interrupts-on-zx-spectrum-what-are.html

97
Chapter 4

Instructions at a Glance

This chapter presents all instructions at a glance for quick info and to easily compare them
when choosing the most optimal combination for the task at hand. Instructions are grouped
into logical sections based on the area they operate on.

99
Instruction Execution

B Number of bytes instruction uses in RAM


Mc Number of machine cycles instruction takes to complete
Ts Number of clock periods instruction requires to complete

Flags

SF Set if 2-complement value is negative.


ZF Set if the result is zero.
HY The half-carry of an addition/subtraction (from bit 3 to 4). Needed for
BCD correction with DAA
PV This flag can either be the parity of the result (PF), or 2-complement
signed overflow (VF): set if 2-complement value doesn’t fit in the register
NF Shows whether the last operation was an addition (0) or a subtraction
(1). This information is needed for DAA
CF The carry flag, set if there was a carry from the most significant bit
(copied from section ?? as convenience)

Effects

0/1 Flag is set to 0 or 1


Ù Flag is modified according to operation
- Flag is not affected
? Effect on flag is unpredictable
VF P/V flag is used as overflow
PF P/V flag is used as parity
Special case, see description under the table or in chapter ??

Notes

YF and XF flags are not represented in the tables; they’re irrelevant from the programmer point
of view. They usually contain a copy of bit 5 and 3 of the accumulator A, but special cases are
described.
I used 4 sources for comparing effects: Z80 undocumented1 , Programming the Z80 third
edition2 , Zilog Z80 manual3 and Next Dev Wiki4 . Where different and I couldn’t verify, I
opted for variant that matches most sources with slightly greater precedence for Next Dev
Wiki side.
1
http://www.myquest.nl/z80undocumented/
2
http://www.z80.info/zaks.html
3
https://www.zilog.com/docs/z80/um0080.pdf
4
https://wiki.specnext.dev/Extended Z80 instruction set

100
CHAPTER 4. INSTRUCTIONS AT A GLANCE

4.1 8-Bit Arithmetic and Logical

Symbolic Flags Opcode


Mnemonic Operation SF ZF HF PV NF CF 76 543 210 Hex B Mc Ts Comments
ADD A,r AÐA+r Ù Ù Ù VF 0 Ù 10 000 r .. 1B 1 4 r r
ADD A,p AÐA+p Ù Ù Ù VF 0 Ù 11 011 101 DD 2B 2 8
B
C
000
001
10 000 p .. D 010

ADD A,q A ÐA+q Ù Ù Ù VF 0 Ù 11 111 101 FD 2B 2 8


E
H
011
100
10 000 q .. L 101

Ù Ù Ù Ù
A 111
ADD A,n A ÐA+n VF 0 11 000 110 C6 2B 2 7
n ..
ADD A,(HL) AÐA+(HL) Ù Ù Ù VF 0 Ù 10 000 110 86 1B 2 7
ADD A,(IX+d) AÐA+(IX+d) Ù Ù Ù VF 0 Ù 11 011 101 DD 3B 5 19
p
B
p
000
10 000 110 86 C 001
d .. D 010
E 011
ADD A,(IY+d) A ÐA+(IY+d) Ù Ù Ù VF 0 Ù 11 111 101 FD 3B 5 19 IXh 100
10 000 110 86 IXl 101
A 111
d ..
Ò
ADC A,s 2
AÐA+s+CF Ù Ù Ù VF 0 Ù .. 001 ...
SUB s 2
AÐA-s Ù Ù Ù VF 1 Ù .. 010 ...
q
B
q
000
SBC A,s2 AÐA-s-CF Ù Ù Ù VF 1 Ù .. 011 ... C
D
001
010
AND s 2
AÐA^s Ù Ù 1 PF 0 0 .. 100 ... E
IYh
011
100
XOR s 2
AÐAYs Ù Ù 0 PF 0 0 .. 101 ... IYl 101

Ù Ù
A 111
OR s 2
AÐA_s 0 PF 0 0 .. 110 ...
CP s1,2 A-s Ù Ù Ù VF 1 Ù .. 111 ...

INC r rÐr+1 Ù Ù Ù VF4 0 - 00 r 100 .. 1B 1 4


INC p pÐp+1 Ù Ù Ù VF 4
0 - 11 011 101 DD 2B 2 8
00 p 100 ..
INC q q Ðq+1 Ù Ù Ù VF4 0 - 11 111 101 FD 2B 2 8B
00 q 100 ..
INC (HL) (HL)Ð(HL)+1 Ù Ù Ù VF4 0 - 00 110 100 34 1B 3 11
INC (IX+d) (IX+d)Ð(IX+d)+1 Ù Ù Ù VF 4
0 - 11 011 101 DD 3B 6 23
00 110 100 34
d
INC (IY+d) (IY+d) Ð(IY+d)+1 Ù Ù Ù VF4 0 - 11 111 101 FD 3B 6 23
00 110 100 34
d
Ò
DEC m 3
m Ðm-1 Ù Ù Ù VF 5
1 - .. ... 101
Notes: 1 YF and XF flags are copied from the operand s, not the result A-s
2 s is any of r, p, q, n, (HL), (IX+d), (IY+d) as shown for ADD. Replace 000 in the ADD set above. Ts also the same
3 m is any of r, p, q, n, (HL), (IX+d), (IY+d) as shown for INC. Replace 100 with 101 in opcode. Ts also the same
4 PV set if value was $7F before incrementing
5 PV set if value was $80 before decrementing

101
CHAPTER 4. INSTRUCTIONS AT A GLANCE

4.2 16-Bit Arithmetic


Symbolic Flags Opcode
Mnemonic Operation SF ZF HF PV NF CF 76 543 210 Hex B Mc Ts Comments
ADC HL,rr HLÐHL+rr+CF Ù1 Ù1 Ù2 VF1 0 Ù1 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 15 rr rr
01 rr1 010 .. BC 00
DE 01
SBC HL,rr HLÐHL-rr-CF Ù1 Ù1 Ù2 VF1 1 Ù1 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 15 HL 10
SP 11
01 rr0 010 ..
ADD HL,rr HLÐHL+rr - - Ù2 - 0 Ù1 00 rr1 001 .. 1B 3 11
ADD IX,pp IXÐIX+pp - - Ù2 - 0 Ù1 11 011 101 DD 2B 4 15 pp pp
00 pp1 001 .. BC 00
DE 01
ADD IY,qq IYÐIY+qq - - Ù2 - 0 Ù1 11 111 101 FD 2B 4 15 IX 10
00 qq1 001 .. SP 11

INC rr rrÐrr+1 - - - - - - 00 rr0 011 .. 1B 1 6


INC IX IXÐIX+1 - - - - - - 11 011 101 DD 2B 2 10 qq qq
00 100 011 23 BC 00
DE 01
INC IY IYÐIY+1 - - - - - - 11 111 101 FD 2B 2 10 IY 10
00 100 011 23 SP 11

DEC rr rrÐrr-1 - - - - - - 00 rr1 011 .. 1B 1 6


DEC IX IXÐIX-1 - - - - - - 11 011 101 DD 2B 2 10
00 101 011 2B
DEC IY IYÐIY-1 - - - - - - 11 111 101 FD 2B 2 10
00 101 011 2B
Notes: 1 Flag is set by carry from bit 15
2 Flag is set by carry from bit 11 (half carry in high byte)

102
CHAPTER 4. INSTRUCTIONS AT A GLANCE

4.3 8-Bit Load


Symbolic Flags Opcode
Mnemonic Operation SF ZF HF PV NF CF 76 543 210 Hex B Mc Ts Comments
LD r,r’ rÐr’ - - - - - - 01 r r’ .. 1B 1 4 r r
r’ r’
LD p,p’ pÐp’ - - - - - - 11 011 101 DD 2B 2 8 B 000
01 p p’ .. C 001
D 010
LD q,q’ q Ðq’ - - - - - - 11 111 101 FD 2B 2 8 E 011
01 q q’ .. H 100
L 101
LD r,n r Ðn - - - - - - 00 r 110 .. 2B 2 7 A 111
n ..
LD p,n p Ðn - - - - - - 11 011 101 DD 3B 3 11 p p
p’ p’
00 p 110 ..
B 000
n .. C 001
LD q,n q Ðn - - - - - - 11 111 101 FD 3B 3 11 D
E
010
011
00 q 110 .. IXh 100
n .. IXl 101

Ð(HL)
A 111
LD r,(HL) r - - - - - - 01 r 110 .. 1B 2 7
LD r,(IX+d) rÐ(IX+d) - - - - - - 11 011 101 DD 3B 5 19 q q
q’ q’
01 r 110 ..
B 000
d .. C 001
LD r,(IY+d) r Ð(IY+d) - - - - - - 11 111 101 FD 3B 5 19 D
E
010
011
01 r 110 .. IYh 100
d .. IYl 101

Ðr
A 111
LD (HL),r (HL) - - - - - - 01 110 r .. 1B 2 7
LD (IX+d),r (IX+d)Ðr - - - - - - 11 011 101 DD 3B 5 19
01 110 r ..
d ..
LD (IY+d),r (IY+d) Ðr - - - - - - 11 111 101 FD 3B 5 19
01 110 r ..
d ..
LD (HL),n (HL) Ðn - - - - - - 00 110 110 36 2B 3 10
n ..
LD (IX+d),n (IX+d) Ðn - - - - - - 11 011 101 DD 4B 5 19
00 110 110 36
d ..
n ..
LD (IY+d),n (IY+d) Ðn - - - - - - 11 111 101 FD 4B 5 19
00 110 110 36
d ..
n ..
LD A,(BC) AÐ(BC) - - - - - - 00 001 010 0A 1B 2 7
LD A,(DE) AÐ(DE) - - - - - - 00 011 01 1A 1B 2 7
LD A,(nm) AÐ(nm) - - - - - - 00 111 010 3A 3B 4 13
m ..
n ..
(continued on next page)

103
CHAPTER 4. INSTRUCTIONS AT A GLANCE

Symbolic Flags Opcode


Mnemonic Operation SF ZF HF PV NF CF 76 543 210 Hex B Mc Ts Comments
LD (BC),A (BC)ÐA - - - - - - 00 000 010 02 1B 2 7
LD (DE),A (DE)ÐA - - - - - - 00 010 010 12 1B 2 7
LD (nm),A (nm)ÐA - - - - - - 00 110 010 32 3B 4 13
m ..
n ..
LD A,I A ÐI Ù Ù 0 IFF2 0 - 11 101 101 ED 2B 2 9
01 010 111 57
LD A,R A ÐR Ù Ù 0 IFF2 0 - 11 101 101 ED 2B 2 9
01 011 111 5F
LD I,A I ÐA - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 2 9
01 000 111 47
LD R,A R ÐA - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 2 9
01 001 111 4F

4.4 General-Purpose Arithmetic and CPU Control

Symbolic Flags Opcode


Mnemonic Operation SF ZF HF PV NF CF 76 543 210 Hex B Mc Ts Comments
DAA Ù Ù Ù PF - Ù 00 100 111 27 1B 1 4
CPL AÐA - - 1 - 1 - 00 101 111 2F 1B 1 4
NEG AÐ-A Ù Ù Ù PF 1 Ù 11 101 101 ED 2B 2 8
01 000 100 44
CCF1 CFÐ CF - - -2 - 0 Ù 00 111 111 3F 1B 1 4
SCF 1
CFÐ1 - - 0 - 0 1 00 110 111 37 1B 1 4
NOP - - - - - - 00 000 000 00 1B 1 4
HALT - - - - - - 01 110 110 76 1B 1 4
DI3 IFF1Ð0 - - - - - - 11 110 011 F3 1B 1 4
IFF2Ð0
EI3 IFF1Ð1 - - - - - - 11 111 011 FB 1B 1 4
IFF2Ð1

IM 04 - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 2 8
01 000 110 46
IM 14 - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 2 8
01 010 110 56
IM 24 - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 2 8
01 011 110 5E
Notes: 1 YF and XF are copied from register A
2 Documentation says original value of CF is copied to HF, but my tests show that HF remains unchanged
3 No interrupts are accepted directly after EI or DI
4 This instruction has other undocumented opcodes

104
CHAPTER 4. INSTRUCTIONS AT A GLANCE

4.5 16-Bit Load


Symbolic Flags Opcode
Mnemonic Operation SF ZF HF PV NF CF 76 543 210 Hex B Mc Ts Comments
LD rr,nm rr Ðnm - - - - - - 00 rr0 001 .. 3B 3 10 rr rr
m .. BC 00
DE 01
n .. HL 10
LD IX,nm IX Ðnm - - - - - - 11 011 101 DD 4B 4 14 SP 11

00 100 001 21
m ..
n ..
LD IY,nm IX Ðnm - - - - - - 11 111 101 FD 4B 4 14
00 100 001 21
m ..
n ..
LD HL,(nm) H Ð(nm+1) - - - - - - 00 101 010 2A 3B 5 16
L Ð(nm) m ..
n ..
LD rr,(nm) rrh Ð(nm+1) - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 4B 6 20
rrl Ð(nm) 01 rr1 011 ..
m ..
n ..
LD IX,(nm) IXh Ð(nm+1) - - - - - - 11 011 101 DD 4B 6 20
IXl Ð(nm) 00 101 010 2A
m ..
n ..
LD IY,(nm) IYh Ð(nm+1) - - - - - - 11 111 101 FD 4B 6 20
IYl Ð(nn) 00 101 010 2A
n ..
n ..
LD (nm),HL (nn+1) H Ð - - - - - - 00 100 010 22 3B 5 16
(nm) LÐ m ..
n ..
LD (nm),rr (nm+1) Ðrrh - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 4B 6 20
(nm) Ðrrl 01 rr0 011 ..
m ..
n ..
LD (nm),IX (nm+1) IXhÐ - - - - - - 11 011 101 DD 4B 6 20
Ð
(nm) IXl 00 100 010 22
m ..
n ..
LD (nm),IY (nm+1) IYhÐ - - - - - - 11 111 101 FD 4B 6 20
Ð
(nm) IYl 00 100 010 22
m ..
n ..
LD SP,HL SPÐHL - - - - - - 11 111 001 F9 1B 1 6
LD SP,IX SPÐIX - - - - - - 11 011 101 DD 2B 2 10
11 111 001 F9
LD SP,IY SP ÐIY - - - - - - 11 111 101 FD 2B 2 10
11 111 001 F9

105
CHAPTER 4. INSTRUCTIONS AT A GLANCE

4.6 Stack
Symbolic Flags Opcode
Mnemonic Operation SF ZF HF PV NF CF 76 543 210 Hex B Mc Ts Comments
POP pp pph Ð(SP+1) - - - - - - 11 pp0 001 .. 1B 3 10 pp pp
Ð
ppl (SP) BC 00
Ð
SP SP+2
DE 01
HL 10
POP AF AÐ(SP+1) Ù1 Ù1 Ù1 Ù1 Ù1 Ù1 11 110 001 F1 1B 3 10
FÐ(SP)
SPÐSP+2

POP IX IXh Ð(SP+1) - - - - - - 11 011 101 DD 2B 4 14


IXl Ð(SP) 11 100 001 E1
SPÐSP+2

POP IY IYh Ð(SP+1) - - - - - - 11 111 101 FD 2B 4 14


IYl Ð(SP) 11 100 001 E1
SPÐSP+2

PUSH rr (SP-2)Ðrrl - - - - - - 11 rr0 101 .. 1B 3 11 rr rr


(SP-1)Ðrrh BC 00
SPÐSP-2
DE 01
HL 10
(SP-2)ÐIXl
AF 11
PUSH IX - - - - - - 11 011 101 DD 2B 4 15
(SP-1)ÐIXh 11 100 101 E5
SPÐSP-2

PUSH IY (SP-2)ÐIYl - - - - - - 11 111 101 FD 2B 4 15


(SP-1)ÐIYh 11 100 101 E5
SPÐSP-2

Notes: 1 Flags set directly to low 8-bits of the value from stack SP

4.7 Exchange

Symbolic Flags Opcode


Mnemonic Operation SF ZF HF PV NF CF 76 543 210 Hex B Mc Ts Comments
EX AF,AF’ AFØAF’ 1 1 1 1 1 1 00 001 000 08 1B 1 4
EX DE,HL DEØHL - - - - - - 11 101 011 EB 1B 1 4
EX (SP),HL HØ(SP+1) - - - - - - 11 100 011 E3 1B 5 19
LØ(SP)

EX (SP),IX IXh Ø(SP+1) - - - - - - 11 011 101 DD 2B 6 2


IXl Ø(SP) 11 100 011 E3
EX (SP),IY IYh Ø(SP+1) - - - - - - 11 111 101 FD 2B 6 23
IYl Ø(SP) 11 100 011 E3
EXX BCØBC’ - - - - - - 11 011 001 D9 1B 1 4
DEØDE’
HLØHL’

Notes: 1 Flags set directly from the value of F’

106
CHAPTER 4. INSTRUCTIONS AT A GLANCE

4.8 Bit Set, Reset and Test

Symbolic Flags Opcode


Mnemonic Operation SF ZF HF PV NF CF 76 543 210 Hex B Mc Ts Comments
BIT b,r ZF Ð rb ?1 Ù 1 ?1 0 - 11 001 011 CB 2B 2 8 r r
01 b r .. B 000
C 001
BIT b,(HL) ZF Ð pHLqb ?1 Ù 1 ?1 0 - 11 001 011 CB 2B 3 12 D 010
E 011
01 b 110 ..
H 100
BIT b,(IX+d)2 ZF Ð pIX qb
d ?1 Ù 1 ?1 0 - 11 011 101 DD 4B 5 20 L
A
101
111
11 001 011 CB
d ..
01 b 110 ..
BIT b,(IY+d)2 ZF Ð pIY qb
d ?1 Ù 1 ?1 0 - 11 111 101 FD 4B 5 20 b b
11 001 011 CB 0 000
1 001
d .. 2 010
01 b 110 .. 3 011

Ð1
4 100
SET b,r rb - - - - - - 11 001 011 CB 2B 2 8 5 101
11 b r .. 6 110

pHLqb Ð1
7 111
SET b,(HL) - - - - - - 11 001 011 CB 2B 4 15
11 b 110 ..
SET b,(IX+d) pIX d qb Ð1 - - - - - - 11 011 101 DD 4B 6 23
11 001 011 CB
d ..
11 b 110 ..
SET b,(IY+d) pIY d qb Ð1 - - - - - - 11 111 101 FD 4B 6 23
11 001 011 CB
d ..
11 b 110 ..
SET b,(IX+d),r Ð
r (IX+d) - - - - - - 11 011 101 DD 4B 6 23
Ð
rb 1 11 001 011 CB
(IX+d) r Ð d ..
11 b r ..
SET b,(IY+d),r Ð
r (IY+d) - - - - - - 11 111 101 FD 4B 6 23
Ð
rb 1 11 001 011 CB
(IY+d) Ðr d ..
11 b r ..
Ò
RES b,m 3
mb Ð0 - - - - - - 10 ... ...
Notes: 1 See section ?? for complete description
2 Instruction has other undocumented opcodes
3 m is one of r, (HL), (IX+d), (IY+d). To form RES instruction, replace 11 with 10 . Ts also the same

107
CHAPTER 4. INSTRUCTIONS AT A GLANCE

4.9 Rotate and Shift


Symbolic Flags Opcode
Mnemonic Operation SF ZF HF PV NF CF 76 543 210 Hex B Mc Ts Comments
RLC r CF 7Ð0 Ù Ù 0 PF 0 Ù 11 001 011 CB 2B 2 8 r r
B 000
00 000 r .. C 001
RLC (HL) CF 7Ð0 Ù Ù 0 PF 0 Ù 11 001 011 CB 2B 4 15 D
E
010
011
00 000 110 06 H 100
RLC (IX+d) CF 7Ð0 Ù Ù 0 PF 0 Ù 11 011 101 DD 4B 6 23 L
A
101
111
11 001 011 CB
d ..
00 000 110 06
RLC (IY+d) CF 7Ð0 Ù Ù 0 PF 0 Ù 11 111 101 FD 4B 6 23
11 001 011 CB
d ..
00 000 110 06
RLC r,(IX+d) rÐ(IX+d) Ù Ù 0 PF 0 Ù 11 011 101 DD 4B 6 23
RLC r 11 001 011 CB
(IX+d) Ðr d ..
00 000 r ..
RLC r,(IY+d) Ð
r (IY+d) Ù Ù 0 PF 0 Ù 11 111 101 FD 4B 6 23
RLC r 11 001 011 CB
(IY+d) r Ð d ..
00 000 r ..
Ò
RRC m 1 7Ñ0 CF Ù Ù 0 PF 0 Ù .. 001 ...
RL m 1 CF Ð0
7 Ù Ù 0 PF 0 Ù .. 010 ...
RR m 1 Ñ0 CF
7 Ù Ù 0 PF 0 Ù .. 011 ...
SLA m 1 CF 7Ð0 0 Ù Ù 0 PF 0 Ù .. 100 ...
SRA m 1 7Ñ0 CF Ù Ù 0 PF 0 Ù .. 101 ...
SLI m1,2 CF 7Ð0 1 Ù Ù 0 PF 0 Ù .. 110 ...
SRL m 1 0 7Ñ0 CF Ù Ù 0 PF 0 Ù .. 111 ...
3
SLL m

RLA CF Ð07 - - 0 - 0 Ù 00 010 111 17 1B 1 4


RLCA CF 7Ð0 - - 0 - 0 Ù 00 000 111 07 1B 1 4
RRA 7Ñ0 CF - - 0 - 0 Ù 00 011 111 1F 1B 1 4
RRCA 7Ñ0 CF - - 0 - 0 Ù 00 001 111 0F 1B 1 4

RLD A 7-4 3-0 7-4 3-0 (HL) Ù Ù 0 PF 0 - 11 101 101 ED 2B 5 18


01 101 111 6F
RRD A 7-4 3-0 7-4 3-0 (HL) Ù Ù 0 PF 0 - 11 101 101 ED 2B 5 18
01 100 111 67
Notes: 1m is one of r, (HL), (IX+d), (IY+d). To form new opcode replace 000 of RLCs with shown code. Ts also the same
2 Some assemblers may also allow SL1 to be used instead of SLI
3 Shift Left Logical; no associated opcode, there is no difference between logical and arithmetic shift left, use SLA for

both. Some assemblers will allow SLL as equivalent, but unfortunately some will assemble it as SLI, so it’s best avoiding

108
CHAPTER 4. INSTRUCTIONS AT A GLANCE

4.10 Jump

Symbolic Flags Opcode


Mnemonic Operation SF ZF HF PV NF CF 76 543 210 Hex B Mc Ts Comments
JP nm PCÐnm - - - - - - 11 000 011 C3 3B 3 10 c c
m .. NZ 000
n .. Z 001
NC C10
JP (HL) PCÐHL - - - - - - 11 101 001 E9 1B 1 4 C 011
PCÐIX
PO 100
JP (IX) - - - - - - 11 011 101 DD 2B 2 8 PE 101
11 101 001 E9 P 110

ÐIY
M 111
JP (IY) PC - - - - - - 11 111 101 FD 2B 2 8
11 101 001 E9
p pp
JP c,nm if c=true: JP nm - - - - - - 11 c 010 .. 3B 3 10 NZ 00
m .. Z 01
n .. NC 10
C 11
JR e PCÐPC+e - - - - - - 00 011 000 18 2B 3 12
e-2 ..
JR p,e if p=true: JR e - - - - - - 00 1pp 000 .. 2B 2 7 if p=false
e-2 .. 3 12 if p=true
DJNZ e Ð
B B-1 - - - - - - 00 010 000 10 2B 2 8 if B=0

if B 0: JR e e-2 .. 3 13 if B0

Notes: e is a signed two-complement in the range -127, 129.


e-2 in the opcode provides an effective number of PC+e as PC is incremented by two prior to the addition of e.

109
CHAPTER 4. INSTRUCTIONS AT A GLANCE

4.11 Call and Return


Symbolic Flags Opcode
Mnemonic Operation SF ZF HF PV NF CF 76 543 210 Hex B Mc Ts Comments
CALL nm Ð
(SP-1) PCh - - - - - - 11 001 101 CD 3B 5 17
Ð
(SP-2) PCl m ..
Ð
SP SP-2 n ..
PCÐnm
CALL c,nm if c=true: CALL nm - - - - - - 11 c 100 .. 3B 3 10 if c=false
m .. 5 17 if c=true
n ..
RET Ð
PCl (SP) - - - - - - 11 001 001 C9 1B 3 10
Ð
PCh (SP+1)
Ð
SP SP+2

RET c if c=true: RET - - - - - - 11 c 000 .. 1B 1 5 if c=false


3 11 if c=true
RETI1 Ð
PCl (SP) - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 14 c c
Ð
PCh (SP+1) 01 001 101 4D NZ 000
Ð
SP SP+2
Z
NC
001
010
PCl Ð(SP)
C 011
RETN2 - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 14
PCh Ð(SP+1)
PO 100
01 000 101 45 PE 101
SPÐSP+2 P 110
IFF1ÐIFF2 M 111

RST p (SP-1)ÐPCh - - - - - - 11 p 111 .. 1B 3 11 p p


(SP-2)ÐPCl $0 000
$8
SPÐSP-2
001
$10 010
PCÐp $18 011
$20 100
$28 101
$30 110
$38 111

Notes: 1 RETI also copies IFF2 into IFF1, like RETN


2 This instruction has other undocumented opcodes

110
CHAPTER 4. INSTRUCTIONS AT A GLANCE

4.12 Block Transfer, Search

Symbolic Flags Opcode


Mnemonic Operation SF ZF HF PV NF CF 76 543 210 Hex B Mc Ts Comments
CPD A-(HL) Ù1 2 Ù1 3 1 - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16
Ð
HL HL-1 10 101 001 A9
Ð
BC BC-1

CPDR do CPD Ù1 2 Ù1 3 1 - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16 if A=(HL)


 ^
while A (HL) BC>0 10 111 001 B9 or BC=0
5 21 if A(HL)

and BC 0
CPI A-(HL) Ù Ù
1 2 1 3
1 - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16
Ð
HL HL+1 10 100 001 A1
Ð
BC BC-1

CPIR do CPI Ù1 2 Ù1 3 1 - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16 if A=(HL)


 ^
while A (HL) BC>0 10 110 001 B1 or BC=0
5 21 if A(HL)

and BC 0
LDD Ð
(DE) (HL) - - 0 3
0 - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16
Ð
DE DE-1 10 101 000 A8
Ð
HL HL-1
Ð
BC BC-1

LDDR do LDD - - 0 04 0 - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16 if BC=0


while BC>0 10 111 000 B8 5 21 if BC0
LDI Ð
(DE) (HL) - - 0 3 0 - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16
Ð
DE DE+1 10 100 000 A0
Ð
HL HL+1
Ð
BC BC-1

LDIR do LDI - - 0 04 0 - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16 if BC=0


while BC>0 10 110 000 B0 5 21 if BC0
Notes: 1 See section ?? for a description
2 ZF is 1 if A=(HL), otherwise 0

3 PV is 1 if BC 0 after execution, otherwise 0
4 PV is 0 only at the completion of the instruction

111
CHAPTER 4. INSTRUCTIONS AT A GLANCE

4.13 Input

Symbolic Flags Opcode


Mnemonic Operation SF ZF HF PV NF CF 76 543 210 Hex B Mc Ts Comments
IN A,(n)1 AÐ(n) - - - - - - 11 011 011 DB 2B 3 11 r r
n .. B 000

IN r,(C)2 rÐ(BC) Ù Ù 0 PF 0 - 11 101 101 ED 2B 3 12


C
D
001
010
01 r 000 .. E 011

IN (C)2,3 (BC) Ù Ù 0 PF 0 - 11 101 101 ED 2B 3 12


H
L
100
101
01 110 000 70 A 111

IND Ð
(HL) (BC) 5 4 5 5 1 - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16
Ð
HL HL-1 10 101 010 AA
Ð
B B-1

INDR do IND 5 1 5 5 1 - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16 if B=0


while B>0 10 111 010 BA 5 21 if B0
INI Ð
(HL) (BC) 5 4 5 5 1 - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16
Ð
HL HL+1 10 100 010 A2
Ð
B B-1

INIR do INI 5 1 5 5 1 - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16 if B=0


while B>0 10 110 010 B2 5 21 if B0
Notes: 1 Some assemblers allow IN (n) to be used instead of IN A,(n)
2 Some assemblers allow instruction to be written with (BC) instead of (C)
3 Performs the input without storing the result. Some assemblers allow IN F,(C) to be used instead of IN (C)
4 Flag is 1 if B=0 after execution, otherwise 0; similar to DEC B
5 On Next this flag is destroyed, for other Z80 computers see section ??

4.14 Output

Symbolic Flags Opcode


Mnemonic Operation SF ZF HF PV NF CF 76 543 210 Hex B Mc Ts Comments
OUT (n),A (n) ÐA - - - - - - 11 010 011 D3 2B 3 11 r r
n .. B 000

Ðr
C 001
OUT (C),r (BC) - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 3 12 D 010
01 r 001 .. E 011

Ð0
H 100
OUT (C),0 (BC) - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 3 12 L 101
01 110 001 71 A 111

OUTI Ð
B B-1 2 1 2 2 1 - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16
Ð
(BC) (HL) 10 100 011 A3
Ð
HL HL+1

OTIR do OUTI 2 1 2 2 1 - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16 if B=0


while B>0 10 110 011 B3 5 21 if B0
OUTD Ð
(BC) (HL) 2 1 2 2 1 - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16
Ð
HL HL-1 10 101 011 AB
Ð
B B-1

OTDR do OUTD 2 1 2 2 1 - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16 if B=0


while B>0 10 111 011 BB 5 21 if B0
Notes: 1 Flag is 1 if B=0 after execution, otherwise 0
2 On Next this flag is destroyed, for other Z80 computers see section ??.

112
CHAPTER 4. INSTRUCTIONS AT A GLANCE

4.15 ZX Spectrum Next Extended

Symbolic Flags Opcode


Mnemonic Operation SF ZF HF PV NF CF 76 543 210 Hex B Mc Ts Comments
ADD rr,A rrÐrr+A - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 2 8 rr rr
00 110 0rr .. HL 01
DE 10
ADD pp,nm ppÐpp+nm - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16 BC 11
00 110 1pp .. pp pp
m .. HL 00
n .. DE 01
BC 10
BSLA DE,B1 DEÐDE<<(B^$1F) - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 2 8
00 101 000 28
BSRA DE,B1 Ð
DE signed(DE)... - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 2 8
^
...>>(B $1F) 00 101 001 29
BSRL DE,B1 Ð
DE unsigned(DE)... - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 2 8
^
...>>(B $1F) 00 101 010 2A
BSRF DE,B1 DEÐ 
(unsigned( DE)... - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 2 8
^
...>>(B $1F)) 00 101 011 2B
BRLC DE,B1 DEÐDE<<(B^$0F or - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 2 8
DEÐDE>>(16-B^$0F) 00 101 100 2C
JP (C) PCÐPC^$C000+IN(C)<<6 ? ? ? ? ? ? 11 101 101 ED 2B 3 13
10 011 000 98
LDDX 
if (HL) A: (DE) Ð(HL) - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16
Ð
DE DE+1 10 101 100 AC
Ð
HL HL-1
Ð
BC BC+1

LDDRX do LDDX - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16 if BC=0


while BC>0 10 111 100 BC 5 21 if BC0
LDIX 
if (HL) A: (DE) Ð(HL) - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16
Ð
DE DE+1 10 100 100 A4
Ð
HL HL+1
BCÐBC-1

LDIRX do LDIX - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16 if BC=0


while BC>0 10 110 100 B4 5 21 if BC0
LDPIRX do - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16 if BC=0
Ð ^
t (HL $FFF8+E 7)^ 10 110 111 B7 5 21 if BC0

if t A: (DE) t Ð
Ð
DE DE+1
Ð
BC BC-1
while BC>0

LDWS Ð
(DE) (HL) Ù Ù Ù VF2 0 - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16
INC L 10 100 101 A5
INC D

Notes: 1 Core v2+ only


2 PV set to 1 if D was $7F before increment, otherwise 0
(continued on next page)

113
CHAPTER 4. INSTRUCTIONS AT A GLANCE

Symbolic Flags Opcode


Mnemonic Operation SF ZF HF PV NF CF 76 543 210 Hex B Mc Ts Comments
MIRROR A - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 2 8
A 7654 3210 00 100 100 24

MUL D,E DE ÐDE - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 2 8


00 110 000 30
NEXTREG n,A HwNextReg[n] ÐA - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 3B 4 17
10 010 010 92
n ..
NEXTREG n,m HwNextReg[n] Ðm - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 3B 5 20
10 010 001 91
n ..
m ..
OUTINB Ð
(BC) (HL) ? ? ? ? ? ? 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16
Ð
HL HL+1 10 010 000 90
PIXELAD HLÐ$4000... - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 3B 2 8
...+((D^$C0)<<5) 10 010 100 94
...+((D^$07)<<8)
...+((D^$38)<<2)
...+(E>>3)

PIXELDN ^
if (HL $700) $700  - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 3B 2 8
Ð
HL HL+256 10 010 011 93
^
else if (HL $E0) $E0 
Ð ^
HL HL $F8FF+$20
else
ÐHL^$F81F+$800
HL

PUSH nm (SP-2)Ðm - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 3B 6 23


(SP-1)Ðn 10 001 010 8A
SPÐSP-2 n1 ..
m1 ..
SETAE AÐunsigned($80)>>(E^7) - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 3B 2 8
10 010 101 95
SWAPNIB A 7654 3210 - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 2 8
00 100 011 23
TEST n ^
A n Ù Ù Ù PF ? Ù 11 101 101 ED 3B 3 11
00 100 111 27
Notes: 1 This is not mistake, nm operand is in fact encoded in big-endian

114
CHAPTER 4. INSTRUCTIONS AT A GLANCE

4.16 Alphabetical

Symbolic Flags Opcode


Mnemonic Operation SF ZF HF PV NF CF 76 543 210 Hex B Mc Ts Comments
ADC A,r AÐA+r+CF Ù Ù Ù VF 0 Ù 10 001 r .. 1B 1 4
ADC A,n AÐA+n+CF Ù Ù Ù VF 0 Ù 11 001 110 CE 2B 2 7
n ..
ADC A,(HL) AÐA+(HL)+CF Ù Ù Ù VF 0 Ù 10 001 110 8E 1B 2 7
ADC A,(IX+d) AÐA+(IX+d)+CF Ù Ù Ù VF 0 Ù 11 011 101 DD 3B 5 19
10 001 110 8E
d ..
ADC A,(IY+d) ÐA+(IY+d)+CF
A Ù Ù Ù VF 0 Ù 11 111 101 FD 3B 5 19
10 001 110 8E
d ..
ADC HL,rr HL ÐHL+rr+CF Ù Ù Ù VF 0 Ù 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 15
01 rr1 010 ..

ADD A,r AÐA+r Ù Ù Ù VF 0 Ù 10 000 r .. 1B 1 4


ADD A,n AÐA+n Ù Ù Ù VF 0 Ù 11 000 110 C6 2B 2 7
n ..
ADD A,(HL) AÐA+(HL) Ù Ù Ù VF 0 Ù 10 000 110 86 1B 2 7
ADD A,(IX+d) AÐA+(IX+d) Ù Ù Ù VF 0 Ù 11 011 101 DD 3B 5 19
10 000 110 86
d ..
ADD A,(IY+d) ÐA+(IY+d)
A Ù Ù Ù VF 0 Ù 11 111 101 FD 3B 5 19
10 000 110 86
d ..
ADD HL,rr HLÐHL+rr - - Ù - 0 Ù 00 rr1 001 .. 1B 3 11
ADD IX,rr IXÐIX+rr - - Ù - 0 Ù 11 011 101 DD 2B 4 15
00 rr1 001 ..
ADD IY,rr IY ÐIY+rr - - Ù - 0 Ù 11 111 101 FD 2B 4 15
00 rr1 001 ..
ADD rr,AZX rr Ðrr+A - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 2 8
00 110 0rr ..
ADD rr,nmZX rr Ðrr+nm - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16
00 110 1rr ..
m ..
n ..

AND A,r AÐA^r Ù Ù 1 PF 0 0 10 100 r .. 1B 1 4


AND A,n AÐA^n Ù Ù 1 PF 0 0 11 100 110 E6 2B 2 7
n ..
AND A,(HL) AÐA^(HL) Ù Ù 1 PF 0 0 10 100 110 A6 2 7
AND A,(IX+d) AÐA^(IX+d) Ù Ù 1 PF 0 0 11 011 101 DD 3B 5 19
10 100 110 A6
d ..
AND A,(IY+d) ÐA^(IY+d)
A Ù Ù 1 PF 0 0 11 111 101 FD 3B 5 19
10 100 110 A6
d ..

115
CHAPTER 4. INSTRUCTIONS AT A GLANCE

Symbolic Flags Opcode


Mnemonic Operation SF ZF HF PV NF CF 76 543 210 Hex B Mc Ts Comments
BIT b,r ZFÐ rb ? Ù 1 ? 0 - 11 001 011 CB 2B 2 8
01 b r ..
BIT b,(HL) ZFÐ pHLqb ? Ù 1 ? 0 - 11 001 011 CB 2B 3 12
01 b 110 ..
BIT b,(IX+d) ZFÐ pIX dqb ? Ù 1 ? 0 - 11 011 101 DD 4B 5 20
11 001 011 CB
d ..
01 b 110 ..
BIT b,(IY+d) ZFÐ pIY dqb ? Ù 1 ? 0 - 11 111 101 FD 4B 5 20
11 001 011 CB
d ..
01 b 110 ..

BRLC DE,BZX DEÐDE<<(B^$0F or - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 2 8


DEÐDE>>(16-B^$0F) 00 101 100 2C
BSLA DE,BZX DEÐDE<<(B^$1F) - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 2 8
00 101 000 28
BSRA DE,BZX Ð
DE signed(DE)... - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 2 8
^
...>>(B $1F) 00 101 001 29
BSRL DE,BZX Ð
DE unsigned(DE)... - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 2 8
^
...>>(B $1F) 00 101 010 2A
BSRF DE,BZX DEÐ 
(unsigned( DE)... - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 2 8
^
...>>(B $1F)) 00 101 011 2B

CALL nm Ð
(SP-1) PCh - - - - - - 11 001 101 CD 3B 5 17
Ð
(SP-2) PCl m ..
Ð
SP SP-2 n ..
Ð
PC nm

CALL c,nm if c=true: CALL nm - - - - - - 11 c 100 .. 3B 3 10 if c=false


m .. 5 17 if c=true
n ..

CCF CFÐ CF - - - - 0 Ù 00 111 111 3F 1B 1 4

CP r A-r Ù Ù Ù VF 1 Ù 10 111 r .. 1B 1 4
CP n A-n Ù Ù Ù VF 1 Ù 11 111 110 FE 2B 2 7
n ..
CP (HL) A-(HL) Ù Ù Ù VF 1 Ù 10 111 110 BE 1B 2 7
CP (IX+d) A-(IX+d) Ù Ù Ù VF 1 Ù 11 011 101 DD 3B 5 19
10 111 110 BE
d ..
CP (IY+d) A-(IY+d) Ù Ù Ù VF 1 Ù 11 111 101 FD 3B 5 19
10 111 110 BE
d ..

116
CHAPTER 4. INSTRUCTIONS AT A GLANCE

Symbolic Flags Opcode


Mnemonic Operation SF ZF HF PV NF CF 76 543 210 Hex B Mc Ts Comments
CPD A-(HL) Ù Ù 1 - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16
Ð
HL HL-1 10 101 001 A9
Ð
BC BC-1

CPDR do CPD Ù Ù 1 - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16 if A=(HL)



while A (HL) BC>0^ 10 111 001 B9 or BC=0
5 21 if A(HL)

and BC 0
CPI A-(HL) Ù Ù 1 - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16
Ð
HL HL+1 10 100 001 A1
BCÐBC-1

CPIR do CPI Ù Ù 1 - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16 if A=(HL)



while A (HL) BC>0^ 10 110 001 B1 or BC=0
5 21 if A(HL)

and BC 0
CPL AÐA - - 1 - 1 - 00 101 111 2F 1B 1 4
DAA Ù Ù Ù PF - Ù 00 100 111 27 1B 1 4

DEC r rÐr-1 Ù Ù Ù VF 1 - 00 r 101 .. 1B 1 4


DEC (HL) (HL)Ð(HL)-1 Ù Ù Ù VF 1 - 00 110 101 35 1B 3 11
DEC (IX+d) (IX+d)Ð(IX+d)-1 Ù Ù Ù VF 1 - 11 011 101 DD 3B 5 19
00 110 101 35
d ..
DEC (IY+d) (IY+d) Ð(IY+d)-1 Ù Ù Ù VF 1 - 11 111 101 FD 3B 5 19
00 110 101 35
d ..
DEC rr rrÐrr-1 - - - - - - 00 rr1 011 .. 1B 1 6
DEC IX IXÐIX-1 - - - - - - 11 011 101 DD 2B 2 10
00 101 011 2B
DEC IY IY ÐIY-1 - - - - - - 11 111 101 FD 2B 2 10
00 101 011 2B

DI IFF1 Ð0 - - - - - - 11 110 011 F3 1B 1 4


IFF2 Ð0
DJNZ e Ð
B B-1 - - - - - - 00 010 000 10 2B 2 8 if B=0

if B 0: JR e e-2 .. 3 13 if B0
EI IFF1Ð1 - - - - - - 11 111 011 FB 1B 1 4
IFF2Ð1

EX AF,AF’ AFØAF’ 00 001 000 08 1B 1 4


EX DE,HL DEØHL - - - - - - 11 101 011 EB 1B 1 4
EX (SP),HL HØ(SP+1) - - - - - - 11 100 011 E3 1B 5 19
LØ(SP)

EX (SP),IX IXh Ø(SP+1) - - - - - - 11 011 101 DD 2B 6 2


IXl Ø(SP) 11 100 011 E3
EX (SP),IY IYh Ø(SP+1) - - - - - - 11 111 101 FD 2B 6 23
IYl Ø(SP) 11 100 011 E3

117
CHAPTER 4. INSTRUCTIONS AT A GLANCE

Symbolic Flags Opcode


Mnemonic Operation SF ZF HF PV NF CF 76 543 210 Hex B Mc Ts Comments
EXX BC ØBC’ - - - - - - 11 011 001 D9 1B 1 4
DE ØDE’
HL ØHL’
HALT - - - - - - 01 110 110 76 1B 1 4

IM 04 - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 2 8
01 000 110 46
IM 14 - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 2 8
01 010 110 56
IM 24 - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 2 8
01 011 110 5E

IN A,(n) Ð(n)
A - - - - - - 11 011 011 DB 2B 3 11
n ..
IN r,(C) Ð(BC)
r Ù Ù 0 PF 0 - 11 101 101 ED 2B 3 12
01 r 000 ..
IN (C) (BC) Ù Ù 0 PF 0 - 11 101 101 ED 2B 3 12
01 110 000 70

INC r rÐr+1 Ù Ù Ù VF 0 - 00 r 100 .. 1B 1 4


INC (HL) (HL)Ð(HL)+1 Ù Ù Ù VF 0 - 00 110 100 34 1B 3 11
INC (IX+d) (IX+d)Ð(IX+d)+1 Ù Ù Ù VF 0 - 11 011 101 DD 3B 5 19
00 110 100 34
d ..
INC (IY+d) (IY+d) Ð(IY+d)+1 Ù Ù Ù VF 0 - 11 111 101 FD 3B 5 19
00 110 100 34
d ..
INC rr rrÐrr+1 - - - - - - 00 rr0 011 .. 1B 1 6
INC IX IXÐIX+1 - - - - - - 11 011 101 DD 2B 2 10
00 100 011 23
INC IY IY ÐIY+1 - - - - - - 11 111 101 FD 2B 2 10
00 100 011 23

IND Ð
(HL) (BC) 1 - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16
Ð
HL HL-1 10 101 010 AA
BÐB-1

INDR do IND 1 1 - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16 if B=0


while B>0 10 111 010 BA 5 21 if B0
INI (HL) Ð(BC) 1 - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16
Ð
HL HL+1 10 100 010 A2
Ð
B B-1

INIR do INI 1 1 - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16 if B=0


while B>0 10 110 010 B2 5 21 if B0

JP nm PC Ðnm - - - - - - 11 000 011 C3 3B 3 10


m ..
n ..

118
CHAPTER 4. INSTRUCTIONS AT A GLANCE

Symbolic Flags Opcode


Mnemonic Operation SF ZF HF PV NF CF 76 543 210 Hex B Mc Ts Comments
JP (HL) PCÐHL - - - - - - 11 101 001 E9 1B 1 4
JP (IX) PCÐIX - - - - - - 11 011 101 DD 2B 2 8
11 101 001 E9
JP (IY) PC ÐIY - - - - - - 11 111 101 FD 2B 2 8
11 101 001 E9
JP (C)ZX PC ÐPC^$C000+IN(C)<<6 ? ? ? ? ? ? 11 101 101 ED 2B 3 13
10 011 000 98
JP c,nm if c=true: JP nm - - - - - - 11 c 010 .. 3B 3 10
m ..
n ..
JR e PC ÐPC+e - - - - - - 00 011 000 18 2B 3 12
e-2 ..
JR c,e if c=true: JR e - - - - - - 00 1cc 000 .. 2B 2 7 if p=false
e-2 .. 3 12 if p=true

LD r,r’ rÐr’ - - - - - - 01 r r’ .. 1B 1 4
LD r,n rÐn - - - - - - 00 r 110 .. 2B 2 7
n ..
LD r,(HL) rÐ(HL) - - - - - - 01 r 110 .. 1B 2 7
LD r,(IX+d) rÐ(IX+d) - - - - - - 11 011 101 DD 3B 5 19
01 r 110 ..
d ..
LD r,(IY+d) Ð(IY+d)
r - - - - - - 11 111 101 FD 3B 5 19
01 r 110 ..
d ..
LD (HL),r (HL)Ðr - - - - - - 01 110 r .. 1B 2 7
LD (IX+d),r (IX+d)Ðr - - - - - - 11 011 101 DD 3B 5 19
01 110 r ..
d ..
LD (IY+d),r (IY+d) Ðr - - - - - - 11 111 101 FD 3B 5 19
01 110 r ..
d ..
LD (HL),n (HL) Ðn - - - - - - 00 110 110 36 2B 3 10
n ..
LD (IX+d),n (IX+d) Ðn - - - - - - 11 011 101 DD 4B 5 19
00 110 110 36
d ..
n ..
LD (IY+d),n (IY+d) Ðn - - - - - - 11 111 101 FD 4B 5 19
00 110 110 36
d ..
n ..
LD (BC),A (BC)ÐA - - - - - - 00 000 010 02 1B 2 7
LD (DE),A (DE)ÐA - - - - - - 00 010 010 12 1B 2 7
LD (nm),A (nm)ÐA - - - - - - 00 110 010 32 3B 4 13
m ..
n ..

119
CHAPTER 4. INSTRUCTIONS AT A GLANCE

Symbolic Flags Opcode


Mnemonic Operation SF ZF HF PV NF CF 76 543 210 Hex B Mc Ts Comments
LD A,(BC) AÐ(BC) - - - - - - 00 001 010 0A 1B 2 7
LD A,(DE) AÐ(DE) - - - - - - 00 011 01 1A 1B 2 7
LD A,(nm) AÐ(nm) - - - - - - 00 111 010 3A 3B 4 13
m ..
n ..
LD A,I AÐI Ù Ù 0 IFF2 0 - 11 101 101 ED 2B 2 9
01 010 111 57
LD A,R AÐR Ù Ù 0 IFF2 0 - 11 101 101 ED 2B 2 9
01 011 111 5F
LD I,A IÐA - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 2 9
01 000 111 47
LD R,A RÐA - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 2 9
01 001 111 4F
LD rr,nm rr Ðnm - - - - - - 00 rr0 001 .. 3B 3 10
m ..
n ..
LD IX,nm IX Ðnm - - - - - - 11 011 101 DD 4B 4 14
00 100 001 21
m ..
n ..
LD IY,nm IX Ðnm - - - - - - 11 111 101 FD 4B 4 14
00 100 001 21
m ..
n ..
LD SP,HL SPÐHL - - - - - - 11 111 001 F9 1B 1 6
LD SP,IX SPÐIX - - - - - - 11 011 101 DD 2B 2 10
11 111 001 F9
LD SP,IY SP ÐIY - - - - - - 11 111 101 FD 2B 2 10
11 111 001 F9
LD HL,(nm) HÐ(nm+1) - - - - - - 00 101 010 2A 3B 5 16
LÐ(nm) m ..
n ..
LD rr,(nm) rrh Ð(nm+1) - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 4B 6 20
rrl Ð(nm) 01 rr1 011 ..
m ..
n ..
LD IX,(nm) IXh Ð(nm+1) - - - - - - 11 011 101 DD 4B 6 20
IXl Ð(nm) 00 101 010 2A
m ..
n ..
LD IY,(nm) IYh Ð(nm+1) - - - - - - 11 111 101 FD 4B 6 20
IYl Ð(nn) 00 101 010 2A
n ..
n ..

120
CHAPTER 4. INSTRUCTIONS AT A GLANCE

Symbolic Flags Opcode


Mnemonic Operation SF ZF HF PV NF CF 76 543 210 Hex B Mc Ts Comments
LD (nm),HL (nn+1) H Ð - - - - - - 00 100 010 22 3B 5 16
Ð
(nm) L m ..
n ..
LD (nm),rr Ð
(nm+1) rrh - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 4B 6 20
Ð
(nm) rrl 01 rr0 011 ..
m ..
n ..
LD (nm),IX Ð
(nm+1) IXh - - - - - - 11 011 101 DD 4B 6 20
Ð
(nm) IXl 00 100 010 22
m ..
n ..
LD (nm),IY Ð
(nm+1) IYh - - - - - - 11 111 101 FD 4B 6 20
Ð
(nm) IYl 00 100 010 22
m ..
n ..

LDD Ð
(DE) (HL) - - 0 0 - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16
Ð
DE DE-1 10 101 000 A8
Ð
HL HL-1
BCÐBC-1

LDDR do LDD - - 0 0 0 - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16 if BC=0


while BC>0 10 111 000 B8 5 21 if BC0
LDDXZX  Ð(HL)
if (HL) A: (DE) - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16
ÐDE+1
DE 10 101 100 AC
ÐHL-1
HL
ÐBC+1
BC

LDDRXZX do LDDX - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16 if BC=0


while BC>0 10 111 100 BC 5 21 if BC0
LDI Ð
(DE) (HL) - - 0 0 - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16
Ð
DE DE+1 10 100 000 A0
Ð
HL HL+1
Ð
BC BC-1

LDIR do LDI - - 0 0 0 - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16 if BC=0


while BC>0 10 110 000 B0 5 21 if BC0
LDIXZX  Ð(HL)
if (HL) A: (DE) - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16
Ð
DE DE+1 10 100 100 A4
Ð
HL HL+1
BCÐBC-1

LDIRXZX do LDIX - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16 if BC=0


while BC>0 10 110 100 B4 5 21 if BC0
LDPIRXZX do - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16 if BC=0
Ð ^ ^
t (HL $FFF8+E 7) 10 110 111 B7 5 21 if BC0
 Ð
if t A: (DE) t
Ð
DE DE+1
Ð
BC BC-1
while BC>0

LDWSZX Ð
(DE) (HL) Ù Ù Ù VF 0 - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16
INC L 10 100 101 A5
INC D

121
CHAPTER 4. INSTRUCTIONS AT A GLANCE

Symbolic Flags Opcode


Mnemonic Operation SF ZF HF PV NF CF 76 543 210 Hex B Mc Ts Comments
MIRROR A - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 2 8
A 7654 3210 00 100 100 24

MUL D,E DE ÐDE - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 2 8


00 110 000 30
NEG Ð-A
A Ù Ù Ù PF 1 Ù 11 101 101 ED 2B 2 8
01 000 100 44

NEXTREG n,A HwNextReg[n] ÐA - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 3B 4 17


10 010 010 92
n ..
NEXTREG n,m HwNextReg[n] Ðm - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 3B 5 20
10 010 001 91
n ..
m ..

NOP - - - - - - 00 000 000 00 1B 1 4

OR r AÐA_r Ù Ù 0 PF 0 0 10 110 r .. 1B 1 4
OR n AÐA_n Ù Ù 0 PF 0 0 11 110 110 F6 2B 2 7
n ..
OR (HL) AÐA_(HL) Ù Ù 0 PF 0 0 10 110 110 B6 1B 2 7
OR (IX+d) AÐA_(IX+d) Ù Ù 0 PF 0 0 11 011 101 DD 3B 5 19
10 110 110 B6
d ..
OR (IY+d) ÐA_(IY+d)
A Ù Ù 0 PF 0 0 11 111 101 FD 3B 5 19
10 110 110 B6
d ..

OTDR do OUTD 1 1 - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16 if B=0


while B>0 10 111 011 BB 5 21 if B0
OTIR do OUTI 1 1 - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16 if B=0
while B>0 10 110 011 B3 5 21 if B0
OUT (n),A (n) ÐA - - - - - - 11 010 011 D3 2B 3 11
n ..
OUT (C),r (BC) Ðr - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 3 12
01 r 001 ..
OUT (C),0 (BC) Ð0 - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 3 12
01 110 001 71
OUTD (BC)Ð(HL) 1 - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16
Ð
HL HL-1 10 101 011 AB
Ð
B B-1

OUTI BÐB-1 1 - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16


(BC)Ð(HL) 10 100 011 A3
HLÐHL+1

OUTINBZX (BC)Ð(HL) ? ? ? ? ? ? 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 16


HLÐHL+1 10 010 000 90

122
CHAPTER 4. INSTRUCTIONS AT A GLANCE

Symbolic Flags Opcode


Mnemonic Operation SF ZF HF PV NF CF 76 543 210 Hex B Mc Ts Comments
PIXELADZX Ð
HL $4000... - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 3B 2 8
^
...+((D $C0)<<5) 10 010 100 94
^
...+((D $07)<<8)
^
...+((D $38)<<2)
...+(E>>3)

PIXELDNZX ^
if (HL $700) $700  - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 3B 2 8
Ð
HL HL+256 10 010 011 93
else if (HL $E0) $E0^ 
Ð ^
HL HL $F8FF+$20
else
Ð ^
HL HL $F81F+$800

POP rr Ð
rrh (SP+1) - - - - - - 11 rr0 001 .. 1B 3 10
Ð
rrl (SP)
Ð
SP SP+2

POP AF AÐ(SP+1) Ù Ù Ù Ù Ù Ù 11 110 001 F1 1B 3 10


FÐ(SP)
SPÐSP+2

POP IX IXh Ð(SP+1) - - - - - - 11 011 101 DD 2B 4 14


IXl Ð(SP) 11 100 001 E1
SPÐSP+2

POP IY IYh Ð(SP+1) - - - - - - 11 111 101 FD 2B 4 14


IYl Ð(SP) 11 100 001 E1
SPÐSP+2

PUSH rr (SP-2) rrl Ð - - - - - - 11 rr0 101 .. 1B 3 11


(SP-1) rrh Ð
Ð
SP SP-2

PUSH IX (SP-2) IXl Ð - - - - - - 11 011 101 DD 2B 4 15


(SP-1) IXh Ð 11 100 101 E5
Ð
SP SP-2

PUSH IY (SP-2) ÐIYl - - - - - - 11 111 101 FD 2B 4 15


(SP-1) ÐIYh 11 100 101 E5
SPÐSP-2
PUSH nmZX (SP-2)Ðm - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 3B 6 23
(SP-1)Ðn 10 001 010 8A
SPÐSP-2 n ..
m ..

RES b,r rb Ð0 - - - - - - 11 001 011 CB 2B 2 8


10 b r ..
RES b,(HL) pHLqb Ð0 - - - - - - 11 001 011 CB 2B 4 15
10 b 110 ..
RES b,(IX+d) pIX d q b Ð0 - - - - - - 11 011 101 DD 4B 6 23
11 001 011 CB
d ..
10 b 110 ..
RES b,(IY+d) pIY d q b Ð0 - - - - - - 11 111 101 FD 4B 6 23
11 001 011 CB
d ..
10 b 110 ..

123
CHAPTER 4. INSTRUCTIONS AT A GLANCE

Symbolic Flags Opcode


Mnemonic Operation SF ZF HF PV NF CF 76 543 210 Hex B Mc Ts Comments
RET Ð
PCl (SP) - - - - - - 11 001 001 C9 1B 3 10
Ð
PCh (SP+1)
Ð
SP SP+2

RET c if c=true: RET - - - - - - 11 c 000 .. 1B 1 5 if c=false


3 11 if c=true
RETI Ð
PCl (SP) - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 14
Ð
PCh (SP+1) 01 001 101 4D
Ð
SP SP+2

RETN PCl Ð(SP) - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 14


PCh Ð(SP+1) 01 000 101 45
SPÐSP+2
IFF1ÐIFF2

RL r CF Ð0
7 Ù Ù 0 PF 0 Ù 11 001 011 CB 2B 2 8
00 010 r ..
RL (HL) CF Ð0
7 Ù Ù 0 PF 0 Ù 11 001 011 CB 2B 4 15
00 010 110 16
RL (IX+d) CF Ð0
7 Ù Ù 0 PF 0 Ù 11 011 101 DD 4B 6 23
11 001 011 CB
d ..
00 010 110 16
RL (IY+d) CF Ð0
7 Ù Ù 0 PF 0 Ù 11 111 101 FD 4B 6 23
11 001 011 CB
d ..
00 010 110 16
RLA CF Ð0
7 - - 0 - 0 Ù 00 010 111 17 1B 1 4

RLC r CF 7Ð0 Ù Ù 0 PF 0 Ù 11 001 011 CB 2B 2 8


00 000 r ..
RLC (HL) CF 7Ð0 Ù Ù 0 PF 0 Ù 11 001 011 CB 2B 4 15
00 000 110 06
RLC (IX+d) CF 7Ð0 Ù Ù 0 PF 0 Ù 11 011 101 DD 4B 6 23
11 001 011 CB
d ..
00 000 110 06
RLC (IY+d) CF 7Ð0 Ù Ù 0 PF 0 Ù 11 111 101 FD 4B 6 23
11 001 011 CB
d ..
00 000 110 06
RLCA CF 7Ð0 - - 0 - 0 Ù 00 000 111 07 1B 1 4

RLD A 7-4 3-0 7-4 3-0 (HL) Ù Ù 0 PF 0 - 11 101 101 ED 2B 5 18


01 101 111 6F
RRD A 7-4 3-0 7-4 3-0 (HL) Ù Ù 0 PF 0 - 11 101 101 ED 2B 5 18
01 100 111 67

124
CHAPTER 4. INSTRUCTIONS AT A GLANCE

Symbolic Flags Opcode


Mnemonic Operation SF ZF HF PV NF CF 76 543 210 Hex B Mc Ts Comments
RR r 7 Ñ0 CF Ù Ù 0 PF 0 Ù 11 001 011 CB 2B 2 8
00 011 r ..
RR (HL) 7 Ñ0 CF Ù Ù 0 PF 0 Ù 11 001 011 CB 2B 4 15
00 011 110 1E
RR (IX+d) 7 Ñ0 CF Ù Ù 0 PF 0 Ù 11 011 101 DD 4B 6 23
11 001 011 CB
d ..
00 011 110 1E
RR (IY+d) 7 Ñ0 CF Ù Ù 0 PF 0 Ù 11 111 101 FD 4B 6 23
11 001 011 CB
d ..
00 011 110 1E
RRA 7 Ñ0 CF - - 0 - 0 Ù 00 011 111 1F 1B 1 4

RRC r 7Ñ0 CF Ù Ù 0 PF 0 Ù 11 001 011 CB 2B 2 8


00 001 r ..
RRC (HL) 7Ñ0 CF Ù Ù 0 PF 0 Ù 11 001 011 CB 2B 4 15
00 001 110 0E
RRC (IX+d) 7Ñ0 CF Ù Ù 0 PF 0 Ù 11 011 101 DD 4B 6 23
11 001 011 CB
d ..
00 001 110 0E
RRC (IY+d) 7Ñ0 CF Ù Ù 0 PF 0 Ù 11 111 101 FD 4B 6 23
11 001 011 CB
d ..
00 001 110 0E
RRCA 7Ñ0 CF - - 0 - 0 Ù 00 001 111 0F 1B 1 4

RST n (SP-1) PCh Ð - - - - - - 11 n 111 .. 1B 3 11


(SP-2) PCl Ð
Ð
SP SP-2
PC nÐ
SBC A,r AÐA-r-CF Ù Ù Ù VF 1 Ù 10 011 r .. 1B 1 4
SBC A,n AÐA-n-CF Ù Ù Ù VF 1 Ù 11 011 110 DE 2B 2 7
n ..
SBC A,(HL) AÐA-(HL)-CF Ù Ù Ù VF 1 Ù 10 011 110 9E 1B 2 7
SBC A,(IX+d) AÐA-(IX+d)-CF Ù Ù Ù VF 1 Ù 11 011 101 DD 3B 5 19
10 011 110 9E
d ..
SBC A,(IY+d) ÐA-(IY+d)-CF
A Ù Ù Ù VF 1 Ù 11 111 101 FD 3B 5 19
10 011 110 9E
d ..
SBC HL,rr HL ÐHL-rr-CF Ù Ù Ù VF 1 Ù 11 101 101 ED 2B 4 15
01 rr0 010 ..

SCF CF Ð1 - - 0 - 0 1 00 110 111 37 1B 1 4

125
CHAPTER 4. INSTRUCTIONS AT A GLANCE

Symbolic Flags Opcode


Mnemonic Operation SF ZF HF PV NF CF 76 543 210 Hex B Mc Ts Comments
SET b,r rb Ð1 - - - - - - 11 001 011 CB 2B 2 8
11 b r ..
SET b,(HL) pHLqb Ð1 - - - - - - 11 001 011 CB 2B 4 15
11 b 110 ..
SET b,(IX+d) pIX d qb Ð1 - - - - - - 11 011 101 DD 4B 6 23
11 001 011 CB
d ..
11 b 110 ..
SET b,(IY+d) pIY d qb Ð1 - - - - - - 11 111 101 FD 4B 6 23
11 001 011 CB
d ..
11 b 110 ..

SETAE AÐunsigned($80)>>(E^7) - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 3B 2 8


10 010 101 95

SLA r CF 7 Ð0 0 Ù Ù 0 PF 0 Ù 11 001 011 CB 2B 2 8


00 100 r ..
SLA (HL) CF 7 Ð0 0 Ù Ù 0 PF 0 Ù 11 001 011 CB 2B 4 15
00 100 110 26
SLA (IX+d) CF 7 Ð0 0 Ù Ù 0 PF 0 Ù 11 011 101 DD 4B 6 23
11 001 011 CB
d ..
00 100 110 26
SLA (IY+d) CF 7 Ð0 0 Ù Ù 0 PF 0 Ù 11 111 101 FD 4B 6 23
11 001 011 CB
d ..
00 100 110 26

SLI r CF 7 Ð0 1 Ù Ù 0 PF 0 Ù 11 001 011 CB 2B 2 8


00 110 r ..
SLI (HL)** CF 7 Ð0 1 Ù Ù 0 PF 0 Ù 11 001 011 CB 2B 4 15
00 110 110 36
SLI (IX+d)** CF 7 Ð0 1 Ù Ù 0 PF 0 Ù 11 011 101 DD 4B 6 23
11 001 011 CB
d ..
00 110 110 36
SLI (IY+d)** CF 7 Ð0 1 Ù Ù 0 PF 0 Ù 11 111 101 FD 4B 6 23
11 001 011 CB
d ..
00 110 110 36

126
CHAPTER 4. INSTRUCTIONS AT A GLANCE

Symbolic Flags Opcode


Mnemonic Operation SF ZF HF PV NF CF 76 543 210 Hex B Mc Ts Comments
SRA r 7Ñ0 CF Ù Ù 0 PF 0 Ù 11 001 011 CB 2B 2 8
00 101 r ..
SRA (HL) 7Ñ0 CF Ù Ù 0 PF 0 Ù 11 001 011 CB 2B 4 15
00 101 110 2E
SRA (IX+d) 7Ñ0 CF Ù Ù 0 PF 0 Ù 11 011 101 DD 4B 6 23
11 001 011 CB
d ..
00 101 110 2E
SRA (IY+d) 7Ñ0 CF Ù Ù 0 PF 0 Ù 11 111 101 FD 4B 6 23
11 001 011 CB
d ..
00 101 110 2E

SRL r 0 Ñ0
7 CF Ù Ù 0 PF 0 Ù 11 001 011 CB 2B 2 8
00 111 r ..
SRL (HL) 0 Ñ0
7 CF Ù Ù 0 PF 0 Ù 11 001 011 CB 2B 4 15
00 111 110 3E
SRL (IX+d) 0 Ñ0
7 CF Ù Ù 0 PF 0 Ù 11 011 101 DD 4B 6 23
11 001 011 CB
d ..
00 111 110 3E
SRL (IY+d) 0 Ñ0
7 CF Ù Ù 0 PF 0 Ù 11 111 101 FD 4B 6 23
11 001 011 CB
d ..
00 111 110 3E

SUB r AÐA-r Ù Ù Ù VF 1 Ù 10 010 r .. 1B 1 4


SUB n AÐA-n Ù Ù Ù VF 1 Ù 11 010 110 D6 2B 2 7
n ..
SUB (HL) AÐA-(HL) Ù Ù Ù VF 1 Ù 10 010 110 96 1B 2 7
SUB (IX+d) AÐA-(IX+d) Ù Ù Ù VF 1 Ù 11 011 101 DD 3B 5 19
10 010 110 96
d ..
SUB (IY+d) AÐA-(IY+d) Ù Ù Ù VF 1 Ù 11 111 101 FD 3B 5 19
10 010 110 96
d ..

SWAPNIB A 7654 3210 - - - - - - 11 101 101 ED 2B 2 8


00 100 011 23

TEST n ^
A n Ù Ù Ù PF ? Ù 11 101 101 ED 3B 3 11
00 100 111 27

127
CHAPTER 4. INSTRUCTIONS AT A GLANCE

Symbolic Flags Opcode


Mnemonic Operation SF ZF HF PV NF CF 76 543 210 Hex B Mc Ts Comments
XOR r AÐAYr Ù Ù 0 PF 0 0 10 101 r .. 1B 1 4
XOR n AÐAYn Ù Ù 0 PF 0 0 11 101 110 EE 2B 2 7
n ..
XOR (HL) AÐAY(HL) Ù Ù 0 PF 0 0 10 101 110 AE 1B 2 7
XOR (IX+d) AÐAY(IX+d) Ù Ù 0 PF 0 0 11 011 101 DD 3B 5 19
10 101 110 AE
d ..
XOR (IY+d) ÐAY(IY+d)
A Ù Ù 0 PF 0 0 11 111 101 FD 3B 5 19
10 101 110 AE
d ..

128
Chapter 5

Instructions up Close

The following pages describe all instructions in detail. Alphabetical order is used as much as
possible, but some deviations were made to better fit to pages. Each instruction includes:

ˆ Mnemonic
ˆ Symbolic operation for quick info on what instruction does
ˆ All variants (where applicable)
ˆ Description with further details
ˆ Effects on flags
ˆ Timing table with machine cycles, T states and time required for execution on different
CPU speeds

Where possible, multiple variants of same instruction are grouped together and where multiple
timings are possible, timing table is sorted from quickest to slowest.

129
Abbreviations

r 8-bit register A-L


n 8-bit immediate value
rr 16-bit register pair AF, BC, DE, HL, IX, IY, SP (note in some cases particular register pairs
may use different timing from the rest; if so, those will be explicitly indicated in their
own line; rr may still be used, though in those cases it will cover the remaining registers
only)
nn 16-bit immediate value
s Placeholder for argument when multiple variants are possible
d If instruction takes 2 operands, d indicates destination and s source
**
Indicates undocumented instruction
ZX
Indicates ZX Spectrum Next extended instruction

Effects

0 Flag is set to 0
1 Flag is set to 1
Ù Flag is modified according to operation
- Flag is not affected
? Effect on flag is unpredictable
Special case, see notes below effects table
PV P/V flag is used as overflow
PV P/V flag is used as parity
PV PV is undefined or indicates other result

130
CHAPTER 5. INSTRUCTIONS UP CLOSE

ADC d,s ADd with Carry


dÐd+s+CF
8 bit 8 bit 8 bit 8 bit 16 bit
ADC A,A ADC A,E ADC A,(HL) ADC A,IXH** ADC HL,BC
ADC A,B ADC A,H ADC A,(IX+d) ADC A,IXL** ADC HL,DE
ADC A,C ADC A,L ADC A,(IY+d) ADC A,IYH** ADC HL,HL
ADC A,D ADC A,n ADC A,IYL** ADC HL,SP

Adds source operand s or contents of the memory location addressed by s


and value of carry flag to destination d. Result is then stored to destination
d.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
8-bit Ù Ù Ù Ù 0 Ù
16-bit Ù Ù Ù Ù 0 Ù
ˆ 16-bit HF is set by carry from bit 11 (half
carry in high byte)
Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz
A,r 1 4 1,1µs 0,57µs 0,29µs 0,14µs
A,n 2 7 2,0µs 1,00µs 0,50µs 0,25µs
A,(HL) 2 7 2,0µs 1,00µs 0,50µs 0,25µs
HL,rr 4 15 4,3µs 2,14µs 1,07µs 0,54µs
A,(IX+d) 5 19 5,4µs 2,71µs 1,36µs 0,68µs
A,(IY+d) 5 19 5,4µs 2,71µs 1,36µs 0,68µs

ADD d,s ADD


dÐd+s
8-bit 8-bit 16-bit 16-bit ZX Next
ADD A,A ADD A,(HL) ADD IX,BC ADD HL,BC ADD BC,AZX
ADD A,B ADD A,(IX+d) ADD IX,DE ADD HL,DE ADD DE,AZX
ADD A,C ADD A,(IY+d) ADD IX,IX ADD HL,HL ADD HL,AZX
ADD A,D ADD A,IXH** ADD IX,SP ADD HL,SP ADD BE,nnZX
ADD A,E ADD A,IXL** ADD IY,BC ADD DE,nnZX
ADD A,H ADD A,IYH** ADD IY,DE ADD HL,nnZX
ADD A,L ADD A,IYL** ADD IY,IY
ADD A,n ADD IY,SP

Similar to ADC except carry flag is not used in calculation: adds operand s or
contents of the memory location addressed by s to destination d. Result is
then stored to destination d.
In case of ZX Next Extended instructions for adding A to 16-bit register pair,
A is zero extended to 16-bits.

131
CHAPTER 5. INSTRUCTIONS UP CLOSE

Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
8-bit Ù Ù Ù Ù 0 Ù
16-bit - - Ù - 0 Ù
ˆ 16-bit HF is set by carry from bit 11 (half
carry in high byte)
Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz
A,r 1 4 1,1µs 0,57µs 0,29µs 0,14µs
A,n 2 7 2,0µs 1,00µs 0,50µs 0,25µs
A,(HL) 2 7 2,0µs 1,00µs 0,50µs 0,25µs
rr,AZX 2 8 2,3µs 1,14µs 0,57µs 0,29µs
HL,rr 3 11 3,1µs 1,57µs 0,79µs 0,39µs
IX,rr 4 15 4,3µs 2,14µs 1,07µs 0,54µs
IY,rr 4 15 4,3µs 2,14µs 1,07µs 0,54µs
rr,nnZX 4 16 4,6µs 2,29µs 1,14µs 0,57µs
A,(IX+d) 5 19 5,4µs 2,71µs 1,36µs 0,68µs
A,(IY+d) 5 19 5,4µs 2,71µs 1,36µs 0,68µs

AND s bitwise AND


AÐA^s
AND A AND E AND (HL) AND IXH**
AND B AND H AND (IX+d) AND IXL**
AND C AND L AND (IY+d) AND IYH**
AND D AND n AND IYL**

Performs bitwise AND between accumulator A and the given operand. The
result is then stored back to the accumulator. Individual bits are AND’ed
like this:
A s Result
0 0 0
0 1 0
1 0 0
1 1 1

Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
Ù Ù 1 Ù 0 0

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


r 1 4 1,1µs 0,57µs 0,29µs 0,14µs
n 2 7 2,0µs 1,00µs 0,50µs 0,25µs
(HL) 2 7 2,0µs 1,00µs 0,50µs 0,25µs
(IX+d) 5 19 5,4µs 2,71µs 1,36µs 0,68µs
(IY+d) 5 19 5,4µs 2,71µs 1,36µs 0,68µs

132
CHAPTER 5. INSTRUCTIONS UP CLOSE

BIT b,s test BIT


ZFÐ sb
BIT b,A BIT b,E BIT b,(HL)
BIT b,B BIT b,H BIT b,(IX+d)
BIT b,C BIT b,L BIT b,(IY+d)
BIT b,D

Tests specified bit b (0-7) of the given register s or contents of memory


addressed by s and sets zero flag according to result; if bit was 1, ZF is 0 and
vice versa.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
? Ù 1 ? 0 -

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


b,r 2 8 2,3µs 1,14µs 0,57µs 0,29µs
b,(HL) 3 12 3,4µs 1,71µs 0,86µs 0,43µs
b,(IX+d) 5 20 5,7µs 2,86µs 1,43µs 0,71µs
b,(IY+d) 5 20 5,7µs 2,86µs 1,43µs 0,71µs

BRLC DE,BZX Barrel Rotate Left Circular


DEÐDE<<(B^$0F or
DEÐDE>>(16-B^$0F)
Rotates value in register pair DE left for the amount given in bits 3-0 (low
nibble) of register B. To rotate right, use formula: B=16-places. The result
is stored in DE.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
No effect on flags - - - - - -

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


2 8 2,3µs 1,14µs 0,57µs 0,29µs

BSLA DE,BZX Barrel Shift Left Arithmetic


DEÐDE<<(B^$1F)
Performs shift left of the value in register pair DE for the amount given in
lower 5 bits of register B. The result is stored in DE.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
No effect on flags - - - - - -

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


2 8 2,3µs 1,14µs 0,57µs 0,29µs

133
CHAPTER 5. INSTRUCTIONS UP CLOSE

BSRA DE,BZX Barrel Shift Right Arithmetic


DEÐsigned(DE)>>>>(B^$1F)
Performs arithmetical shift right of the value in register pair DE for the amount
given in lower 5 bits of register B. The result is stored in DE.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
No effect on flags - - - - - -

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


2 8 2,3µs 1,14µs 0,57µs 0,29µs

BSRF DE,BZX Barrel Shift Right Fill-one


DEÐ(unsigned(DE)>>(B^$1F))
Performs fill-one-way shift right of the value in register pair DE for the amount
given in lower 5 bits of register B. The result is stored in DE.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
No effect on flags - - - - - -

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


2 8 2,3µs 1,14µs 0,57µs 0,29µs

BSRL DE,BZX Barrel Shift Right Logical


DEÐunsigned(DE)>>(B^$1F)
Performs logical shift right of the value in register pair DE for the amount
given in lower 5 bits of register B. The result is stored in DE.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
No effect on flags - - - - - -

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


2 8 2,3µs 1,14µs 0,57µs 0,29µs

134
CHAPTER 5. INSTRUCTIONS UP CLOSE

CALL nn CALL subroutine


(SP-1)ÐPCh
(SP-2)ÐPCl
SPÐSP-2
PCÐnn
Pushes program counter PC to stack and calls subroutine at the given location
nn by changing PC to point to address nn.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
No effect on flags - - - - - -

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


5 17 4,9µs 2,43µs 1,21µs 0,61µs

CALL c,nn CALL subroutine conditionally


if c=true: CALL nn
CALL C,nn calls if CF is set CALL M,nn calls if SF is set
CALL NC,nn calls if CF is reset CALL P,nn calls if SF is reset
CALL Z,nn calls if ZF is set CALL PE,nn calls if PV is set
CALL NZ,nn calls if ZF is reset CALL PO,nn calls if PV is reset
If the given condition is met, CALL nn is performed, as described above.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
No effect on flags - - - - - -

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


c=false 3 10 2,9µs 1,43µs 0,71µs 0,36µs
c=true 5 17 4,9µs 2,43µs 1,21µs 0,61µs

CCF Complement Carry Flag


CFÐ CF
Complements (inverts) carry flag CF; if CF was 0 it’s now 1 and vice versa.
Previous value of CF is copied to HF.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
- - - - 0 Ù
ˆ Documentation says original value of CF,
is copied to HF, however my tests show
that HF remains unchanged
Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz
1 4 1,1µs 0,57µs 0,29µs 0,14µs

135
CHAPTER 5. INSTRUCTIONS UP CLOSE

CP s ComPare
A-s
CP A CP E CP (HL) CP IXH**
CP B CP H CP (IX+d) CP IXL**
CP C CP L CP (IY+d) CP IYH**
CP D CP n CP IYL**

Operand s or content of the memory location addressed by s is subtracted


from accumulator A. Status flags are updated according to the result, but the
result is then discarded (value of A is not changed). Some general rules:
Signed Unsigned
ˆ A=s: ZF set ˆ A=s: ZF set
ˆ As: ZF reset ˆ As: ZF reset
ˆ A<s: CF set ˆ A<s: SF and PV different
ˆ A¥s: CF reset ˆ A¥s: SF and PV the same

Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
Ù Ù Ù Ù 1 Ù
Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz
r 1 4 1,1µs 0,57µs 0,29µs 0,14µs
n 2 7 2,0µs 1,00µs 0,50µs 0,25µs
(HL) 2 7 2,0µs 1,00µs 0,50µs 0,25µs
(IX+d) 5 19 5,4µs 2,71µs 1,36µs 0,68µs
(IY+d) 5 19 5,4µs 2,71µs 1,36µs 0,68µs

CPL ComPLement accumulator


AÐ A
Complements (inverts) all bits of the accumulator A and stores the result back
to A.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
- - 1 - 1 -

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


1 4 1,1µs 0,57µs 0,29µs 0,14µs

Note: CPL is alphabetically after CPD, CPDR, CPI and CPIR, but is placed here to
avoid empty space and to allow CPxx instructions to be presented together

136
CHAPTER 5. INSTRUCTIONS UP CLOSE

CPD ComPare and Decrement


A-(HL)
HLÐHL-1
BCÐBC-1
Subtracts contents of memory location addressed by HL register pair from
accumulator A. Result is then discarded. Afterwards both HL and BC are
decremented.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
Ù Ù 1 -
ˆ ZF set if A=(HL) before HL is decremented,
reset otherwise
ˆ PV set if BC0 after execution, reset
otherwise
Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz
4 16 4,6µs 2,29µs 1,14µs 0,57µs

CPDR ComPare and Decrement Repeated


do CPD
while A(HL)^BC>0
Repeats CPD until either A=(HL) or BC=0. See CPIR for example.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
Ù Ù 1 -
ˆ ZF set if A=(HL) before HL is decremented,
reset otherwise
ˆ PV set if BC0 after execution, reset
otherwise
Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz
BC=0 or A=(HL) 4 16 4,6µs 2,29µs 1,14µs 0,57µs
BC0 and A(HL) 5 21 6,0µs 3,00µs 1,50µs 0,75µs

137
CHAPTER 5. INSTRUCTIONS UP CLOSE

CPI ComPare and Increment


A-(HL)
HLÐHL+1
BCÐBC-1
Subtracts contents of memory location addressed by HL register pair from
accumulator A. Result is then discarded. Afterwards HL is incremented and
BC decremented.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
Ù Ù 1 -
ˆ ZF set if A=(HL) before HL is incremented,
reset otherwise
ˆ PV set if BC0 after execution, rest
otherwise
Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz
4 16 4,6µs 2,29µs 1,14µs 0,57µs

CPIR ComPare and Decrement Repeated


do CPI
while A(HL)^BC>0
Repeats CPI until either A=(HL) or BC=0.
Example, searching for $AB in memory from $0000-$999:
CPIR = finding first occurrence: CPDR = finding last occurrence:

1 LD HL, $0000 1 LD HL, $0999


2 LD BC, $0999 2 LD BC, $0999
3 LD A, $AB 3 LD A, $AB
4 CPIR 4 CPDR

Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
Ù Ù 1 -
ˆ ZF set if A=(HL) before HL is incremented,
reset otherwise
ˆ PV set if BC0 after execution, rest
otherwise
Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz
BC=0 or A=(HL) 4 16 4,6µs 2,29µs 1,14µs 0,57µs
BC0 and A(HL) 5 21 6,0µs 3,00µs 1,50µs 0,75µs

CPL See page ??

138
CHAPTER 5. INSTRUCTIONS UP CLOSE

DAA Decimal Adjust Accumulator


Updates accumulator A for BCD correction after arithmetic operations using
the following algorithm:

1. If least significant 4 bits of A (low nibble) contain invalid BCD number


(greater than 9), or HF is set, $06 is added to A
2. Then 4 most significant bits (high nibble) of A are checked; if they contain
invalid BCD number, or CF is set, $60 is added to A

Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
Ù Ù Ù Ù - Ù
ˆ CF set if second addition was required
Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz
1 4 1,1µs 0,57µs 0,29µs 0,14µs

DEC s DECrement
sÐs-1
8-bit 8-bit 16-bit
DEC A DEC (HL) DEC BC
DEC B DEC (IX+d) DEC DE
DEC C DEC (IY+d) DEC HL
DEC D DEC IXH** DEC IX
DEC E DEC IXL** DEC IY
DEC H DEC IYH** DEC SP
DEC L DEC IYL**

Decrements the operand s or memory addressed by s by 1.


Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
8-bit Ù Ù Ù Ù 1 -
16-bit (no effect) - - - - - -
ˆ 8-bit: PV set if value was $80 before
decrementing
Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz
r 1 4 1,1µs 0,57µs 0,29µs 0,14µs
rr 1 6 1,7µs 0,86µs 0,43µs 0,21µs
IX 2 10 2,9µs 1,43µs 0,71µs 0,36µs
IY 2 10 2,9µs 1,43µs 0,71µs 0,36µs
(HL) 3 11 3,1µs 1,57µs 0,79µs 0,39µs
(IX+d) 6 23 6,6µs 3,29µs 1,64µs 0,82µs
(IY+d) 6 23 6,6µs 3,29µs 1,64µs 0,82µs

139
CHAPTER 5. INSTRUCTIONS UP CLOSE

DI Disable Interrupts
IFF1Ð0
IFF2Ð0
Disables all maskable interrupts (mode 1 and 2). Interrupts are disabled
after execution of the instruction following DI. See sections ?? and ?? for
more details on interrupts.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
No effect on flags - - - - - -

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


1 4 1,1µs 0,57µs 0,29µs 0,14µs

DJNZ e Decrement B and Jump if Not Zero


BÐB-1
if B0: JR e
Decrements B register and jumps to given relative address if B0. Given
offset is added to the value of PC after parsing DJNZ instruction, so effective
offset it -126 to +129. Assembler automatically subtracts 2 from offset value
e to generate opcode.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
No effect on flags - - - - - -

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


B=0 2 8 2,3µs 1,14µs 0,57µs 0,29µs
B0 3 13 3,7µs 1,86µs 0,93µs 0,46µs

EI Enable Interrupts
IFF1Ð1
IFF2Ð1
Enables maskable interrupts (mode 1 and 2). Interrupts are enabled after
execution of the instruction following EI; typically RETI or RETN. See sections
?? and ?? for more details on interrupts.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
No effect on flags - - - - - -

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


1 4 1,1µs 0,57µs 0,29µs 0,14µs

140
CHAPTER 5. INSTRUCTIONS UP CLOSE

EX d,s EXchange register pair


dØs
EX AF,AF’ EX (SP),HL
EX DE,HL EX (SP),IX
EX (SP),IY

Exchanges contents of two register pairs or register pair and last value pushed
to stack. For example:
BEFORE AFTER
Reg Value
HL $ABCD $3412
SP $0B00 $0B00
Mem Value Ñ EX (SP),HL Ñ
$0B00 $12 $CD
$0B01 $34 $AB

Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
No effect - - - - - -
EX AF,AF’
ˆ EX AF,AF’ sets flags directly from the
value of F’
Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz
rr,rr 1 4 1,1µs 0,57µs 0,29µs 0,14µs
(SP),HL 5 19 5,4µs 2,71µs 1,36µs 0,68µs
(SP),IX 6 23 6,6µs 3,29µs 1,64µs 0,82µs
(SP),IY 6 23 6,6µs 3,29µs 1,64µs 0,82µs

EXX EXchange alternate registers


BCØBC’
DEØDE’
HLØHL’
Exchanges contents of registers BC, DE and HL with shadow registers BC’, DE’
and HL’. The most frequent use is in interrupt handlers as an alternative
to using the stack for saving and restoring register values. If using outside
interrupt handlers, interrupts must be disabled before using this instruction.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
No effect on flags - - - - - -

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


1 4 1,1µs 0,57µs 0,29µs 0,14µs

141
CHAPTER 5. INSTRUCTIONS UP CLOSE

HALT HALT
Suspends CPU and executes NOPs (to continue memory refresh cycles) until
the next interrupt or reset. This effectively creates a delay. You can chain
HALTs. But make sure that there will be an interrupt, otherwise HALT will
run forever.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
No effect on flags - - - - - -

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


1 4 1,1µs 0,57µs 0,29µs 0,14µs

IM n Interrupt Mode
IM 0
IM 1
IM 2

Sets the interrupt mode. All 3 interrupts are maskable, meaning they can be
disabled using DI instruction. See sections ?? and ?? for details and example.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
No effect on flags - - - - - -

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


2 8 2,3µs 1,14µs 0,57µs 0,29µs

142
CHAPTER 5. INSTRUCTIONS UP CLOSE

IN r,(s) INput from port


rÐ(s)
IN A,(n) IN D,(C) IN (C)**
IN A,(C) IN E,(C) IN F,(C)**
IN B,(C) IN H,(C)
IN C,(C) IN L,(C)

Reads peripheral device addressed by BC or combination of A and immediate


value and stores result in given register. The address is provided as follows:
Address Bits
Variant 15-8 7-0
IN A,(n) A n
IN r,(C) B C

So these two have the same result (though, as mentioned in section ??, variant
on the right is slightly faster, 18 vs 22 T states):
1 LD BC, $DFFE 1 LD A, $DF
2 IN A, (C) 2 IN A, ($FE)

Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
IN r,(C) Ù Ù 0 Ù 0 -
IN A,(n) (no effect) - - - - - -

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


r,(n) 3 11 3,1µs 1,57µs 0,79µs 0,39µs
r,(C) 3 12 3,4µs 1,71µs 0,86µs 0,43µs

Note: IN (C) (or its alternative form IN F,(C)) variant performs an input, but
does not store the result, only sets the flags.
Note: some assemblers also allow (BC) to be used instead of (C).

143
CHAPTER 5. INSTRUCTIONS UP CLOSE

INC s INCrement
sÐs+1
8-bit 8-bit 16-bit
INC A INC (HL) INC BC
INC B INC (IX+d) INC DE
INC C INC (IY+d) INC HL
INC D INC IXH** INC IX
INC E INC IXL** INC IY
INC H INC IYH** INC SP
INC L INC IYL**

Increments the operand s or memory addressed by s by 1.


Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
8-bit Ù Ù Ù Ù 0 -
16-bit (no effect) - - - - - -
ˆ 8-bit: PV set if value was $7F before
incrementing
Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz
r 1 6 1,7µs 0,86µs 0,43µs 0,21µs
rr 1 6 1,7µs 0,86µs 0,43µs 0,21µs
IX 2 10 2,9µs 1,43µs 0,71µs 0,36µs
IY 2 10 2,9µs 1,43µs 0,71µs 0,36µs
(HL) 3 11 3,1µs 1,57µs 0,79µs 0,39µs
(IX+d) 6 23 6,6µs 3,29µs 1,64µs 0,82µs
(IY+d) 6 23 6,6µs 3,29µs 1,64µs 0,82µs

144
CHAPTER 5. INSTRUCTIONS UP CLOSE

IND INput and Decrement


(HL)Ð(BC)
HLÐHL-1
BÐB-1
Reads peripheral device addressed by BC and stores the result in memory
addressed by HL register pair. Then decrements HL and B.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
1 -
ˆ SF, HF and PV are destroyed on Next, for
other Z80 computers see ??
ˆ ZF set if B becomes zero after
decrementing, otherwise reset
Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz
4 16 4,6µs 2,29µs 1,14µs 0,57µs

INDR INput and Decrement Repeated


do IND
while B>0
Repeats IND until B=0.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
1 1 -
ˆ SF, HF and PV are destroyed on Next, for
other Z80 computers see ??
Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz
B=0 4 16 4,6µs 2,29µs 1,14µs 0,57µs
B0 5 21 6,0µs 3,00µs 1,50µs 0,75µs

145
CHAPTER 5. INSTRUCTIONS UP CLOSE

INI INput and Increment


(HL)Ð(BC)
HLÐHL+1
BÐB-1
Reads peripheral device addressed by BC and stores the result in memory
addressed by HL register pair. Then increments HL and decrements B.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
1 -
ˆ SF, HF and PV are destroyed on Next, for
other Z80 computers see ??
ˆ ZF set if B becomes zero after
decrementing, otherwise reset
Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz
4 16 4,6µs 2,29µs 1,14µs 0,57µs

INIR INput and Increment Repeated


do INI
while B>0
Repeats INI until B=0.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
1 1 -
ˆ SF, HF and PV are destroyed on Next, for
other Z80 computers see ??
Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz
B=0 4 16 4,6µs 2,29µs 1,14µs 0,57µs
B0 5 21 6,0µs 3,00µs 1,50µs 0,75µs

146
CHAPTER 5. INSTRUCTIONS UP CLOSE

JP nn JumP
PCÐnn
JP nn JP (IX)
JP (HL) JP (IY)

Unconditionally jumps (changes program counter PC to point) to the given


absolute address or the memory location addressed by register pair. Unconditional
jumps are the fastest way of changing program counter, even faster than JR,
but they take more bytes.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
No effect on flags - - - - - -

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


(HL) 1 4 1,1µs 0,57µs 0,29µs 0,14µs
(IX) 2 8 2,3µs 1,14µs 0,57µs 0,29µs
(IY) 2 8 2,3µs 1,14µs 0,57µs 0,29µs
nn 3 10 2,9µs 1,43µs 0,71µs 0,36µs

JP c,nn JumP conditionally


if c=true: JP nn
JP C,nn jumps if CF is set JP M,nn jumps if SF is set
JP NC,nn jumps if CF is reset JP P,nn jumps if SF is reset
JP Z,nn jumps if ZF is set JP PE,nn jumps if PV is set
JP NZ,nn jumps if ZF is reset JP PO,nn jumps if PV is reset
Conditionally jumps to the given absolute address. See CP on page ?? for
more details on comparisons.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
No effect on flags - - - - - -

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


3 10 2,9µs 1,43µs 0,71µs 0,36µs

JP (C)ZX JumP
PCÐPC^$C000+IN(C)<<6
Sets bottom 14 bits of current program counter PC* to value read from I/O
port: PC[13-0] = (IN (C) << 6). Can be used to execute code block read
from a disk stream.
* “CurrentPC” is address of the next instruction after JP (C); PC was already
advanced after fetching JP (C) instruction from memory. If JP (C) instruction is

147
CHAPTER 5. INSTRUCTIONS UP CLOSE

located at the very end of 16K memory block ($..FE or $..FF address), then new
PC value will land into following 16K block.

Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
? ? ? ? ? ?

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


3 13 3,7µs 1,86µs 0,93µs 0,46µs

JR e Jump Relative
PCÐPC+e
Unconditionally performs relative jump. Offset e is added to the value of
program counter PC as signed value to allow jumps forward and backward.
Offset is added to PC after JR instruction is read (aka PC+2), so offset is in
the range of -126 to 129. Assembler automatically subtracts 2 from offset
value e to generate opcode.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
No effect on flags - - - - - -

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


3 12 3,4µs 1,71µs 0,86µs 0,43µs

JR c,n Jump Relative conditionally


if c=true: JR n
JR C,e jumps if CF is set
JR NC,e jumps if CF is reset
JR Z,e jumps if ZF is set
JR NZ,e jumps if ZF is reset
Conditionally performs relative jump. Note: in contrast to JP, JR only
supports above 4 conditions. See CP on page ?? for more details on conditions.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
No effect on flags - - - - - -

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


c=false 2 7 2,0µs 1,00µs 0,50µs 0,25µs
c=true 3 12 3,4µs 1,71µs 0,86µs 0,43µs

148
CHAPTER 5. INSTRUCTIONS UP CLOSE

LD d,s LoaD
dÐs
Loads source s into destination d. The following combinations are allowed
(source s is represented horizontally, destination d vertically):
A B C D E H L I R IXH IXL IYH IYL BC DE HL SP IX IY (BC) (DE) (HL) (IX+d) (IY+d) n nn (nn)
A
B
C
D
E
H
L
I
R
IXH
IXL
IYH
IYL
BC
DE
HL
SP
IX
IY
(BC)
(DE)
(HL)
(IX+d)
(IY+d)
(nn)

149
CHAPTER 5. INSTRUCTIONS UP CLOSE

Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
LD A,I and LD A,R Ù Ù 0 IFF2 0 -
Other variants - - - - - -

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


r,r 1 4 1,1µs 0,57µs 0,29µs 0,14µs
SP,HL 1 6 1,7µs 0,86µs 0,43µs 0,21µs
r,n 2 7 2,0µs 1,00µs 0,50µs 0,25µs
rr,A 2 7 2,0µs 1,00µs 0,50µs 0,25µs
A,(rr) 2 7 2,0µs 1,00µs 0,50µs 0,25µs
r,(HL) 2 7 2,0µs 1,00µs 0,50µs 0,25µs
(HL),r 2 7 2,0µs 1,00µs 0,50µs 0,25µs
A,I 2 9 2,6µs 1,29µs 0,64µs 0,32µs
A,R 2 9 2,6µs 1,29µs 0,64µs 0,32µs
I,A 2 9 2,6µs 1,29µs 0,64µs 0,32µs
R,A 2 9 2,6µs 1,29µs 0,64µs 0,32µs
SP,IX 2 10 2,9µs 1,43µs 0,71µs 0,36µs
SP,IY 2 10 2,9µs 1,43µs 0,71µs 0,36µs
(HL),n 3 10 2,9µs 1,43µs 0,71µs 0,36µs
rr,nn 3 10 2,9µs 1,43µs 0,71µs 0,36µs
A,(nn) 4 13 3,7µs 1,86µs 0,93µs 0,46µs
(nn),A 4 13 3,7µs 1,86µs 0,93µs 0,46µs
IX,nn 4 14 4,0µs 2,00µs 1,00µs 0,50µs
IY,nn 4 14 4,0µs 2,00µs 1,00µs 0,50µs
(HL),nn 5 16 4,6µs 2,29µs 1,14µs 0,57µs
(nn),HL 5 16 4,6µs 2,29µs 1,14µs 0,57µs
r,(IX+d) 5 19 5,4µs 2,71µs 1,36µs 0,68µs
r,(IY+d) 5 19 5,4µs 2,71µs 1,36µs 0,68µs
(IX+d),r 5 19 5,4µs 2,71µs 1,36µs 0,68µs
(IX+d),n 5 19 5,4µs 2,71µs 1,36µs 0,68µs
(IY+d),r 5 19 5,4µs 2,71µs 1,36µs 0,68µs
(IY+d),n 5 19 5,4µs 2,71µs 1,36µs 0,68µs
(IX),nn 6 20 5,7µs 2,86µs 1,43µs 0,71µs
(IY),nn 6 20 5,7µs 2,86µs 1,43µs 0,71µs
rr,(nn) 6 20 5,7µs 2,86µs 1,43µs 0,71µs
(nn),rr 6 20 5,7µs 2,86µs 1,43µs 0,71µs

150
CHAPTER 5. INSTRUCTIONS UP CLOSE

LDD LoaD and Decrement


(DE)Ð(HL)
DEÐDE-1
HLÐHL-1
BCÐBC-1
Loads contents of memory location addressed by HL to memory location
addressed by DE. Then decrements DE, HL and BC register pairs.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
- - 0 0 -
ˆ PV set if BC0 after execution, reset
otherwise
Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz
4 16 4,6µs 2,29µs 1,14µs 0,57µs

LDDR LoaD and Decrement Repeated


do LDD
while BC>0
Repeats LDD until BC=0. LDDR can be used for block transfer. See LDIR for
an example and comparison of both instructions.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
- - 0 0 0 -

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


BC=0 4 16 4,6µs 2,29µs 1,14µs 0,57µs
BC0 5 21 6,0µs 3,00µs 1,50µs 0,75µs

LDDX, LDDRX See page ??

LDI LoaD and Increment


(DE)Ð(HL)
DEÐDE+1
HLÐHL+1
BCÐBC-1
Same as LDD, except it increments DE and HL.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
- - 0 0 -
ˆ PV reset if BC=0 after execution, set
otherwise

151
CHAPTER 5. INSTRUCTIONS UP CLOSE

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


4 16 4,6µs 2,29µs 1,14µs 0,57µs

LDIR LoaD and Increment Repeated


do LDI
while BC>0
Repeats LDI until BC=0. Example of copying 100 bytes from source to
destination with LDIR and LDDR:
LDIR = copy forward LDDR = copy backwards

1 LD HL, source 1 LD HL, source+99


2 LD DE, destination 2 LD DE, destination+99
3 LD BC, 100 3 LD BC, 100
4 LDIR 4 LDDR

Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
- - 0 0 0 -

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


BC=0 4 16 4,6µs 2,29µs 1,14µs 0,57µs
BC0 5 21 6,0µs 3,00µs 1,50µs 0,75µs

LDIX, LDIRX See pages ?? and ??

LDWSZX LoaD Wasp Special


(DE)Ð(HL)
INC L
INC D
Copies the byte pointed to by HL to the address pointed to by DE. Then
increments L and D. Used for vertically copying bytes to Layer 2 display.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
Ù Ù Ù Ù 0 -
ˆ PV set if D was $7F before increment,
otherwise reset
Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz
4 14 4,0µs 2,00µs 1,00µs 0,50µs

Note: the source data are read only from single 256B (aligned) block of memory,
because only L is incremented, not HL pair.
Note: LDWS is alphabetically after LDPIRX, but is placed here to avoid empty space
and to allow Next extended LDxx instructions to be presented together

152
CHAPTER 5. INSTRUCTIONS UP CLOSE

LDDXZX LoaD and Decrement eXtended


if (HL)A: (DE)Ð(HL)
DEÐDE+1
HLÐHL-1
BCÐBC+1
Works similar to LDD except:
ˆ Byte is only copied if it’s different from the accumulator A
ˆ DE is incremented instead of decremented
ˆ Doesn’t change flags

Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
No effect on flags - - - - - -

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


4 16 4,6µs 2,29µs 1,14µs 0,57µs

LDDRXZX LoaD and Decrement Repeated eXtended


do LDDX
while BC>0
Works similar to LDDR except the differences noted at LDDX above.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
No effect on flags - - - - - -

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


BC=0 4 16 4,6µs 2,29µs 1,14µs 0,57µs
BC0 5 21 6,0µs 3,00µs 1,50µs 0,75µs

LDIXZX LoaD and Increment eXtended


if (HL)A: (DE)Ð(HL)
DEÐDE+1
HLÐHL+1
BCÐBC-1
Works similar to LDI except:
ˆ Byte is only copied if it’s different from the accumulator A
ˆ Doesn’t change flags

Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
No effect on flags - - - - - -

153
CHAPTER 5. INSTRUCTIONS UP CLOSE

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


4 16 4,6µs 2,29µs 1,14µs 0,57µs

LDIRXZX LoaD and Increment Repeated eXtended


do LDIX
while BC>0
Works similar to LDIR except the differences noted at LDIX on previous page.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
No effect on flags - - - - - -

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


BC=0 4 16 4,6µs 2,29µs 1,14µs 0,57µs
BC0 5 21 6,0µs 3,00µs 1,50µs 0,75µs

LDPIRXZX LoaD Pattern fill and Increment eXtended


do
tÐ(HL^$FFF8+E^7)
if tA: (DE)Ðt
DEÐDE+1
BCÐBC-1
while BC>0
Similar to LDIRX except the source byte address is not just HL, but is obtained
by using the top 13 bits of HL and lower 3 bits of DE. Furthermore HL is not
incremented during the loop; it serves as the base address of the aligned 8-
byte lookup table. DE works as destination and also wrapping index 0..7 into
the table. This instruction is intended for “pattern fill” functionality.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
No effect on flags - - - - - -

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


BC=0 4 16 4,6µs 2,29µs 1,14µs 0,57µs
BC0 5 21 6,0µs 3,00µs 1,50µs 0,75µs

LDWS See page ??

154
CHAPTER 5. INSTRUCTIONS UP CLOSE

MIRROR AZX MIRROR bits

A 7654 3210

Mirrors (reverses the order) of bits in the accumulator A.


Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
No effect on flags - - - - - -

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


2 8 2,3µs 1,14µs 0,57µs 0,29µs

Note: Older core versions also supported MIRROR DE, but this was removed.

MUL D,EZX MULtiply


DEÐDE
Multiplies D by E, storing 16-bit result into DE.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
No effect on flags - - - - - -

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


2 8 2,3µs 1,14µs 0,57µs 0,29µs

NEG NEGate
AÐ-A
Negates contents of the accumulator A and stores result back to A.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
Ù Ù Ù Ù 1 Ù
Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz
2 8 2,3µs 1,14µs 0,57µs 0,29µs

NEXTREG n,sZX set NEXT REGister value


HwNextReg[n]Ðs
NEXTREG n,A NEXTREG n,n’

Directly sets the Next Feature Control Registers without going through ports
TBBlue Register Select $243B and TBBlue Register Access $253B. See
section ?? for ports list.

155
CHAPTER 5. INSTRUCTIONS UP CLOSE

Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
No effect on flags - - - - - -

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


r,A 4 17 4,9µs 2,43µs 1,21µs 0,61µs
r,n 5 20 5,7µs 2,86µs 1,43µs 0,71µs

NOP No OPeration
Does nothing for 4 cycles.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
No effect on flags - - - - - -

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


1 4 1,1µs 0,57µs 0,29µs 0,14µs

OR s bitwise OR
AÐA_s
OR A OR E OR (HL) OR IXH**
OR B OR H OR (IX+d) OR IXL**
OR C OR L OR (IY+d) OR IYH**
OR D OR n OR IYL**

Performs bitwise or between the accumulator A and operand s or contents of


memory addressed by s. Then stores the result back to A. Individual bits are
OR’ed like this:
A s Result
0 0 0
0 1 1
1 0 1
1 1 1

Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
Ù Ù 0 Ù 0 0

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


r 1 4 1,1µs 0,57µs 0,29µs 0,14µs
n 2 7 2,0µs 1,00µs 0,50µs 0,25µs
(HL) 2 7 2,0µs 1,00µs 0,50µs 0,25µs
(IX+d) 5 19 5,4µs 2,71µs 1,36µs 0,68µs
(IY+d) 5 19 5,4µs 2,71µs 1,36µs 0,68µs

156
CHAPTER 5. INSTRUCTIONS UP CLOSE

OTDR OuTput and DecRement


do OUTD
while B>0
Repeats OUTD (see page ??) until B=0. Similar to OTIR except HL is decremented
instead of incremented.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
1 1 -
ˆ SF, HF and PV are destroyed on Next, for
other Z80 computers see ??
Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz
B=0 4 16 4,6µs 2,29µs 1,14µs 0,57µs
B0 5 21 6,0µs 3,00µs 1,50µs 0,75µs

OTIR OuTput and IncRement


do OUTI
while B>0
Repeats OUTI (see page ??) until B=0. Similar to OTDR except HL is incremented
instead of decremented.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
1 1 -
ˆ SF, HF and PV are destroyed on Next, for
other Z80 computers see ??
Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz
B=0 4 16 4,6µs 2,29µs 1,14µs 0,57µs
B0 5 21 6,0µs 3,00µs 1,50µs 0,75µs

157
CHAPTER 5. INSTRUCTIONS UP CLOSE

OUT (d),s OUTput to port


(d)Ðs
OUT (n),A OUT (C),A OUT (C),0**
OUT (C),B
OUT (C),C
OUT (C),D
OUT (C),E
OUT (C),H
OUT (C),L

Writes the value of operand s to the port at address d. Port addresses are
always 16-bit values defined like this:
Address Bits
Variant 15-8 7-0
OUT (n),A A n
OUT (C),r B C

Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
No effect on flags - - - - - -

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


(n),A 3 11 3,1µs 1,57µs 0,79µs 0,39µs
(C),r 3 12 3,4µs 1,71µs 0,86µs 0,43µs

Note: on the Next FPGA OUT (C),0 variant outputs 0 to the port at address BC,
but some Z80 chips may output different value like $FF, so it is not recommended
to use OUT (C),0 if you want to reuse your code on original ZX Spectrum also.

OUTD OUTput and Decrement


(BC)Ð(HL)
HLÐHL-1
BÐB-1
Outputs the value from contents of memory addressed by HL to port on
address BC. Then decrements both, HL and B.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
1 -
ˆ SF, HF and PV are destroyed on Next, for
other Z80 computers see ??
ˆ ZF set if B=0 after decrement, reset
otherwise
Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz
4 16 4,6µs 2,29µs 1,14µs 0,57µs

158
CHAPTER 5. INSTRUCTIONS UP CLOSE

OUTI OUTput and Increment


BÐB-1
(BC)Ð(HL)
HLÐHL+1
Similar to OUTD (see page ??) except HL is incremented.

Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
1 -
ˆ SF, HF and PV are destroyed on Next, for
other Z80 computers see ??
ˆ ZF set if B=0 after decrement, reset
otherwise
Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz
4 16 4,6µs 2,29µs 1,14µs 0,57µs

OUTINBZX OUTput and Increment with No B


(BC)Ð(HL)
HLÐHL+1
Similar to OUTI except it doesn’t decrement B.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
? ? ? ? ? ?

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


4 16 4,6µs 2,29µs 1,14µs 0,57µs

PIXELADZX PIXEL ADdress


HLÐ$4000+((D^$C0)<<5)+((D^$07)<<8)+((D^$38)<<2)+(E>>3)
Takes E and D as the (x,y) coordinates of a point and calculates the address
of the byte containing this pixel in the pixel area of standard ULA screen 0.
Result is stored in HL.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
No effect on flags - - - - - -

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


2 8 2,3µs 1,14µs 0,57µs 0,29µs

159
CHAPTER 5. INSTRUCTIONS UP CLOSE

PIXELDNZX PIXEL DowN


if (HL^$700)$700
HLÐHL+256
else if (HL^$E0)$E0
HLÐHL^$F8FF+$20
else
HLÐHL^$F81F+$800
Updates the address in HL (likely from prior PIXELAD or PIXELDN) to move
down by one line of pixels of standard ULA screen 0.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
No effect on flags - - - - - -

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


2 8 2,3µs 1,14µs 0,57µs 0,29µs

POP rr POP from stack


rrh Ð(SP+1)
rrl Ð(SP)
SPÐSP+2
POP AF POP IX
POP BC POP IY
POP DE
POP HL

Copies 2 bytes from stack pointer SP into contents of the given register pair
ss and increments SP by 2.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
No effect - - - - - -
POP AF Ù Ù Ù Ù Ù Ù
ˆ POP AF flags set directly to low 8-bits of
the value from SP
Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz
rr 3 10 2,9µs 1,43µs 0,71µs 0,36µs
IX 4 14 4,0µs 2,00µs 1,00µs 0,50µs
IY 4 14 4,0µs 2,00µs 1,00µs 0,50µs

160
CHAPTER 5. INSTRUCTIONS UP CLOSE

PUSH ss PUSH on stack


(SP-2)Ðssl
(SP-1)Ðssh
SPÐSP-2
PUSH AF PUSH IX PUSH nnZX
PUSH BC PUSH IY
PUSH DE
PUSH HL

Copies contents of a register pair to the top of the stack pointer SP, then
decrements SP by 2. Next extended PUSH nn also allows pushing immediate
16-bit value.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
No effect on flags - - - - - -

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


rr 3 11 3,1µs 1,57µs 0,79µs 0,39µs
IX 4 15 4,3µs 2,14µs 1,07µs 0,54µs
IY 4 15 4,3µs 2,14µs 1,07µs 0,54µs
nn 6 23 6,6µs 3,29µs 1,64µs 0,82µs

RES b,s RESet bit


sb Ð0
RES b,A RES b,(IX+d),A** RES b,(IY+d),A**
RES b,B RES b,(IX+d),B** RES b,(IY+d),B**
RES b,C RES b,(IX+d),C** RES b,(IY+d),C**
RES b,D RES b,(IX+d),D** RES b,(IY+d),D**
RES b,E RES b,(IX+d),E** RES b,(IY+d),E**
RES b,H RES b,(IX+d),H** RES b,(IY+d),H**
RES b,L RES b,(IX+d),L** RES b,(IY+d),L**
RES b,(HL)
RES b,(IX+d)
RES b,(IY+d)

Resets bit b (0-7) of the given register s or memory location addressed by


operand s.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
No effect on flags - - - - - -

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


r 2 8 2,3µs 1,14µs 0,57µs 0,29µs
(HL) 4 15 4,3µs 2,14µs 1,07µs 0,54µs
(IX+d) 6 23 6,6µs 3,29µs 1,64µs 0,82µs
(IY+d) 6 23 6,6µs 3,29µs 1,64µs 0,82µs

161
CHAPTER 5. INSTRUCTIONS UP CLOSE

RET RETurn from subroutine


PCl Ð(SP)
PCh Ð(SP+1)
SPÐSP+2
Returns from subroutine. The contents of program counter PC is POP-ed from
stack so next instruction will be loaded from there.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
No effect on flags - - - - - -

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


3 10 2,9µs 1,43µs 0,71µs 0,36µs

RET c RETurn from subroutine conditionally


if c=true: RET
RET C,nn returns if CF is set RET M,nn returns if SF is set
RET NC,nn returns if CF is reset RET P,nn returns if SF is reset
RET Z,nn returns if ZF is set RET PE,nn returns if PV is set
RET NZ,nn returns if ZF is reset RET PO,nn returns if PV is reset
If given condition is met, RET is performed, as described above.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
No effect on flags - - - - - -

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


c=false 1 5 1,4µs 0,71µs 0,36µs 0,18µs
c=true 3 11 3,1µs 1,57µs 0,79µs 0,39µs

RETI RETurn from Interrupt


PCl Ð(SP)
PCh Ð(SP+1)
SPÐSP+2
Returns from maskable interrupt; restores stack pointer SP and signals to I/O
device that interrupt routine is completed.
Note that RETI doesn’t re-enable interrupts that were disabled when interrupt
routine started - EI should be called before RETI to do that.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
No effect on flags - - - - - -

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


4 14 4,0µs 2,00µs 1,00µs 0,50µs

162
CHAPTER 5. INSTRUCTIONS UP CLOSE

RETN RETurn from Non-maskable interrupt


PCl Ð(SP)
PCh Ð(SP+1)
SPÐSP+2
IFF1ÐIFF2
Returns from non-maskable interrupt; restores stack pointer SP and copies
state of IFF2 back to IFF1 so that maskable interrupts are re-enabled.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
No effect on flags - - - - - -

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


4 14 4,0µs 2,00µs 1,00µs 0,50µs

RL s Rotate Left

CF 7 Ð0
s
RL A RL (IX+d),A** RL (IY+d),A**
RL B RL (IX+d),B** RL (IY+d),B**
RL C RL (IX+d),C** RL (IY+d),C**
RL D RL (IX+d),D** RL (IY+d),D**
RL E RL (IX+d),E** RL (IY+d),E**
RL H RL (IX+d),H** RL (IY+d),H**
RL L RL (IX+d),L** RL (IY+d),L**
RL (HL)
RL (IX+d)
RL (IY+d)

Performs 9-bit left rotation of the value of the operand s or memory addressed
by s through the carry flag CF so that contents of CF are moved to bit 0 and
bit 7 to CF. Result is then stored back to s.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
Ù Ù 0 Ù 0 Ù
Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz
r 2 8 2,3µs 1,14µs 0,57µs 0,29µs
(HL) 4 15 4,3µs 2,14µs 1,07µs 0,54µs
(IX+d) 6 23 6,6µs 3,29µs 1,64µs 0,82µs
(IY+d) 6 23 6,6µs 3,29µs 1,64µs 0,82µs

163
CHAPTER 5. INSTRUCTIONS UP CLOSE

RLA Rotate Left Accumulator

CF Ð0
7
A
Performs RL A, but twice faster and preserves SF and ZF.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
- - 0 - 0 Ù
Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz
1 4 1,1µs 0,57µs 0,29µs 0,14µs

RLC s Rotate Left Circular

CF 7Ð0
s
RLC A RLC (IX+d),A** RLC (IY+d),A**
RLC B RLC (IX+d),B** RLC (IY+d),B**
RLC C RLC (IX+d),C** RLC (IY+d),C**
RLC D RLC (IX+d),D** RLC (IY+d),D**
RLC E RLC (IX+d),E** RLC (IY+d),E**
RLC H RLC (IX+d),H** RLC (IY+d),H**
RLC L RLC (IX+d),L** RLC (IY+d),L**
RLC (HL)
RLC (IX+d)
RLC (IY+d)

Performs 8-bit rotation to the left. Bit 7 is moved to carry flag CF as well as
to bit 0. Result is then stored back to s.
Note: undocumented variants work slightly differently:
RLC r,(IX+d): RLC r,(IY+d):
rÐ(IX+d) rÐ(IY+d)
RLC r RLC r
(IX+d)Ðr (IY+d)Ðr

Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
Ù Ù 0 Ù 0 Ù
Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz
r 2 8 2,3µs 1,14µs 0,57µs 0,29µs
(HL) 4 15 4,3µs 2,14µs 1,07µs 0,54µs
(IX+d) 6 23 6,6µs 3,29µs 1,64µs 0,82µs
(IY+d) 6 23 6,6µs 3,29µs 1,64µs 0,82µs

164
CHAPTER 5. INSTRUCTIONS UP CLOSE

RLCA Rotate Left Circular Accumulator

CF Ð0
7
A
Performs RLC A, but twice faster and preserves SF and ZF.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
- - 0 - 0 Ù
Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz
1 4 1,1µs 0,57µs 0,29µs 0,14µs

RLD Rotate Left bcd Digit

A 7-4 3-0 7-4 3-0 (HL)

Performs leftward 12-bit rotation of 4-bit nibbles where 2 least significant


nibbles are stored in memory location addressed by HL and most significant
digit as lower 4 bits of the accumulator A.
If used with BCD numbers: as the shift happens by 1 digit to the left, this
effectively results in multiplication with 10. A acts as a sort of decimal carry
in the operation. Example of multiplying multi-digit BCD number by 10:

1 MultiplyBy10: ; number=0123 Progression


2 LD HL, number+digits-1
line number A B
3 LD B, digits ; number of repeats
4 XOR A ; reset "carry" 2-4 0123 0 2
Ó
t

5 lp: RLD ; multiply by 10 (HL)

6 DEC HL ; prev 2 digits


5-7 0130 2 1
DJNZ lp ; number=1230, A=0 ÷
t

7
(HL)
8

9 number: 5-7 1230 0 0


DB $01, $23 ÷
t

10
(HL)
11 digits = $-number ;(2)

Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
Ù Ù 0 Ù 0 -

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


5 18 5,1µs 2,57µs 1,29µs 0,64µs

Note: instruction doesn’t assume any format of the data; it simply rotates nibbles.
So while it’s most frequently associated with BCD numbers, it can be used for
shifting hexadecimal values (in which case it would represent multiplication by 16)
or any other content.

165
CHAPTER 5. INSTRUCTIONS UP CLOSE

RR s Rotate Right

7 Ñ0 CF
s
RR A RR (IX+d),A** RR (IY+d),A**
RR B RR (IX+d),B** RR (IY+d),B**
RR C RR (IX+d),C** RR (IY+d),C**
RR D RR (IX+d),D** RR (IY+d),D**
RR E RR (IX+d),E** RR (IY+d),E**
RR H RR (IX+d),H** RR (IY+d),H**
RR L RR (IX+d),L** RR (IY+d),L**
RR (HL)
RR (IX+d)
RR (IY+d)

Performs 9-bit right rotation of the contens of the operand s or memory


addressed by s through carry flag CF so that contents of CF are moved to bit
7 and bit 0 to CF. Result is then stored back to s.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
Ù Ù 0 Ù 0 Ù
Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz
r 2 8 2,3µs 1,14µs 0,57µs 0,29µs
(HL) 4 15 4,3µs 2,14µs 1,07µs 0,54µs
(IX+d) 6 23 6,6µs 3,29µs 1,64µs 0,82µs
(IY+d) 6 23 6,6µs 3,29µs 1,64µs 0,82µs

RRA Rotate Right Accumulator

7 Ñ0 CF
A
Performs RR A, but twice faster and preserves SF and ZF.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
- - 0 - 0 Ù
Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz
1 4 1,1µs 0,57µs 0,29µs 0,14µs

166
CHAPTER 5. INSTRUCTIONS UP CLOSE

RRC s Rotate Right Circular

7 Ñ0 CF
s
RRC A RRC (IX+d),A** RRC (IY+d),A**
RRC B RRC (IX+d),B** RRC (IY+d),B**
RRC C RRC (IX+d),C** RRC (IY+d),C**
RRC D RRC (IX+d),D** RRC (IY+d),D**
RRC E RRC (IX+d),E** RRC (IY+d),E**
RRC H RRC (IX+d),H** RRC (IY+d),H**
RRC L RRC (IX+d),L** RRC (IY+d),L**
RRC (HL)
RRC (IX+d)
RRC (IY+d)

Performs 8-bit rotation of the source s to the right. Bit 0 is moved to CF as


well as to bit 7. Result is then stored back to s.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
Ù Ù 0 Ù 0 Ù
Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz
r 2 8 2,3µs 1,14µs 0,57µs 0,29µs
(HL) 4 15 4,3µs 2,14µs 1,07µs 0,54µs
(IX+d) 6 23 6,6µs 3,29µs 1,64µs 0,82µs
(IY+d) 6 23 6,6µs 3,29µs 1,64µs 0,82µs

RRCA Rotate Right Circular Accumulator

7 Ñ0 CF
A
Performs RRC A, but twice faster and preserves SF and ZF.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
- - 0 - 0 Ù
Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz
1 4 1,1µs 0,57µs 0,29µs 0,14µs

RRD Rotate Right bcd Digit

A 7-4 3-0 7-4 3-0 (HL)

Similar to RLD (page ??) except rotation is to the right. If used with BCD
values, this operation effectively divides 3-digit BCD number by 10 and stores

167
CHAPTER 5. INSTRUCTIONS UP CLOSE

remainder in A. Taking the example from RLD, we can easily convert it to


division by 10 simply by using RRD. Note however we also need to change
the order - we start from MSB now (which is exactly how division would be
performed by hand):

1 DivideBy10: Progression
2 LD HL, number ; number=0123 line number A B
3 LD B, digits ; number of repeats
2-4 0123 0 2
4 XOR A ; reset "carry" Ó

t
(HL)
5 lp: RRD ; divide by 10
6 INC HL ; next 2 digits
5-7 0023 1 1
DJNZ lp ; number=0012, A=3 ÷

t
7
(HL)
8

9 number: 5-7 0012 3 0


DB $01, $23 ÷

t
10
(HL)
11 digits = $-number ;(2)

Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
Ù Ù 0 Ù 0 -

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


5 18 5,1µs 2,57µs 1,29µs 0,64µs

RST n ReSTart
(SP-1)ÐPCh
(SP-2)ÐPCl
SPÐSP-2
PCÐn
RST $00 RST $20
RST $08 RST $28
RST $10 RST $30
RST $18 RST $38
Restarts at the zero page address s. Only above addresses are possible, all
in page 0 of the memory, therefore the most significant byte of the program
counter PC is loaded with $00. The instruction may be used as a fast response
to an interrupt.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
No effect on flags - - - - - -

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


3 11 3,1µs 1,57µs 0,79µs 0,39µs

168
CHAPTER 5. INSTRUCTIONS UP CLOSE

SBC d,s SuBtract with Carry


dÐd-s-CF
8 bit 8 bit 16 bit
SBC A,A SBC A,IXH** SBC HL,BC
SBC A,B SBC A,IXL** SBC HL,DE
SBC A,C SBC A,IYH** SBC HL,HL
SBC A,D SBC A,IYL** SBC HL,SP
SBC A,E SBC A,(HL)
SBC A,H SBC A,(IX+d)
SBC A,L SBC A,(IY+d)
SBC A,n

Subtracts source operand s or contents of the memory location addressed by


s and carry flag CF from destination d. Result is then stored to destination
d.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
8-bit Ù Ù Ù Ù 1 Ù
16-bit Ù Ù Ù Ù 1 Ù
ˆ 16-bit: HF set by carry from bit 11 (half
carry in high byte)
Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz
r 1 4 1,1µs 0,57µs 0,29µs 0,14µs
n 2 7 2,0µs 1,00µs 0,50µs 0,25µs
(HL) 2 7 2,0µs 1,00µs 0,50µs 0,25µs
HL,rr 4 15 4,3µs 2,14µs 1,07µs 0,54µs
(IX+d) 5 19 5,4µs 2,71µs 1,36µs 0,68µs
(IY+d) 5 19 5,4µs 2,71µs 1,36µs 0,68µs

SCF Set Carry Flag


CFÐ1
Sets carry flag CF.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
- - 0 - 0 1

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


1 4 1,1µs 0,57µs 0,29µs 0,14µs

169
CHAPTER 5. INSTRUCTIONS UP CLOSE

SET b,s SET bit


sb Ð1
SET b,A SET b,(IX+d),A** SET b,(IY+d),A**
SET b,B SET b,(IX+d),B** SET b,(IY+d),B**
SET b,C SET b,(IX+d),C** SET b,(IY+d),C**
SET b,D SET b,(IX+d),D** SET b,(IY+d),D**
SET b,E SET b,(IX+d),E** SET b,(IY+d),E**
SET b,H SET b,(IX+d),H** SET b,(IY+d),H**
SET b,L SET b,(IX+d),L** SET b,(IY+d),L**
SET b,(HL)
SET b,(IX+d)
SET b,(IY+d)

Sets bit b (0-7) of operand s or memory location addressed by s.


Note: undocumented variants work slightly differently:
SET b,(IX+d),r: SET b,(IY+d),r:
rÐ(IX+d) rÐ(IY+d)
rb Ð1 rb Ð1
(IX+d)Ðr (IY+d)Ðr

Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
No effect on flags - - - - - -

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


r 2 8 2,3µs 1,14µs 0,57µs 0,29µs
(HL) 4 15 4,3µs 2,14µs 1,07µs 0,54µs
(IX+d) 6 23 6,6µs 3,29µs 1,64µs 0,82µs
(IY+d) 6 23 6,6µs 3,29µs 1,64µs 0,82µs

SETAEZX SET Accumulator from E


AÐunsigned($80)>>(E^7)
Takes the bit number to set from E (only the low 3 bits) and sets the value of
the accumulator A to the value of that bit, but counted from top to bottom
(E=0 will produce AÐ$80, E=7 will produce AÐ$01 and so on). This works
as pixel mask for ULA bitmap modes, when E represents x-coordinate 0-255.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
No effect on flags - - - - - -

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


2 8 2,3µs 1,14µs 0,57µs 0,29µs

170
CHAPTER 5. INSTRUCTIONS UP CLOSE

SLA s Shift Left Arithmetic


CF 7 Ð0 0
s
SLA A SLA (IX+d),A** SLA (IY+d),A**
SLA B SLA (IX+d),B** SLA (IY+d),B**
SLA C SLA (IX+d),C** SLA (IY+d),C**
SLA D SLA (IX+d),D** SLA (IY+d),D**
SLA E SLA (IX+d),E** SLA (IY+d),E**
SLA H SLA (IX+d),H** SLA (IY+d),H**
SLA L SLA (IX+d),L** SLA (IY+d),L**
SLA (HL)
SLA (IX+d)
SLA (IY+d)

Performs arithmetic shift left of the operand s or memory location addressed


by s. Bit 0 is forced to 0 and bit 7 is moved to CF.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
Ù Ù 0 Ù 0 Ù
Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz
r 2 8 2,3µs 1,14µs 0,57µs 0,29µs
(HL) 4 15 4,3µs 2,14µs 1,07µs 0,54µs
(IX+d) 6 23 6,6µs 3,29µs 1,64µs 0,82µs
(IY+d) 6 23 6,6µs 3,29µs 1,64µs 0,82µs

SLL Shift Left Logical


This mnemonic has no associated opcode on Next. There is no difference
between logical and arithmetic shift left, use SLA for both. Some assemblers
will allow SLL as equivalent, but unfortunately, some will assemble it as SLI,
so it’s best avoiding.

171
CHAPTER 5. INSTRUCTIONS UP CLOSE

SLI s** Shift Left and Increment


SL1 s** Shift Left and add 1
CF 7Ð0 1
s
SLI A SLI (IX+d),A** SLI (IY+d),A**
SLI B SLI (IX+d),B** SLI (IY+d),B**
SLI C SLI (IX+d),C** SLI (IY+d),C**
SLI D SLI (IX+d),D** SLI (IY+d),D**
SLI E SLI (IX+d),E** SLI (IY+d),E**
SLI H SLI (IX+d),H** SLI (IY+d),H**
SLI L SLI (IX+d),L** SLI (IY+d),L**
SLA (HL)
SLA (IX+d)
SLA (IY+d)

Undocumented instruction. Similar to SLA except 1 is moved to bit 0.


Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
Ù Ù 0 Ù 0 Ù
Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz
r 2 8 2,3µs 1,14µs 0,57µs 0,29µs
(HL) 4 15 4,3µs 2,14µs 1,07µs 0,54µs
(IX+d) 6 23 6,6µs 3,29µs 1,64µs 0,82µs
(IY+d) 6 23 6,6µs 3,29µs 1,64µs 0,82µs

Note: most assemblers will accept both variants: SLI or SL1, but some may only
accept one or the other, while some may expect SLL instead.

172
CHAPTER 5. INSTRUCTIONS UP CLOSE

SRA s Shift Right Arithmetic


7 Ñ0 CF
s

SRA A SRA (HL) SRA (IX+d),A** SRA (IY+d),A**


SRA B SRA (IX+d) SRA (IX+d),B** SRA (IY+d),B**
SRA C SRA (IY+d) SRA (IX+d),C** SRA (IY+d),C**
SRA D SRA (IX+d),D** SRA (IY+d),D**
SRA E SRA (IX+d),E** SRA (IY+d),E**
SRA H SRA (IX+d),H** SRA (IY+d),H**
SRA L SRA (IX+d),L** SRA (IY+d),L**

Performs arithmetic shift right of the operand s or memory location addressed


by s. Bit 0 is moved to CF while bit 7 remains unchanged (on the assumption
that it’s the sign bit).
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
Ù Ù 0 Ù 0 Ù
Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz
r 2 8 2,3µs 1,14µs 0,57µs 0,29µs
(HL) 4 15 4,3µs 2,14µs 1,07µs 0,54µs
(IX+d) 6 23 6,6µs 3,29µs 1,64µs 0,82µs
(IY+d) 6 23 6,6µs 3,29µs 1,64µs 0,82µs

SRL s Shift Right Logical


0 7 Ñ0 CF
s

SRL A SRL (HL) SRL (IX+d),A** SRL (IY+d),A**


SRL B SRL (IX+d) SRL (IX+d),B** SRL (IY+d),B**
SRL C SRL (IY+d) SRL (IX+d),C** SRL (IY+d),C**
SRL D SRL (IX+d),D** SRL (IY+d),D**
SRL E SRL (IX+d),E** SRL (IY+d),E**
SRL H SRL (IX+d),H** SRL (IY+d),H**
SRL L SRL (IX+d),L** SRL (IY+d),L**

Performs logical shift right of the operand s or memory location addressed


by s. Bit 0 is moved to CF while 0 is moved to bit 7.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
Ù Ù 0 Ù 0 Ù
Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz
r 2 8 2,3µs 1,14µs 0,57µs 0,29µs
(HL) 4 15 4,3µs 2,14µs 1,07µs 0,54µs
(IX+d) 6 23 6,6µs 3,29µs 1,64µs 0,82µs
(IY+d) 6 23 6,6µs 3,29µs 1,64µs 0,82µs

173
CHAPTER 5. INSTRUCTIONS UP CLOSE

SUB s SUBtract
AÐA-s
SUB A SUB n SUB IXH**
SUB B SUB (HL) SUB IXL**
SUB C SUB (IX+d) SUB IYH**
SUB D SUB (IY+d) SUB IYL**
SUB E
SUB H
SUB L

Subtracts 8-bit immediate value, operand s or memory location addressed by


c from accumulator A. Then stores result back to A.
Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
Ù Ù Ù Ù 1 Ù
Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz
r 1 4 1,1µs 0,57µs 0,29µs 0,14µs
n 2 7 2,0µs 1,00µs 0,50µs 0,25µs
(HL) 2 7 2,0µs 1,00µs 0,50µs 0,25µs
(IX+d) 5 19 5,4µs 2,71µs 1,36µs 0,68µs
(IY+d) 5 19 5,4µs 2,71µs 1,36µs 0,68µs

SWAPNIBZX SWAP NIBbles

A 7654 3210

Swaps the high and low nibbles of accumulator A.


Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
No effect on flags - - - - - -

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


2 8 2,3µs 1,14µs 0,57µs 0,29µs

TEST nZX TEST


A^n
Similar to CP (page ??), but performs an AND instead of a subtraction.

Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
Ù Ù Ù Ù ? Ù
Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz
3 11 3,1µs 1,57µs 0,79µs 0,39µs

174
CHAPTER 5. INSTRUCTIONS UP CLOSE

XOR s bitwise eXclusive OR


AÐAYs
XOR A XOR (HL) XOR IXH**
XOR B XOR (IX+d) XOR IXL**
XOR C XOR (IY+d) XOR IYH**
XOR D XOR IYL**
XOR E
XOR H
XOR L
XOR n

Performs exclusive or between accumulator A and operand s or memory


location addressed by s. Result is then stored back to A. Individual bits
are XOR’ed like this:
A s Result
0 0 0
0 1 1
1 0 1
1 1 0

Effects SF ZF HF PV NF CF
Ù Ù 0 Ù 0 0

Timing Mc Ts 3.5MHz 7MHz 14MHz 28MHz


r 1 4 1,1µs 0,57µs 0,29µs 0,14µs
n 2 7 2,0µs 1,00µs 0,50µs 0,25µs
(HL) 2 7 2,0µs 1,00µs 0,50µs 0,25µs
(IX+d) 5 19 5,4µs 2,71µs 1,36µs 0,68µs
(IY+d) 5 19 5,4µs 2,71µs 1,36µs 0,68µs

175
CHAPTER 5. INSTRUCTIONS UP CLOSE

This page intentionally left empty

176
Appendix A

Instructions Sorted by Mnemonic

**
Instructions marked with are undocumented.
ZX
Instructions marked with are ZX Spectrum Next extended.

ADC A,A 8F ADD DE,AZX ED32 BIT 0,H CB44


ADC A,B 88 ADD DE,nmZX ED35 m n BIT 0,L CB45
ADC A,C 89 ADD HL,AZX ED31 BIT 0,(HL) CB46
ADC A,D 8A ADD HL,BC 09 BIT 0,(IX+d) DDCB d 46
ADC A,E 8B ADD HL,DE 19 BIT 0,(IX+d)** DDCB d 40
ADC A,H 8C ADD HL,HL 29 BIT 0,(IX+d)** DDCB d 41
ADC A,L 8D ADD HL,SP 39 BIT 0,(IX+d)** DDCB d 42
ADC A,n CE n ADD HL,nmZX ED34 m n BIT 0,(IX+d)** DDCB d 43
ADC A,(HL) 8E ADD IX,BC DD09 BIT 0,(IX+d)** DDCB d 44
ADC A,(IX+d) DD8E d ADD IX,DE DD19 BIT 0,(IX+d)** DDCB d 45
ADC A,(IY+d) FD8E d ADD IX,IX DD29 BIT 0,(IX+d)** DDCB d 47
ADC A,IXH** DD8C ADD IX,SP DD39 BIT 0,(IY+d) FDCB d 46
ADC A,IXL** DD8D ADD IY,BC FD09 BIT 0,(IY+d)** FDCB d 40
ADC A,IYH** FD8C ADD IY,DE FD19 BIT 0,(IY+d)** FDCB d 41
ADC A,IYL** FD8D ADD IY,IY FD29 BIT 0,(IY+d)** FDCB d 42
ADC HL,BC ED4A ADD IY,SP FD39
BIT 0,(IY+d)** FDCB d 43
ADC HL,DE ED5A AND A A7
BIT 0,(IY+d)** FDCB d 44
ADC HL,HL ED6A AND B A0
BIT 0,(IY+d)** FDCB d 45
ADC HL,SP ED7A AND C A1
BIT 0,(IY+d)** FDCB d 47
ADD A,A 87 AND D A2
BIT 1,A CB4F
ADD A,B 80 AND E A3
BIT 1,B CB48
ADD A,C 81 AND H A4
BIT 1,C CB49
ADD A,D 82 AND L A5
BIT 1,D CB4A
ADD A,E 83 AND n E6 n
BIT 1,E CB4B
ADD A,H 84 AND (HL) A6
BIT 1,H CB4C
ADD A,L 85 AND (IX+d) DDA6 d
BIT 1,L CB4D
ADD A,n C6 n AND (IY+d) FDA6 d
BIT 1,(HL) CB4E
ADD A,(HL) 86 AND IXH** DDA4
BIT 1,(IX+d) DDCB d 4E
ADD A,(IX+d) DD86 d AND IXL** DDA5
BIT 1,(IX+d)** DDCB d 48
ADD A,(IY+d) FD86 d AND IYH** FDA4
BIT 1,(IX+d)** DDCB d 49
ADD A,IXH** DD84 AND IYL** FDA5
BIT 1,(IX+d)** DDCB d 4A
ADD A,IXL** DD85 BIT 0,A CB47
BIT 1,(IX+d)** DDCB d 4B
ADD A,IYH** FD84 BIT 0,B CB40
BIT 1,(IX+d)** DDCB d 4C
ADD A,IYL** FD85 BIT 0,C CB41
BIT 1,(IX+d)** DDCB d 4D
ADD BC,AZX ED33 BIT 0,D CB42
BIT 1,(IX+d)** DDCB d 4F
ADD BC,nmZX ED36 m n BIT 0,E CB43

177
APPENDIX A. INSTRUCTIONS SORTED BY MNEMONIC

BIT 1,(IY+d) FDCB d 4E BIT 3,(IY+d)** FDCB d 5F BIT 6,(HL) CB76


BIT 1,(IY+d)** FDCB d 48 BIT 4,A CB67 BIT 6,(IX+d) DDCB d 76
BIT 1,(IY+d)** FDCB d 49 BIT 4,B CB60 BIT 6,(IX+d)** DDCB d 70
BIT 1,(IY+d)** FDCB d 4A BIT 4,C CB61 BIT 6,(IX+d)** DDCB d 71
BIT 1,(IY+d)** FDCB d 4B BIT 4,D CB62 BIT 6,(IX+d)** DDCB d 72
BIT 1,(IY+d)** FDCB d 4C BIT 4,E CB63 BIT 6,(IX+d)** DDCB d 73
BIT 1,(IY+d)** FDCB d 4D BIT 4,H CB64 BIT 6,(IX+d)** DDCB d 74
BIT 1,(IY+d)** FDCB d 4F BIT 4,L CB65 BIT 6,(IX+d)** DDCB d 75
BIT 2,A CB57 BIT 4,(HL) CB66 BIT 6,(IX+d)** DDCB d 77
BIT 2,B CB50 BIT 4,(IX+d) DDCB d 66 BIT 6,(IY+d) FDCB d 76
BIT 2,C CB51 BIT 4,(IX+d)** DDCB d 60 BIT 6,(IY+d)** FDCB d 70
BIT 2,D CB52 BIT 4,(IX+d)** DDCB d 61 BIT 6,(IY+d)** FDCB d 71
BIT 2,E CB53 BIT 4,(IX+d)** DDCB d 62 BIT 6,(IY+d)** FDCB d 72
BIT 2,H CB54 BIT 4,(IX+d)** DDCB d 63 BIT 6,(IY+d)** FDCB d 73
BIT 2,L CB55 BIT 4,(IX+d)** DDCB d 64 BIT 6,(IY+d)** FDCB d 74
BIT 2,(HL) CB56 BIT 4,(IX+d)** DDCB d 65 BIT 6,(IY+d)** FDCB d 75
BIT 2,(IX+d) DDCB d 56 BIT 4,(IX+d)** DDCB d 67 BIT 6,(IY+d)** FDCB d 77
BIT 2,(IX+d)** DDCB d 50 BIT 4,(IY+d) FDCB d 66 BIT 7,A CB7F
BIT 2,(IX+d)** DDCB d 51 BIT 4,(IY+d)** FDCB d 60 BIT 7,B CB78
BIT 2,(IX+d)** DDCB d 52 BIT 4,(IY+d)** FDCB d 61 BIT 7,C CB79
BIT 2,(IX+d)** DDCB d 53 BIT 4,(IY+d)** FDCB d 62 BIT 7,D CB7A
BIT 2,(IX+d)** DDCB d 54 BIT 4,(IY+d)** FDCB d 63 BIT 7,E CB7B
BIT 2,(IX+d)** DDCB d 55 BIT 4,(IY+d)** FDCB d 64 BIT 7,H CB7C
BIT 2,(IX+d)** DDCB d 57 BIT 4,(IY+d)** FDCB d 65 BIT 7,L CB7D
BIT 2,(IY+d) FDCB d 56 BIT 4,(IY+d)** FDCB d 67 BIT 7,(HL) CB7E
BIT 2,(IY+d)** FDCB d 50 BIT 5,A CB6F BIT 7,(IX+d) DDCB d 7E
BIT 2,(IY+d)** FDCB d 51 BIT 5,B CB68 BIT 7,(IX+d)** DDCB d 78
BIT 2,(IY+d)** FDCB d 52 BIT 5,C CB69 BIT 7,(IX+d)** DDCB d 79
BIT 2,(IY+d)** FDCB d 53 BIT 5,D CB6A BIT 7,(IX+d)** DDCB d 7A
BIT 2,(IY+d)** FDCB d 54 BIT 5,E CB6B BIT 7,(IX+d)** DDCB d 7B
BIT 2,(IY+d)** FDCB d 55 BIT 5,H CB6C BIT 7,(IX+d)** DDCB d 7C
BIT 2,(IY+d)** FDCB d 57 BIT 5,L CB6D BIT 7,(IX+d)** DDCB d 7D
BIT 3,A CB5F BIT 5,(HL) CB6E BIT 7,(IX+d)** DDCB d 7F
BIT 3,B CB58 BIT 5,(IX+d) DDCB d 6E BIT 7,(IY+d) FDCB d 7E
BIT 3,C CB59 BIT 5,(IX+d)** DDCB d 68 BIT 7,(IY+d)** FDCB d 78
BIT 3,D CB5A BIT 5,(IX+d)** DDCB d 69 BIT 7,(IY+d)** FDCB d 79
BIT 3,E CB5B BIT 5,(IX+d)** DDCB d 6A BIT 7,(IY+d)** FDCB d 7A
BIT 3,H CB5C BIT 5,(IX+d)** DDCB d 6B BIT 7,(IY+d)** FDCB d 7B
BIT 3,L CB5D BIT 5,(IX+d)** DDCB d 6C BIT 7,(IY+d)** FDCB d 7C
BIT 3,(HL) CB5E BIT 5,(IX+d)** DDCB d 6D BIT 7,(IY+d)** FDCB d 7D
BIT 3,(IX+d) DDCB d 5E BIT 5,(IX+d)** DDCB d 6F BIT 7,(IY+d)** FDCB d 7F
BIT 3,(IX+d)** DDCB d 58 BIT 5,(IY+d) FDCB d 6E BRLC DE,BZX ED2C
BIT 3,(IX+d)** DDCB d 59 BIT 5,(IY+d)** FDCB d 68 BSLA DE,BZX ED28
BIT 3,(IX+d)** DDCB d 5A BIT 5,(IY+d)** FDCB d 69 BSRA DE,BZX ED29
BIT 3,(IX+d)** DDCB d 5B BIT 5,(IY+d)** FDCB d 6A BSRF DE,BZX ED2B
BIT 3,(IX+d)** DDCB d 5C BIT 5,(IY+d)** FDCB d 6B BSRL DE,BZX ED2A
BIT 3,(IX+d)** DDCB d 5D BIT 5,(IY+d)** FDCB d 6C CALL nm CD m n
BIT 3,(IX+d)** DDCB d 5F BIT 5,(IY+d)** FDCB d 6D CALL C,nm DC m n
BIT 3,(IY+d) FDCB d 5E BIT 5,(IY+d)** FDCB d 6F CALL M,nm FC m n
BIT 3,(IY+d)** FDCB d 58 BIT 6,A CB77 CALL NC,nm D4 m n
BIT 3,(IY+d)** FDCB d 59 BIT 6,B CB70 CALL NZ,nm C4 m n
BIT 3,(IY+d)** FDCB d 5A BIT 6,C CB71 CALL P,nm F4 m n
BIT 3,(IY+d)** FDCB d 5B BIT 6,D CB72 CALL PE,nm EC m n
BIT 3,(IY+d)** FDCB d 5C BIT 6,E CB73 CALL PO,nm E4 m n
BIT 3,(IY+d)** FDCB d 5D BIT 6,H CB74 CALL Z,nm CC m n
BIT 6,L CB75 CCF 3F

178
APPENDIX A. INSTRUCTIONS SORTED BY MNEMONIC

CP A BF IM 1 ED56 LD (HL),A 77
CP B B8 IM 2** ED7E LD (HL),B 70
CP C B9 IM 2 ED5E LD (HL),C 71
CP D BA IN A,(C) ED78 LD (HL),D 72
CP E BB IN A,(n) DB n LD (HL),E 73
CP H BC IN B,(C) ED40 LD (HL),H 74
CP L BD IN C,(C) ED48 LD (HL),L 75
CP n FE n IN D,(C) ED50 LD (HL),n 36 n
CP (HL) BE IN E,(C) ED58 LD (IX+d),A DD77 d
CP (IX+d) DDBE d IN F,(C)** ED70 LD (IX+d),B DD70 d
CP (IY+d) FDBE d IN H,(C) ED60 LD (IX+d),C DD71 d
CP IXH** DDBC IN L,(C) ED68 LD (IX+d),D DD72 d
CP IXL** DDBD IN (C)** ED70 LD (IX+d),E DD73 d
CP IYH** FDBC INC (HL) 34 LD (IX+d),H DD74 d
CP IYL** FDBD INC (IX+d) DD34 d LD (IX+d),L DD75 d
CPDR EDB9 INC (IY+d) FD34 d LD (IX+d),n DD36 d n
CPD EDA9 INC A 3C LD (IY+d),A FD77 d
CPIR EDB1 INC B 04 LD (IY+d),B FD70 d
CPI EDA1 INC C 0C LD (IY+d),C FD71 d
CPL 2F INC D 14 LD (IY+d),D FD72 d
DAA 27 INC E 1C LD (IY+d),E FD73 d
DEC (HL) 35 INC H 24 LD (IY+d),H FD74 d
DEC (IX+d) DD35 d INC L 2C LD (IY+d),L FD75 d
DEC (IY+d) FD35 d INC BC 03 LD (IY+d),n FD36 d n
DEC A 3D INC DE 13 LD (nm),A 32 m n
DEC B 05 INC HL 23 LD (nm),BC ED43 m n
DEC C 0D INC IX DD23 LD (nm),DE ED53 m n
DEC D 15 INC IXH** DD24 LD (nm),HL 22 m n
DEC E 1D INC IXL** DD2C LD (nm),HL ED63 m n
DEC H 25 INC IY FD23 LD (nm),IX DD22 m n
DEC L 2D INC IYH** FD24 LD (nm),IY FD22 m n
DEC BC 0B INC IYL** FD2C LD (nm),SP ED73 m n
DEC DE 1B INC SP 33 LD A,A 7F
DEC HL 2B INDR EDBA LD A,B 78
DEC IX DD2B IND EDAA LD A,C 79
DEC IXH** DD25 INIR EDB2 LD A,D 7A
DEC IXL** DD2D INI EDA2 LD A,E 7B
DEC IY FD2B JP (C)ZX ED98 LD A,H 7C
DEC IYH** FD25 JP (HL) E9 LD A,I ED57
DEC IYL** FD2D JP (IX) DDE9 LD A,L 7D
DEC SP 3B JP (IY) FDE9 LD A,R ED5F
DI F3 JP nm C3 m n LD A,n 3E n
DJNZ (PC+e) 10 e JP C,nm DA m n LD A,(BC) 0A
EI FB JP M,nm FA m n LD A,(DE) 1A
EX (SP),HL E3 JP NC,nm D2 m n LD A,(HL) 7E
EX (SP),IX DDE3 JP NZ,nm C2 m n LD A,(IX+d) DD7E d
EX (SP),IY FDE3 JP P,nm F2 m n LD A,(IY+d) FD7E d
EX AF,AF’ 08 JP PE,nm EA m n LD A,(nm) 3A m n
EX DE,HL EB JP PO,nm E2 m n LD A,IXH** DD7C
EXX D9 JP Z,nm CA m n LD A,IXL** DD7D
HALT 76 JR e 18 e LD A,IYH** FD7C
IM 0** ED4E JR C,e 38 e LD A,IYL** FD7D
IM 0** ED66 JR NC,e 30 e LD B,A 47
IM 0** ED6E JR NZ,e 20 e LD B,B 40
IM 0 ED46 JR Z,e 28 e LD B,C 41
IM 1** ED76 LD (BC),A 02 LD B,D 42
LD (DE),A 12 LD B,E 43

179
APPENDIX A. INSTRUCTIONS SORTED BY MNEMONIC

LD B,H 44 LD E,IXL** DD5D LD L,D 6A


LD B,L 45 LD E,IYH** FD5C LD L,E 6B
LD B,n 06 n LD E,IYL** FD5D LD L,H 6C
LD B,(HL) 46 LD H,A 67 LD L,L 6D
LD B,(IX+d) DD46 d LD H,B 60 LD L,n 2E n
LD B,(IY+d) FD46 d LD H,C 61 LD IYL,n** FD2E n
LD B,IXH** DD44 LD H,D 62 LD L,(HL) 6E
LD B,IXL** DD45 LD H,E 63 LD L,(IX+d) DD6E d
LD B,IYH** FD44 LD H,H 64 LD L,(IY+d) FD6E d
LD B,IYL** FD45 LD H,L 65 LD R,A ED4F
LD BC,(nm) ED4B m n LD H,n 26 n LD SP,(nm) ED7B m n
LD BC,nm 01 m n LD H,(HL) 66 LD SP,HL F9
LD C,A 4F LD H,(IX+d) DD66 d LD SP,IX DDF9
LD C,B 48 LD H,(IY+d) FD66 d LD SP,IY FDF9
LD C,C 49 LD HL,(nm) 2A m n LD SP,nm 31 m n
LD C,D 4A LD HL,(nm) ED6B m n LDD EDA8
LD C,E 4B LD HL,nm 21 m n LDDR EDB8
LD C,H 4C LD I,A ED47 LDDXZX EDAC
LD C,L 4D LD IX,(nm) DD2A m n LDDRXZX EDBC
LD C,n 0E n LD IX,nm DD21 m n LDI EDA0
LD C,(HL) 4E LD IXH,A** DD67 LDIR EDB0
LD C,(IX+d) DD4E d LD IXH,B** DD60 LDIXZX EDA4
LD C,(IY+d) FD4E d LD IXH,C** DD61 LDIRXZX EDB4
LD C,IXH** DD4C LD IXH,D** DD62 LDPIRXZX EDB7
LD C,IXL** DD4D LD IXH,E** DD63 LDWSZX EDA5
LD C,IYH** FD4C LD IXH,IXH** DD64 MIRROR AZX ED24
LD C,IYL** FD4D LD IXH,IXL** DD65 MUL D,EZX ED30
LD D,A 57 LD IXH,n** DD26 n NEG** ED4C
LD D,B 50 LD IXL,A** DD6F NEG** ED54
LD D,C 51 LD IXL,B** DD68 NEG** ED5C
LD D,D 52 LD IXL,C** DD69 NEG** ED64
LD D,E 53 LD IXL,D** DD6A NEG** ED6C
LD D,H 54 LD IXL,E** DD6B NEG** ED74
LD D,L 55 LD IXL,IXH** DD6C NEG** ED7C
LD D,n 16 n LD IXL,IXL** DD6D NEG ED44
LD D,(HL) 56 LD IXL,n** DD2E n NEXTREG r,nZX ED91 r n
LD D,(IX+d) DD56 d LD IY,(nm) FD2A m n NEXTREG r,AZX ED92 r
LD D,(IY+d) FD56 d LD IY,nm FD21 m n NOP 00
LD D,IXH** DD54 LD IYH,A** FD67
OR A B7
LD D,IXL** DD55 LD IYH,B** FD60
OR B B0
LD D,IYH** FD54 LD IYH,C** FD61
OR C B1
LD D,IYL** FD55 LD IYH,D** FD62
OR D B2
LD DE,(nm) ED5B m n OR E B3
LD IYH,E** FD63 OR H B4
LD DE,nm 11 m n
LD IYH,IYH** FD64 OR L B5
LD E,A 5F
LD IYH,IYL** FD65 OR n F6 n
LD E,B 58
LD IYH,n** FD26 n OR (HL) B6
LD E,C 59
LD E,D 5A LD IYL,A** FD6F OR (IX+d) DDB6 d
LD E,E 5B LD IYL,B** FD68 OR (IY+d) FDB6 d
LD E,H 5C LD IYL,C** FD69 OR IXH** DDB4
LD E,L 5D LD IYL,D** FD6A OR IXL** DDB5
LD E,n 1E n LD IYL,E** FD6B OR IYH** FDB4
LD E,(HL) 5E LD IYL,IYH** FD6C OR IYL** FDB5
LD E,(IX+d) DD5E d LD IYL,IYL** FD6D OTDR EDBB
LD E,(IY+d) FD5E d LD L,A 6F OTIR EDB3
LD E,IXH** DD5C LD L,B 68 OUT (C),0** ED71
LD L,C 69

180
APPENDIX A. INSTRUCTIONS SORTED BY MNEMONIC

OUT (C),A ED79 RES 1,L CB8D RES 3,(IX+d),H** DDCB d 9C


OUT (C),B ED41 RES 1,(HL) CB8E RES 3,(IX+d),L** DDCB d 9D
OUT (C),C ED49 RES 1,(IX+d) DDCB d 8E RES 3,(IY+d) FDCB d 9E
OUT (C),D ED51 RES 1,(IX+d),A** DDCB d 8F RES 3,(IY+d),A** FDCB d 9F
OUT (C),E ED59 RES 1,(IX+d),B** DDCB d 88 RES 3,(IY+d),B** FDCB d 98
OUT (C),H ED61 RES 1,(IX+d),C** DDCB d 89 RES 3,(IY+d),C** FDCB d 99
OUT (C),L ED69 RES 1,(IX+d),D** DDCB d 8A RES 3,(IY+d),D** FDCB d 9A
OUT (n),A D3 n RES 1,(IX+d),E** DDCB d 8B RES 3,(IY+d),E** FDCB d 9B
OUTD EDAB RES 1,(IX+d),H** DDCB d 8C RES 3,(IY+d),H** FDCB d 9C
OUTI EDA3 RES 1,(IX+d),L** DDCB d 8D RES 3,(IY+d),L** FDCB d 9D
OUTINBZX ED90 RES 1,(IY+d) FDCB d 8E RES 4,A CBA7
PIXELADZX ED94 RES 1,(IY+d),A** FDCB d 8F RES 4,B CBA0
PIXELDNZX ED93 RES 1,(IY+d),B** FDCB d 88 RES 4,C CBA1
POP AF F1 RES 1,(IY+d),C** FDCB d 89 RES 4,D CBA2
POP BC C1
RES 1,(IY+d),D** FDCB d 8A RES 4,E CBA3
POP DE D1
RES 1,(IY+d),E** FDCB d 8B RES 4,H CBA4
POP HL E1 RES 4,L CBA5
RES 1,(IY+d),H** FDCB d 8C
POP IX DDE1 RES 4,(HL) CBA6
RES 1,(IY+d),L** FDCB d 8D
POP IY FDE1 RES 4,(IX+d) DDCB d A6
RES 2,A CB97
PUSH AF F5 RES 4,(IX+d),A** DDCB d A7
RES 2,B CB90
PUSH BC C5 RES 4,(IX+d),B** DDCB d A0
RES 2,C CB91
PUSH DE D5
RES 2,D CB92 RES 4,(IX+d),C** DDCB d A1
PUSH HL E5
RES 2,E CB93 RES 4,(IX+d),D** DDCB d A2
PUSH IX DDE5
RES 2,H CB94 RES 4,(IX+d),E** DDCB d A3
PUSH IY FDE5
RES 2,L CB95 RES 4,(IX+d),H** DDCB d A4
PUSH nmZX ED8A n m
RES 0,A CB87
RES 2,(HL) CB96 RES 4,(IX+d),L** DDCB d A5
RES 2,(IX+d) DDCB d 96 RES 4,(IY+d) FDCB d A6
RES 0,B CB80
RES 0,C CB81 RES 2,(IX+d),A** DDCB d 97 RES 4,(IY+d),A** FDCB d A7
RES 0,D CB82 RES 2,(IX+d),B** DDCB d 90 RES 4,(IY+d),B** FDCB d A0
RES 0,E CB83 RES 2,(IX+d),C** DDCB d 91 RES 4,(IY+d),C** FDCB d A1
RES 0,H CB84 RES 2,(IX+d),D** DDCB d 92 RES 4,(IY+d),D** FDCB d A2
RES 0,L CB85 RES 2,(IX+d),E** DDCB d 93 RES 4,(IY+d),E** FDCB d A3
RES 0,(HL) CB86 RES 2,(IX+d),H** DDCB d 94 RES 4,(IY+d),H** FDCB d A4
RES 0,(IX+d) DDCB d 86 RES 2,(IX+d),L** DDCB d 95 RES 4,(IY+d),L** FDCB d A5
RES 0,(IX+d),A** DDCB d 87 RES 2,(IY+d) FDCB d 96 RES 5,A CBAF
RES 0,(IX+d),B** DDCB d 80 RES 2,(IY+d),A** FDCB d 97 RES 5,B CBA8
RES 0,(IX+d),C** DDCB d 81 RES 2,(IY+d),B** FDCB d 90 RES 5,C CBA9
RES 0,(IX+d),D** DDCB d 82 RES 2,(IY+d),C** FDCB d 91 RES 5,D CBAA
RES 0,(IX+d),E** DDCB d 83 RES 2,(IY+d),D** FDCB d 92 RES 5,E CBAB
RES 0,(IX+d),H** DDCB d 84 RES 2,(IY+d),E** FDCB d 93 RES 5,H CBAC
RES 0,(IX+d),L** DDCB d 85 RES 2,(IY+d),H** FDCB d 94 RES 5,L CBAD
RES 0,(IY+d) FDCB d 86 RES 2,(IY+d),L** FDCB d 95 RES 5,(HL) CBAE
RES 3,A CB9F RES 5,(IX+d) DDCB d AE
RES 0,(IY+d),A** FDCB d 87
RES 3,B CB98 RES 5,(IX+d),A** DDCB d AF
RES 0,(IY+d),B** FDCB d 80
RES 3,C CB99 RES 5,(IX+d),B** DDCB d A8
RES 0,(IY+d),C** FDCB d 81
RES 3,D CB9A RES 5,(IX+d),C** DDCB d A9
RES 0,(IY+d),D** FDCB d 82
RES 3,E CB9B RES 5,(IX+d),D** DDCB d AA
RES 0,(IY+d),E** FDCB d 83
RES 3,H CB9C RES 5,(IX+d),E** DDCB d AB
RES 0,(IY+d),H** FDCB d 84
RES 3,L CB9D RES 5,(IX+d),H** DDCB d AC
RES 0,(IY+d),L** FDCB d 85
RES 1,A CB8F
RES 3,(HL) CB9E RES 5,(IX+d),L** DDCB d AD
RES 3,(IX+d) DDCB d 9E RES 5,(IY+d) FDCB d AE
RES 1,B CB88
RES 1,C CB89 RES 3,(IX+d),A** DDCB d 9F RES 5,(IY+d),A** FDCB d AF
RES 1,D CB8A RES 3,(IX+d),B** DDCB d 98 RES 5,(IY+d),B** FDCB d A8
RES 1,E CB8B RES 3,(IX+d),C** DDCB d 99 RES 5,(IY+d),C** FDCB d A9
RES 1,H CB8C RES 3,(IX+d),D** DDCB d 9A RES 5,(IY+d),D** FDCB d AA
RES 3,(IX+d),E** DDCB d 9B RES 5,(IY+d),E** FDCB d AB

181
APPENDIX A. INSTRUCTIONS SORTED BY MNEMONIC

RES 5,(IY+d),H** FDCB d AC RET P F0 RLC (IY+d),D** FDCB d 02


RES 5,(IY+d),L** FDCB d AD RET Z C8 RLC (IY+d),E** FDCB d 03
RES 6,A CBB7 RETI ED4D RLC (IY+d),H** FDCB d 04
RES 6,B CBB0 RETN** ED55 RLC (IY+d),L** FDCB d 05
RES 6,C CBB1 RETN** ED5D RLCA 07
RES 6,D CBB2 RETN** ED65 RLD ED6F
RES 6,E CBB3 RETN** ED6D RR A CB1F
RES 6,H CBB4 RETN** ED75 RR B CB18
RES 6,L CBB5 RETN** ED7D RR C CB19
RES 6,(HL) CBB6 RETN ED45 RR D CB1A
RES 6,(IX+d) DDCB d B6 RET C9 RR E CB1B
RES 6,(IX+d),A** DDCB d B7 RL A CB17 RR H CB1C
RES 6,(IX+d),B** DDCB d B0 RL B CB10 RR L CB1D
RES 6,(IX+d),C** DDCB d B1 RL C CB11 RR (HL) CB1E
RES 6,(IX+d),D** DDCB d B2 RL D CB12 RR (IX+d) DDCB d 1E
RES 6,(IX+d),E** DDCB d B3 RL E CB13 RR (IX+d),A** DDCB d 1F
RES 6,(IX+d),H** DDCB d B4 RL H CB14 RR (IX+d),B** DDCB d 18
RES 6,(IX+d),L** DDCB d B5 RL L CB15 RR (IX+d),C** DDCB d 19
RES 6,(IY+d) FDCB d B6 RL (HL) CB16 RR (IX+d),D** DDCB d 1A
RES 6,(IY+d),A** FDCB d B7 RL (IX+d) DDCB d 16 RR (IX+d),E** DDCB d 1B
RES 6,(IY+d),B** FDCB d B0 RL (IX+d),A** DDCB d 17 RR (IX+d),H** DDCB d 1C
RES 6,(IY+d),C** FDCB d B1 RL (IX+d),B** DDCB d 10 RR (IX+d),L** DDCB d 1D
RES 6,(IY+d),D** FDCB d B2 RL (IX+d),C** DDCB d 11 RR (IY+d) FDCB d 1E
RES 6,(IY+d),E** FDCB d B3 RL (IX+d),D** DDCB d 12 RR (IY+d),A** FDCB d 1F
RES 6,(IY+d),H** FDCB d B4 RL (IX+d),E** DDCB d 13 RR (IY+d),B** FDCB d 18
RES 6,(IY+d),L** FDCB d B5 RL (IX+d),H** DDCB d 14 RR (IY+d),C** FDCB d 19
RES 7,A CBBF RL (IX+d),L** DDCB d 15 RR (IY+d),D** FDCB d 1A
RES 7,B CBB8 RL (IY+d) FDCB d 16 RR (IY+d),E** FDCB d 1B
RES 7,C CBB9 RL (IY+d),A** FDCB d 17 RR (IY+d),H** FDCB d 1C
RES 7,D CBBA RL (IY+d),B** FDCB d 10 RR (IY+d),L** FDCB d 1D
RES 7,E CBBB RL (IY+d),C** FDCB d 11 RRA 1F
RES 7,H CBBC RL (IY+d),D** FDCB d 12 RRC A CB0F
RES 7,L CBBD RL (IY+d),E** FDCB d 13 RRC B CB08
RES 7,(HL) CBBE RL (IY+d),H** FDCB d 14 RRC C CB09
RES 7,(IX+d) DDCB d BE RL (IY+d),L** FDCB d 15 RRC D CB0A
RES 7,(IX+d),A** DDCB d BF RLA 17 RRC E CB0B
RES 7,(IX+d),B** DDCB d B8 RLC A CB07 RRC H CB0C
RES 7,(IX+d),C** DDCB d B9 RLC B CB00 RRC L CB0D
RES 7,(IX+d),D** DDCB d BA RLC C CB01 RRC (HL) CB0E
RES 7,(IX+d),E** DDCB d BB RLC D CB02 RRC (IX+d) DDCB d 0E
RES 7,(IX+d),H** DDCB d BC RLC E CB03 RRC (IX+d),A** DDCB d 0F
RES 7,(IX+d),L** DDCB d BD RLC H CB04 RRC (IX+d),B** DDCB d 08
RES 7,(IY+d) FDCB d BE RLC L CB05 RRC (IX+d),C** DDCB d 09
RES 7,(IY+d),A** FDCB d BF RLC (HL) CB06 RRC (IX+d),D** DDCB d 0A
RES 7,(IY+d),B** FDCB d B8 RLC (IX+d) DDCB d 06 RRC (IX+d),E** DDCB d 0B
RES 7,(IY+d),C** FDCB d B9 RLC (IX+d),A** DDCB d 07 RRC (IX+d),H** DDCB d 0C
RES 7,(IY+d),D** FDCB d BA RLC (IX+d),B** DDCB d 00 RRC (IX+d),L** DDCB d 0D
RES 7,(IY+d),E** FDCB d BB RLC (IX+d),C** DDCB d 01 RRC (IY+d) FDCB d 0E
RES 7,(IY+d),H** FDCB d BC RLC (IX+d),D** DDCB d 02 RRC (IY+d),A** FDCB d 0F
RES 7,(IY+d),L** FDCB d BD RLC (IX+d),E** DDCB d 03 RRC (IY+d),B** FDCB d 08
RET C D8 RLC (IX+d),H** DDCB d 04 RRC (IY+d),C** FDCB d 09
RET M F8 RLC (IX+d),L** DDCB d 05 RRC (IY+d),D** FDCB d 0A
RET NC D0 RLC (IY+d) FDCB d 06 RRC (IY+d),E** FDCB d 0B
RET NZ C0 RLC (IY+d),A** FDCB d 07 RRC (IY+d),H** FDCB d 0C
RET PE E8 RLC (IY+d),B** FDCB d 00 RRC (IY+d),L** FDCB d 0D
RET PO E0 RLC (IY+d),C** FDCB d 01 RRCA 0F

182
APPENDIX A. INSTRUCTIONS SORTED BY MNEMONIC

RRD ED67 SET 1,D CBCA SET 3,(IX+d),C** DDCB d D9


RST 0H C7 SET 1,E CBCB SET 3,(IX+d),D** DDCB d DA
RST 10H D7 SET 1,H CBCC SET 3,(IX+d),E** DDCB d DB
RST 18H DF SET 1,L CBCD SET 3,(IX+d),H** DDCB d DC
RST 20H E7 SET 1,(HL) CBCE SET 3,(IX+d),L** DDCB d DD
RST 28H EF SET 1,(IX+d) DDCB d CE SET 3,(IY+d) FDCB d DE
RST 30H F7 SET 1,(IX+d),A** DDCB d CF SET 3,(IY+d),A** FDCB d DF
RST 38H FF SET 1,(IX+d),B** DDCB d C8 SET 3,(IY+d),B** FDCB d D8
RST 8H CF SET 1,(IX+d),C** DDCB d C9 SET 3,(IY+d),C** FDCB d D9
SBC A,A 9F SET 1,(IX+d),D** DDCB d CA SET 3,(IY+d),D** FDCB d DA
SBC A,B 98 SET 1,(IX+d),E** DDCB d CB SET 3,(IY+d),E** FDCB d DB
SBC A,C 99 SET 1,(IX+d),H** DDCB d CC SET 3,(IY+d),H** FDCB d DC
SBC A,D 9A 1,(IX+d),L**
SET DDCB d CD SET 3,(IY+d),L** FDCB d DD
SBC A,E 9B SET 1,(IY+d) FDCB d CE SET 4,A CBE7
SBC A,H 9C SET 1,(IY+d),A** FDCB d CF SET 4,B CBE0
SBC A,L 9D SET 1,(IY+d),B** FDCB d C8 SET 4,C CBE1
SBC A,n DE n SET 1,(IY+d),C** FDCB d C9 SET 4,D CBE2
SBC A,(HL) 9E
SET 1,(IY+d),D** FDCB d CA SET 4,E CBE3
SBC A,(IX+d) DD9E d
SET 1,(IY+d),E** FDCB d CB SET 4,H CBE4
SBC A,(IY+d) FD9E d
SET 1,(IY+d),H** FDCB d CC SET 4,L CBE5
SBC A,IXH** DD9C
SET 1,(IY+d),L** FDCB d CD SET 4,(HL) CBE6
SBC A,IXL** DD9D SET 4,(IY+d) FDCB d E6
SET 2,A CBD7
SBC A,IYH** FD9C SET 4,(IX+d),A** DDCB d E7
SET 2,B CBD0
SBC A,IYL** FD9D SET 2,C CBD1 SET 4,(IX+d),B** DDCB d E0
SBC HL,BC ED42 SET 2,D CBD2 SET 4,(IX+d),C** DDCB d E1
SBC HL,DE ED52 SET 2,E CBD3 SET 4,(IX+d),D** DDCB d E2
SBC HL,HL ED62 SET 2,H CBD4 SET 4,(IX+d),E** DDCB d E3
SBC HL,SP ED72 SET 2,L CBD5 SET 4,(IX+d),H** DDCB d E4
SCF 37 SET 2,(HL) CBD6 SET 4,(IX+d),L** DDCB d E5
SET 0,A CBC7 SET 2,(IX+d) DDCB d D6 SET 4,(IY+d) FDCB d E6
SET 0,B CBC0
SET 2,(IX+d),A** DDCB d D7 SET 4,(IY+d),A** FDCB d E7
SET 0,C CBC1
SET 2,(IX+d),B** DDCB d D0 SET 4,(IY+d),B** FDCB d E0
SET 0,D CBC2
SET 2,(IX+d),C** DDCB d D1 SET 4,(IY+d),C** FDCB d E1
SET 0,E CBC3
SET 2,(IX+d),D** DDCB d D2 SET 4,(IY+d),D** FDCB d E2
SET 0,H CBC4
SET 0,L CBC5 SET 2,(IX+d),E** DDCB d D3 SET 4,(IY+d),E** FDCB d E3
SET 0,(HL) CBC6 SET 2,(IX+d),H** DDCB d D4 SET 4,(IY+d),H** FDCB d E4
SET 0,(IX+d) DDCB d C6 SET 2,(IX+d),L** DDCB d D5 SET 4,(IY+d),L** FDCB d E5
SET 0,(IX+d),A** DDCB d C7 SET 2,(IY+d) FDCB d D6 SET 5,A CBEF
SET 0,(IX+d),B** DDCB d C0 SET 2,(IY+d),A** FDCB d D7 SET 5,B CBE8
SET 0,(IX+d),C** DDCB d C1 SET 2,(IY+d),B** FDCB d D0 SET 5,C CBE9
SET 0,(IX+d),D** DDCB d C2 SET 2,(IY+d),C** FDCB d D1 SET 5,D CBEA
SET 0,(IX+d),E** DDCB d C3 SET 2,(IY+d),D** FDCB d D2 SET 5,E CBEB
SET 0,(IX+d),H** DDCB d C4 SET 2,(IY+d),E** FDCB d D3 SET 5,H CBEC
SET 0,(IX+d),L** DDCB d C5 SET 2,(IY+d),H** FDCB d D4 SET 5,L CBED
SET 0,(IY+d) FDCB d C6 SET 2,(IY+d),L** FDCB d D5 SET 5,(HL) CBEE
SET 3,A CBDF SET 5,(IX+d) DDCB d EE
SET 0,(IY+d),A** FDCB d C7
SET 3,B CBD8 SET 5,(IX+d),A** DDCB d EF
SET 0,(IY+d),B** FDCB d C0
SET 3,C CBD9 SET 5,(IX+d),B** DDCB d E8
SET 0,(IY+d),C** FDCB d C1
SET 3,D CBDA SET 5,(IX+d),C** DDCB d E9
SET 0,(IY+d),D** FDCB d C2
SET 3,E CBDB SET 5,(IX+d),D** DDCB d EA
SET 0,(IY+d),E** FDCB d C3
SET 3,H CBDC SET 5,(IX+d),E** DDCB d EB
SET 0,(IY+d),H** FDCB d C4
SET 3,L CBDD SET 5,(IX+d),H** DDCB d EC
SET 0,(IY+d),L** FDCB d C5 SET 3,(HL) CBDE SET 5,(IX+d),L** DDCB d ED
SET 1,A CBCF SET 3,(IY+d) FDCB d DE SET 5,(IY+d) FDCB d EE
SET 1,B CBC8
SET 3,(IX+d),A** DDCB d DF SET 5,(IY+d),A** FDCB d EF
SET 1,C CBC9
SET 3,(IX+d),B** DDCB d D8 SET 5,(IY+d),B** FDCB d E8

183
APPENDIX A. INSTRUCTIONS SORTED BY MNEMONIC

SET 5,(IY+d),C** FDCB d E9 SLA C CB21 SRA (IX+d),A** DDCB d 2F


SET 5,(IY+d),D** FDCB d EA SLA D CB22 SRA (IX+d),B** DDCB d 28
SET 5,(IY+d),E** FDCB d EB SLA E CB23 SRA (IX+d),C** DDCB d 29
SET 5,(IY+d),H** FDCB d EC SLA H CB24 SRA (IX+d),D** DDCB d 2A
SET 5,(IY+d),L** FDCB d ED SLA L CB25 SRA (IX+d),E** DDCB d 2B
SET 6,A CBF7 SLA (HL) CB26 SRA (IX+d),H** DDCB d 2C
SET 6,B CBF0 SLA (IX+d) DDCB d 26 SRA (IX+d),L** DDCB d 2D
SET 6,C CBF1 SLA (IX+d),A** DDCB d 27 SRA (IY+d) FDCB d 2E
SET 6,D CBF2 SLA (IX+d),B** DDCB d 20 SRA (IY+d),A** FDCB d 2F
SET 6,E CBF3 SLA (IX+d),C** DDCB d 21 SRA (IY+d),B** FDCB d 28
SET 6,H CBF4 SLA (IX+d),D** DDCB d 22 SRA (IY+d),C** FDCB d 29
SET 6,L CBF5 SLA (IX+d),E** DDCB d 23 SRA (IY+d),D** FDCB d 2A
SET 6,(HL) CBF6 SLA (IX+d),H** DDCB d 24 SRA (IY+d),E** FDCB d 2B
SET 6,(IX+d) DDCB d F6 SLA (IX+d),L** DDCB d 25 SRA (IY+d),H** FDCB d 2C
SET 6,(IX+d),A** DDCB d F7 SLA (IY+d) FDCB d 26 SRA (IY+d),L** FDCB d 2D
SET 6,(IX+d),B** DDCB d F0 SLA (IY+d),A** FDCB d 27 SRL A CB3F
SET 6,(IX+d),C** DDCB d F1 SLA (IY+d),B** FDCB d 20 SRL B CB38
SET 6,(IX+d),D** DDCB d F2 SLA (IY+d),C** FDCB d 21 SRL C CB39
SET 6,(IX+d),E** DDCB d F3 SLA (IY+d),D** FDCB d 22 SRL D CB3A
SET 6,(IX+d),H** DDCB d F4 SLA (IY+d),E** FDCB d 23 SRL E CB3B
SET 6,(IX+d),L** DDCB d F5 SLA (IY+d),H** FDCB d 24 SRL H CB3C
SET 6,(IY+d) FDCB d F6 SLA (IY+d),L** FDCB d 25 SRL L CB3D
SET 6,(IY+d),A** FDCB d F7 SLI (HL)** CB36 SRL (HL) CB3E
SET 6,(IY+d),B** FDCB d F0 SLI A** CB37 SRL (IX+d) DDCB d 3E
SET 6,(IY+d),C** FDCB d F1 SLI B** CB30 SRL (IX+d),A** DDCB d 3F
SET 6,(IY+d),D** FDCB d F2 SLI C** CB31 SRL (IX+d),B** DDCB d 38
SET 6,(IY+d),E** FDCB d F3 SLI D** CB32 SRL (IX+d),C** DDCB d 39
SET 6,(IY+d),H** FDCB d F4 SLI E** CB33 SRL (IX+d),D** DDCB d 3A
SET 6,(IY+d),L** FDCB d F5 SLI H** CB34 SRL (IX+d),E** DDCB d 3B
SET 7,A CBFF SLI L** CB35 SRL (IX+d),H** DDCB d 3C
SET 7,B CBF8 SLI (IX+d)** DDCB d 36 SRL (IX+d),L** DDCB d 3D
SET 7,C CBF9 SLI (IX+d),A** DDCB d 37 SRL (IY+d) FDCB d 3E
SET 7,D CBFA SLI (IX+d),B** DDCB d 30 SRL (IY+d),A** FDCB d 3F
SET 7,E CBFB SLI (IX+d),C** DDCB d 31 SRL (IY+d),B** FDCB d 38
SET 7,H CBFC SLI (IX+d),D** DDCB d 32 SRL (IY+d),C** FDCB d 39
SET 7,L CBFD SLI (IX+d),E** DDCB d 33 SRL (IY+d),D** FDCB d 3A
SET 7,(HL) CBFE SRL (IY+d),E**
SLI (IX+d),H** DDCB d 34 FDCB d 3B
SET 7,(IX+d) DDCB d FE SRL (IY+d),H**
SLI (IX+d),L** DDCB d 35 FDCB d 3C
SET 7,(IX+d),A** DDCB d FF SRL (IY+d),L**
SLI (IY+d)** FDCB d 36 FDCB d 3D
SET 7,(IX+d),B** DDCB d F8 SUB A 97
SLI (IY+d),A** FDCB d 37
SET 7,(IX+d),C** DDCB d F9 SUB B 90
SLI (IY+d),B** FDCB d 30
SET 7,(IX+d),D** DDCB d FA SUB C 91
SLI (IY+d),C** FDCB d 31
SET 7,(IX+d),E** DDCB d FB SUB D 92
SLI (IY+d),D** FDCB d 32
SET 7,(IX+d),H** DDCB d FC SUB E 93
SLI (IY+d),E** FDCB d 33
SET 7,(IX+d),L** DDCB d FD SUB H 94
SLI (IY+d),H** FDCB d 34
SET 7,(IY+d) FDCB d FE SUB L 95
SLI (IY+d),L** FDCB d 35
SET 7,(IY+d),A** FDCB d FF SUB n D6 n
SRA A CB2F
SET 7,(IY+d),B** FDCB d F8 SUB (HL) 96
SRA B CB28
SET 7,(IY+d),C** FDCB d F9 SRA C CB29
SUB (IX+d) DD96 d
SET 7,(IY+d),D** FDCB d FA SRA D CB2A
SUB (IY+d) FD96 d
SET 7,(IY+d),E** FDCB d FB SRA E CB2B SUB IXH** DD94
SET 7,(IY+d),H** FDCB d FC SRA H CB2C SUB IXL** DD95
SET 7,(IY+d),L** FDCB d FD SRA L CB2D SUB IYH** FD94
SETAEZX ED95 SRA (HL) CB2E SUB IYL** FD95
SLA A CB27 SRA (IX+d) DDCB d 2E SWAPNIBZX ED23
SLA B CB20 TEST nZX ED27 n

184
APPENDIX A. INSTRUCTIONS SORTED BY MNEMONIC

XOR A AF XOR H AC XOR (IY+d) FDAE d


XOR B A8 XOR L AD XOR IXH** DDAC
XOR C A9 XOR n EE n XOR IXL** DDAD
XOR D AA XOR (HL) AE XOR IYH** FDAC
XOR E AB XOR (IX+d) DDAE d XOR IYL** FDAD

185
APPENDIX A. INSTRUCTIONS SORTED BY MNEMONIC

This page intentionally left empty

186
Appendix B

Instructions Sorted by Opcode

**
Instructions marked with are undocumented.
ZX
Instructions marked with are ZX Spectrum Next extended.

00 NOP 24 INC H 48 LD C,B


01 m n LD BC,nm 25 DEC H 49 LD C,C
02 LD (BC),A 26 n LD H,n 4A LD C,D
03 INC BC 27 DAA 4B LD C,E
04 INC B 28 e JR Z,e 4C LD C,H
05 DEC B 29 ADD HL,HL 4D LD C,L
06 n LD B,n 2A m n LD HL,(nm) 4E LD C,(HL)
07 RLCA 2B DEC HL 4F LD C,A
08 EX AF,AF’ 2C INC L 50 LD D,B
09 ADD HL,BC 2D DEC L 51 LD D,C
0A LD A,(BC) 2E n LD L,n 52 LD D,D
0B DEC BC 2F CPL 53 LD D,E
0C INC C 30 e JR NC,e 54 LD D,H
0D DEC C 31 m n LD SP,nm 55 LD D,L
0E n LD C,n 32 m n LD (nm),A 56 LD D,(HL)
0F RRCA 33 INC SP 57 LD D,A
10 e DJNZ (PC+e) 34 INC (HL) 58 LD E,B
11 m n LD DE,nm 35 DEC (HL) 59 LD E,C
12 LD (DE),A 36 n LD (HL),n 5A LD E,D
13 INC DE 37 SCF 5B LD E,E
14 INC D 38 e JR C,e 5C LD E,H
15 DEC D 39 ADD HL,SP 5D LD E,L
16 n LD D,n 3A m n LD A,(nm) 5E LD E,(HL)
17 RLA 3B DEC SP 5F LD E,A
18 e JR e 3C INC A 60 LD H,B
19 ADD HL,DE 3D DEC A 61 LD H,C
1A LD A,(DE) 3E n LD A,n 62 LD H,D
1B DEC DE 3F CCF 63 LD H,E
1C INC E 40 LD B,B 64 LD H,H
1D DEC E 41 LD B,C 65 LD H,L
1E n LD E,n 42 LD B,D 66 LD H,(HL)
1F RRA 43 LD B,E 67 LD H,A
20 e JR NZ,e 44 LD B,H 68 LD L,B
21 m n LD HL,nm 45 LD B,L 69 LD L,C
22 m n LD (nm),HL 46 LD B,(HL) 6A LD L,D
23 INC HL 47 LD B,A 6B LD L,E

187
APPENDIX B. INSTRUCTIONS SORTED BY OPCODE

6C LD L,H A5 AND L CB13 RL E


6D LD L,L A6 AND (HL) CB14 RL H
6E LD L,(HL) A7 AND A CB15 RL L
6F LD L,A A8 XOR B CB16 RL (HL)
70 LD (HL),B A9 XOR C CB17 RL A
71 LD (HL),C AA XOR D CB18 RR B
72 LD (HL),D AB XOR E CB19 RR C
73 LD (HL),E AC XOR H CB1A RR D
74 LD (HL),H AD XOR L CB1B RR E
75 LD (HL),L AE XOR (HL) CB1C RR H
76 HALT AF XOR A CB1D RR L
77 LD (HL),A B0 OR B CB1E RR (HL)
78 LD A,B B1 OR C CB1F RR A
79 LD A,C B2 OR D CB20 SLA B
7A LD A,D B3 OR E CB21 SLA C
7B LD A,E B4 OR H CB22 SLA D
7C LD A,H B5 OR L CB23 SLA E
7D LD A,L B6 OR (HL) CB24 SLA H
7E LD A,(HL) B7 OR A CB25 SLA L
7F LD A,A B8 CP B CB26 SLA (HL)
80 ADD A,B B9 CP C CB27 SLA A
81 ADD A,C BA CP D CB28 SRA B
82 ADD A,D BB CP E CB29 SRA C
83 ADD A,E BC CP H CB2A SRA D
84 ADD A,H BD CP L CB2B SRA E
85 ADD A,L BE CP (HL) CB2C SRA H
86 ADD A,(HL) BF CP A CB2D SRA L
87 ADD A,A C0 RET NZ CB2E SRA (HL)
88 ADC A,B C1 POP BC CB2F SRA A
89 ADC A,C C2 m n JP NZ,nm CB30 SLI B**
8A ADC A,D C3 m n JP nm CB31 SLI C**
8B ADC A,E C4 m n CALL NZ,nm CB32 SLI D**
8C ADC A,H C5 PUSH BC CB33 SLI E**
8D ADC A,L C6 n ADD A,n CB34 SLI H**
8E ADC A,(HL) C7 RST 0H CB35 SLI L**
8F ADC A,A C8 RET Z CB36 SLI (HL)**
90 SUB B C9 RET CB37 SLI A**
91 SUB C CA m n JP Z,nm CB38 SRL B
92 SUB D CB00 RLC B CB39 SRL C
93 SUB E CB01 RLC C CB3A SRL D
94 SUB H CB02 RLC D CB3B SRL E
95 SUB L CB03 RLC E CB3C SRL H
96 SUB (HL) CB04 RLC H CB3D SRL L
97 SUB A CB05 RLC L CB3E SRL (HL)
98 SBC A,B CB06 RLC (HL) CB3F SRL A
99 SBC A,C CB07 RLC A CB40 BIT 0,B
9A SBC A,D CB08 RRC B CB41 BIT 0,C
9B SBC A,E CB09 RRC C CB42 BIT 0,D
9C SBC A,H CB0A RRC D CB43 BIT 0,E
9D SBC A,L CB0B RRC E CB44 BIT 0,H
9E SBC A,(HL) CB0C RRC H CB45 BIT 0,L
9F SBC A,A CB0D RRC L CB46 BIT 0,(HL)
A0 AND B CB0E RRC (HL) CB47 BIT 0,A
A1 AND C CB0F RRC A CB48 BIT 1,B
A2 AND D CB10 RL B CB49 BIT 1,C
A3 AND E CB11 RL C CB4A BIT 1,D
A4 AND H CB12 RL D CB4B BIT 1,E

188
APPENDIX B. INSTRUCTIONS SORTED BY OPCODE

CB4C BIT 1,H CB85 RES 0,L CBBE RES 7,(HL)


CB4D BIT 1,L CB86 RES 0,(HL) CBBF RES 7,A
CB4E BIT 1,(HL) CB87 RES 0,A CBC0 SET 0,B
CB4F BIT 1,A CB88 RES 1,B CBC1 SET 0,C
CB50 BIT 2,B CB89 RES 1,C CBC2 SET 0,D
CB51 BIT 2,C CB8A RES 1,D CBC3 SET 0,E
CB52 BIT 2,D CB8B RES 1,E CBC4 SET 0,H
CB53 BIT 2,E CB8C RES 1,H CBC5 SET 0,L
CB54 BIT 2,H CB8D RES 1,L CBC6 SET 0,(HL)
CB55 BIT 2,L CB8E RES 1,(HL) CBC7 SET 0,A
CB56 BIT 2,(HL) CB8F RES 1,A CBC8 SET 1,B
CB57 BIT 2,A CB90 RES 2,B CBC9 SET 1,C
CB58 BIT 3,B CB91 RES 2,C CBCA SET 1,D
CB59 BIT 3,C CB92 RES 2,D CBCB SET 1,E
CB5A BIT 3,D CB93 RES 2,E CBCC SET 1,H
CB5B BIT 3,E CB94 RES 2,H CBCD SET 1,L
CB5C BIT 3,H CB95 RES 2,L CBCE SET 1,(HL)
CB5D BIT 3,L CB96 RES 2,(HL) CBCF SET 1,A
CB5E BIT 3,(HL) CB97 RES 2,A CBD0 SET 2,B
CB5F BIT 3,A CB98 RES 3,B CBD1 SET 2,C
CB60 BIT 4,B CB99 RES 3,C CBD2 SET 2,D
CB61 BIT 4,C CB9A RES 3,D CBD3 SET 2,E
CB62 BIT 4,D CB9B RES 3,E CBD4 SET 2,H
CB63 BIT 4,E CB9C RES 3,H CBD5 SET 2,L
CB64 BIT 4,H CB9D RES 3,L CBD6 SET 2,(HL)
CB65 BIT 4,L CB9E RES 3,(HL) CBD7 SET 2,A
CB66 BIT 4,(HL) CB9F RES 3,A CBD8 SET 3,B
CB67 BIT 4,A CBA0 RES 4,B CBD9 SET 3,C
CB68 BIT 5,B CBA1 RES 4,C CBDA SET 3,D
CB69 BIT 5,C CBA2 RES 4,D CBDB SET 3,E
CB6A BIT 5,D CBA3 RES 4,E CBDC SET 3,H
CB6B BIT 5,E CBA4 RES 4,H CBDD SET 3,L
CB6C BIT 5,H CBA5 RES 4,L CBDE SET 3,(HL)
CB6D BIT 5,L CBA6 RES 4,(HL) CBDF SET 3,A
CB6E BIT 5,(HL) CBA7 RES 4,A CBE0 SET 4,B
CB6F BIT 5,A CBA8 RES 5,B CBE1 SET 4,C
CB70 BIT 6,B CBA9 RES 5,C CBE2 SET 4,D
CB71 BIT 6,C CBAA RES 5,D CBE3 SET 4,E
CB72 BIT 6,D CBAB RES 5,E CBE4 SET 4,H
CB73 BIT 6,E CBAC RES 5,H CBE5 SET 4,L
CB74 BIT 6,H CBAD RES 5,L CBE6 SET 4,(HL)
CB75 BIT 6,L CBAE RES 5,(HL) CBE7 SET 4,A
CB76 BIT 6,(HL) CBAF RES 5,A CBE8 SET 5,B
CB77 BIT 6,A CBB0 RES 6,B CBE9 SET 5,C
CB78 BIT 7,B CBB1 RES 6,C CBEA SET 5,D
CB79 BIT 7,C CBB2 RES 6,D CBEB SET 5,E
CB7A BIT 7,D CBB3 RES 6,E CBEC SET 5,H
CB7B BIT 7,E CBB4 RES 6,H CBED SET 5,L
CB7C BIT 7,H CBB5 RES 6,L CBEE SET 5,(HL)
CB7D BIT 7,L CBB6 RES 6,(HL) CBEF SET 5,A
CB7E BIT 7,(HL) CBB7 RES 6,A CBF0 SET 6,B
CB7F BIT 7,A CBB8 RES 7,B CBF1 SET 6,C
CB80 RES 0,B CBB9 RES 7,C CBF2 SET 6,D
CB81 RES 0,C CBBA RES 7,D CBF3 SET 6,E
CB82 RES 0,D CBBB RES 7,E CBF4 SET 6,H
CB83 RES 0,E CBBC RES 7,H CBF5 SET 6,L
CB84 RES 0,H CBBD RES 7,L CBF6 SET 6,(HL)

189
APPENDIX B. INSTRUCTIONS SORTED BY OPCODE

CBF7 SET 6,A DD60 LD IXH,B** DDCB d 05 RLC (IX+d),L**


CBF8 SET 7,B DD61 LD IXH,C** DDCB d 06 RLC (IX+d)
CBF9 SET 7,C DD62 LD IXH,D** DDCB d 07 RLC (IX+d),A**
CBFA SET 7,D DD63 LD IXH,E** DDCB d 08 RRC (IX+d),B**
CBFB SET 7,E DD64 LD IXH,IXH** DDCB d 09 RRC (IX+d),C**
CBFC SET 7,H DD65 LD IXH,IXL** DDCB d 0A RRC (IX+d),D**
CBFD SET 7,L DD66 d LD H,(IX+d) DDCB d 0B RRC (IX+d),E**
CBFE SET 7,(HL) DD67 LD IXH,A** DDCB d 0C RRC (IX+d),H**
CBFF SET 7,A DD68 LD IXL,B** DDCB d 0D RRC (IX+d),L**
CC m n CALL Z,nm DD69 LD IXL,C** DDCB d 0E RRC (IX+d)
CD m n CALL nm DD6A LD IXL,D** DDCB d 0F RRC (IX+d),A**
CE n ADC A,n DD6B LD IXL,E** DDCB d 10 RL (IX+d),B**
CF RST 8H RL (IX+d),C**
DD6C LD IXL,IXH** DDCB d 11
D0 RET NC
DD6D LD IXL,IXL** DDCB d 12 RL (IX+d),D**
D1 POP DE
DD6E d LD L,(IX+d) DDCB d 13 RL (IX+d),E**
D2 m n JP NC,nm
DD6F LD IXL,A** DDCB d 14 RL (IX+d),H**
D3 n OUT (n),A
DD70 d LD (IX+d),B DDCB d 15 RL (IX+d),L**
D4 m n CALL NC,nm
DD71 d LD (IX+d),C DDCB d 16 RL (IX+d)
D5 PUSH DE
D6 n SUB n
DD72 d LD (IX+d),D DDCB d 17 RL (IX+d),A**
D7 RST 10H
DD73 d LD (IX+d),E DDCB d 18 RR (IX+d),B**
D8 RET C
DD74 d LD (IX+d),H DDCB d 19 RR (IX+d),C**
DD75 d LD (IX+d),L DDCB d 1A RR (IX+d),D**
D9 EXX
DD77 d LD (IX+d),A DDCB d 1B RR (IX+d),E**
DA m n JP C,nm
DD7C LD A,IXH** DDCB d 1C RR (IX+d),H**
DB n IN A,(n)
DC m n CALL C,nm DD7D LD A,IXL** DDCB d 1D RR (IX+d),L**
DD09 ADD IX,BC DD7E d LD A,(IX+d) DDCB d 1E RR (IX+d)
DD19 ADD IX,DE DD84 ADD A,IXH** DDCB d 1F RR (IX+d),A**
DD21 m n LD IX,nm DD85 ADD A,IXL** DDCB d 20 SLA (IX+d),B**
DD22 m n LD (nm),IX DD86 d ADD A,(IX+d) DDCB d 21 SLA (IX+d),C**
DD23 INC IX DD8C ADC A,IXH** DDCB d 22 SLA (IX+d),D**
DD24 INC IXH** DD8D ADC A,IXL** DDCB d 23 SLA (IX+d),E**
DD25 DEC IXH** DD8E d ADC A,(IX+d) DDCB d 24 SLA (IX+d),H**
DD26 n LD IXH,n** DD94 SUB IXH** DDCB d 25 SLA (IX+d),L**
DD29 ADD IX,IX DD95 SUB IXL** DDCB d 26 SLA (IX+d)
DD2A m n LD IX,(nm) DD96 d SUB (IX+d) DDCB d 27 SLA (IX+d),A**
DD2B DEC IX DD9C SBC A,IXH** DDCB d 28 SRA (IX+d),B**
DD2C INC IXL** DD9D SBC A,IXL** DDCB d 29 SRA (IX+d),C**
DD2D DEC IXL** DD9E d SBC A,(IX+d) DDCB d 2A SRA (IX+d),D**
DD2E n LD IXL,n** DDA4 AND IXH** DDCB d 2B SRA (IX+d),E**
DD34 d INC (IX+d) DDA5 AND IXL** DDCB d 2C SRA (IX+d),H**
DD35 d DEC (IX+d) DDA6 d AND (IX+d) DDCB d 2D SRA (IX+d),L**
DD36 d n LD (IX+d),n DDAC XOR IXH** DDCB d 2E SRA (IX+d)
DD39 ADD IX,SP DDAD XOR IXL** DDCB d 2F SRA (IX+d),A**
DD44 LD B,IXH** DDAE d XOR (IX+d) DDCB d 30 SLI (IX+d),B**
DD45 LD B,IXL** DDB4 OR IXH** DDCB d 31 SLI (IX+d),C**
DD46 d LD B,(IX+d) DDB5 OR IXL** DDCB d 32 SLI (IX+d),D**
DD4C LD C,IXH** DDB6 d OR (IX+d)
DDCB d 33 SLI (IX+d),E**
DD4D LD C,IXL** DDBC CP IXH**
DDCB d 34 SLI (IX+d),H**
DD4E d LD C,(IX+d) DDBD CP IXL**
DDCB d 35 SLI (IX+d),L**
DD54 LD D,IXH** DDBE d CP (IX+d)
DDCB d 36 SLI (IX+d)**
DD55 LD D,IXL** DDCB d 00 RLC (IX+d),B**
DDCB d 37 SLI (IX+d),A**
DD56 d LD D,(IX+d) DDCB d 01 RLC (IX+d),C**
DDCB d 38 SRL (IX+d),B**
DD5C LD E,IXH** DDCB d 02 RLC (IX+d),D**
DDCB d 39 SRL (IX+d),C**
DD5D LD E,IXL** DDCB d 03 RLC (IX+d),E**
DDCB d 3A SRL (IX+d),D**
DD5E d LD E,(IX+d) DDCB d 04 RLC (IX+d),H**
DDCB d 3B SRL (IX+d),E**

190
APPENDIX B. INSTRUCTIONS SORTED BY OPCODE

DDCB d 3C SRL (IX+d),H** DDCB d 73 BIT 6,(IX+d)** DDCB d AA RES 5,(IX+d),D**


DDCB d 3D SRL (IX+d),L** DDCB d 74 BIT 6,(IX+d)** DDCB d AB RES 5,(IX+d),E**
DDCB d 3E SRL (IX+d) DDCB d 75 BIT 6,(IX+d)** DDCB d AC RES 5,(IX+d),H**
DDCB d 3F SRL (IX+d),A** DDCB d 76 BIT 6,(IX+d) DDCB d AD RES 5,(IX+d),L**
DDCB d 40 BIT 0,(IX+d)** DDCB d 77 BIT 6,(IX+d)** DDCB d AE RES 5,(IX+d)
DDCB d 41 BIT 0,(IX+d)** DDCB d 78 BIT 7,(IX+d)** DDCB d AF RES 5,(IX+d),A**
DDCB d 42 BIT 0,(IX+d)** DDCB d 79 BIT 7,(IX+d)** DDCB d B0 RES 6,(IX+d),B**
DDCB d 43 BIT 0,(IX+d)** DDCB d 7A BIT 7,(IX+d)** DDCB d B1 RES 6,(IX+d),C**
DDCB d 44 BIT 0,(IX+d)** DDCB d 7B BIT 7,(IX+d)** DDCB d B2 RES 6,(IX+d),D**
DDCB d 45 BIT 0,(IX+d)** DDCB d 7C BIT 7,(IX+d)** DDCB d B3 RES 6,(IX+d),E**
DDCB d 46 BIT 0,(IX+d) DDCB d 7D BIT 7,(IX+d)** DDCB d B4 RES 6,(IX+d),H**
DDCB d 47 BIT 0,(IX+d)** DDCB d 7E BIT 7,(IX+d) DDCB d B5 RES 6,(IX+d),L**
DDCB d 48 BIT 1,(IX+d)** DDCB d 7F BIT 7,(IX+d)** DDCB d B6 RES 6,(IX+d)
DDCB d 49 BIT 1,(IX+d)** DDCB d 80 RES 0,(IX+d),B** DDCB d B7 RES 6,(IX+d),A**
DDCB d 4A BIT 1,(IX+d)** DDCB d 81 RES 0,(IX+d),C** DDCB d B8 RES 7,(IX+d),B**
DDCB d 4B BIT 1,(IX+d)** DDCB d 82 RES 0,(IX+d),D** DDCB d B9 RES 7,(IX+d),C**
DDCB d 4C BIT 1,(IX+d)** DDCB d 83 RES 0,(IX+d),E** DDCB d BA RES 7,(IX+d),D**
DDCB d 4D BIT 1,(IX+d)** DDCB d 84 RES 0,(IX+d),H** DDCB d BB RES 7,(IX+d),E**
DDCB d 4E BIT 1,(IX+d) DDCB d 85 RES 0,(IX+d),L** DDCB d BC RES 7,(IX+d),H**
DDCB d 4F BIT 1,(IX+d)** DDCB d 86 RES 0,(IX+d) DDCB d BD RES 7,(IX+d),L**
DDCB d 50 BIT 2,(IX+d)** DDCB d 87 RES 0,(IX+d),A** DDCB d BE RES 7,(IX+d)
DDCB d 51 BIT 2,(IX+d)** DDCB d 88 RES 1,(IX+d),B** DDCB d BF RES 7,(IX+d),A**
DDCB d 52 BIT 2,(IX+d)** DDCB d 89 RES 1,(IX+d),C** DDCB d C0 SET 0,(IX+d),B**
DDCB d 53 BIT 2,(IX+d)** DDCB d 8A RES 1,(IX+d),D** DDCB d C1 SET 0,(IX+d),C**
DDCB d 54 BIT 2,(IX+d)** DDCB d 8B RES 1,(IX+d),E** DDCB d C2 SET 0,(IX+d),D**
DDCB d 55 BIT 2,(IX+d)** DDCB d 8C RES 1,(IX+d),H** DDCB d C3 SET 0,(IX+d),E**
DDCB d 56 BIT 2,(IX+d) DDCB d 8D RES 1,(IX+d),L** DDCB d C4 SET 0,(IX+d),H**
DDCB d 57 BIT 2,(IX+d)** DDCB d 8E RES 1,(IX+d) DDCB d C5 SET 0,(IX+d),L**
DDCB d 58 BIT 3,(IX+d)** DDCB d 8F RES 1,(IX+d),A** DDCB d C6 SET 0,(IX+d)
DDCB d 59 BIT 3,(IX+d)** DDCB d 90 RES 2,(IX+d),B** DDCB d C7 SET 0,(IX+d),A**
DDCB d 5A BIT 3,(IX+d)** DDCB d 91 RES 2,(IX+d),C** DDCB d C8 SET 1,(IX+d),B**
DDCB d 5B BIT 3,(IX+d)** DDCB d 92 RES 2,(IX+d),D** DDCB d C9 SET 1,(IX+d),C**
DDCB d 5C BIT 3,(IX+d)** DDCB d 93 RES 2,(IX+d),E** DDCB d CA SET 1,(IX+d),D**
DDCB d 5D BIT 3,(IX+d)** DDCB d 94 RES 2,(IX+d),H** DDCB d CB SET 1,(IX+d),E**
DDCB d 5E BIT 3,(IX+d) DDCB d 95 RES 2,(IX+d),L** DDCB d CC SET 1,(IX+d),H**
DDCB d 5F BIT 3,(IX+d)** DDCB d 96 RES 2,(IX+d) DDCB d CD SET 1,(IX+d),L**
DDCB d 60 BIT 4,(IX+d)** DDCB d 97 RES 2,(IX+d),A** DDCB d CE SET 1,(IX+d)
DDCB d 61 BIT 4,(IX+d)** DDCB d 98 RES 3,(IX+d),B** DDCB d CF SET 1,(IX+d),A**
DDCB d 62 BIT 4,(IX+d)** DDCB d 99 RES 3,(IX+d),C** DDCB d D0 SET 2,(IX+d),B**
DDCB d 63 BIT 4,(IX+d)** DDCB d 9A RES 3,(IX+d),D** DDCB d D1 SET 2,(IX+d),C**
DDCB d 64 BIT 4,(IX+d)** DDCB d 9B RES 3,(IX+d),E** DDCB d D2 SET 2,(IX+d),D**
DDCB d 65 BIT 4,(IX+d)** DDCB d 9C RES 3,(IX+d),H** DDCB d D3 SET 2,(IX+d),E**
DDCB d 66 BIT 4,(IX+d) DDCB d 9D RES 3,(IX+d),L** DDCB d D4 SET 2,(IX+d),H**
DDCB d 67 BIT 4,(IX+d)** DDCB d 9E RES 3,(IX+d) DDCB d D5 SET 2,(IX+d),L**
DDCB d 68 BIT 5,(IX+d)** DDCB d 9F RES 3,(IX+d),A** DDCB d D6 SET 2,(IX+d)
DDCB d 69 BIT 5,(IX+d)** DDCB d A0 RES 4,(IX+d),B** DDCB d D7 SET 2,(IX+d),A**
DDCB d 6A BIT 5,(IX+d)** DDCB d A1 RES 4,(IX+d),C** DDCB d D8 SET 3,(IX+d),B**
DDCB d 6B BIT 5,(IX+d)** DDCB d A2 RES 4,(IX+d),D** DDCB d D9 SET 3,(IX+d),C**
DDCB d 6C BIT 5,(IX+d)** DDCB d A3 RES 4,(IX+d),E** DDCB d DA SET 3,(IX+d),D**
DDCB d 6D BIT 5,(IX+d)** DDCB d A4 RES 4,(IX+d),H** DDCB d DB SET 3,(IX+d),E**
DDCB d 6E BIT 5,(IX+d) DDCB d A5 RES 4,(IX+d),L** DDCB d DC SET 3,(IX+d),H**
DDCB d 6F BIT 5,(IX+d)** DDCB d A6 RES 4,(IX+d) DDCB d DD SET 3,(IX+d),L**
DDCB d 70 BIT 6,(IX+d)** DDCB d A7 RES 4,(IX+d),A** DDCB d DE SET 3,(IX+d)
DDCB d 71 BIT 6,(IX+d)** DDCB d A8 RES 5,(IX+d),B** DDCB d DF SET 3,(IX+d),A**
DDCB d 72 BIT 6,(IX+d)** DDCB d A9 RES 5,(IX+d),C** DDCB d E0 SET 4,(IX+d),B**

191
APPENDIX B. INSTRUCTIONS SORTED BY OPCODE

DDCB d E1 SET 4,(IX+d),C** ED29 BSRA DE,BZX ED6D RETN**


DDCB d E2 SET 4,(IX+d),D** ED2A BSRL DE,BZX ED6E IM 0**
DDCB d E3 SET 4,(IX+d),E** ED2B BSRF DE,BZX ED6F RLD
DDCB d E4 SET 4,(IX+d),H** ED2C BRLC DE,BZX ED70 IN F,(C)**
DDCB d E5 SET 4,(IX+d),L** ED30 MUL D,EZX ED70 IN (C)**
DDCB d E6 SET 4,(IX+d) ED31 ADD HL,AZX ED71 OUT (C),0**
DDCB d E7 SET 4,(IX+d),A** ED32 ADD DE,AZX ED72 SBC HL,SP
DDCB d E8 SET 5,(IX+d),B** ED33 ADD BC,AZX ED73 m n LD (nm),SP
DDCB d E9 SET 5,(IX+d),C** ED34 m n ADD HL,nmZX ED74 NEG**
DDCB d EA SET 5,(IX+d),D** ED35 m n ADD DE,nmZX ED75 RETN**
DDCB d EB SET 5,(IX+d),E** ED36 m n ADD BC,nmZX ED76 IM 1**
DDCB d EC SET 5,(IX+d),H** ED40 IN B,(C) ED78 IN A,(C)
ED41 OUT (C),B
DDCB d ED SET 5,(IX+d),L** ED79 OUT (C),A
ED42 SBC HL,BC ED7A ADC HL,SP
DDCB d EE SET 5,(IX+d)
ED43 m n LD (nm),BC ED7B m n LD SP,(nm)
DDCB d EF SET 5,(IX+d),A**
ED44 NEG ED7C NEG**
DDCB d F0 SET 6,(IX+d),B**
ED45 RETN ED7D RETN**
DDCB d F1 SET 6,(IX+d),C**
ED46 IM 0 ED7E IM 2**
DDCB d F2 SET 6,(IX+d),D** ED47 LD I,A
DDCB d F3 SET 6,(IX+d),E** ED8A n m PUSH nmZX
ED48 IN C,(C) ED90 OUTINBZX
DDCB d F4 SET 6,(IX+d),H** ED49 OUT (C),C
DDCB d F5 SET 6,(IX+d),L** ED91 r n NEXTREG r,nZX
ED4A ADC HL,BC ED92 n NEXTREG r,AZX
DDCB d F6 SET 6,(IX+d) ED4B m n LD BC,(nm)
DDCB d F7 SET 6,(IX+d),A** ED93 PIXELDNZX
ED4C NEG** ED94 PIXELADZX
DDCB d F8 SET 7,(IX+d),B** ED4D RETI ED95 SETAEZX
DDCB d F9 SET 7,(IX+d),C** ED4E IM 0** ED97 JP (C)ZX
DDCB d FA SET 7,(IX+d),D** ED4F LD R,A EDA0 LDI
DDCB d FB SET 7,(IX+d),E** ED50 IN D,(C) EDA1 CPI
DDCB d FC SET 7,(IX+d),H** ED51 OUT (C),D EDA2 INI
DDCB d FD SET 7,(IX+d),L** ED52 SBC HL,DE EDA3 OUTI
DDCB d FE SET 7,(IX+d) ED53 m n LD (nm),DE EDA4 LDIXZX
DDCB d FF SET 7,(IX+d),A** ED54 NEG** EDA5 LDWSZX
DDE1 POP IX ED55 RETN** EDAC LDDXZX
DDE3 EX (SP),IX ED56 IM 1 EDA8 LDD
DDE5 PUSH IX ED57 LD A,I EDA9 CPD
DDE9 JP (IX) ED58 IN E,(C) EDAA IND
DDF9 LD SP,IX ED59 OUT (C),E EDAB OUTD
DE n SBC A,n ED5A ADC HL,DE EDB0 LDIR
DF RST 18H ED5B m n LD DE,(nm) EDB1 CPIR
E0 RET PO ED5C NEG** EDB2 INIR
E1 POP HL ED5D RETN** EDB3 OTIR
E2 m n JP PO,nm ED5E IM 2 EDB4 LDIRXZX
E3 EX (SP),HL ED5F LD A,R EDB7 LDPIRXZX
E4 m n CALL PO,nm ED60 IN H,(C) EDBC LDDRXZX
E5 PUSH HL ED61 OUT (C),H EDB8 LDDR
E6 n AND n ED62 SBC HL,HL EDB9 CPDR
E7 RST 20H ED63 m n LD (nm),HL EDBA INDR
E8 RET PE ED64 NEG** EDBB OTDR
E9 JP (HL) ED65 RETN** EE n XOR n
EA m n JP PE,nm ED66 IM 0** EF RST 28H
EB EX DE,HL ED67 RRD F0 RET P
EC m n CALL PE,nm ED68 IN L,(C) F1 POP AF
ED23 SWAPNIBZX ED69 OUT (C),L F2 m n JP P,nm
ED24 MIRROR AZX ED6A ADC HL,HL F3 DI
ED27 n TEST nZX ED6B m n LD HL,(nm) F4 m n CALL P,nm
ED28 BSLA DE,BZX ED6C NEG** F5 PUSH AF
ED28 BSLA DE,BZX

192
APPENDIX B. INSTRUCTIONS SORTED BY OPCODE

F6 n OR n FD73 d LD (IY+d),E FDCB d 18 RR (IY+d),B**


F7 RST 30H FD74 d LD (IY+d),H FDCB d 19 RR (IY+d),C**
F8 RET M FD75 d LD (IY+d),L FDCB d 1A RR (IY+d),D**
F9 LD SP,HL FD77 d LD (IY+d),A FDCB d 1B RR (IY+d),E**
FA m n JP M,nm FD7C LD A,IYH** FDCB d 1C RR (IY+d),H**
FB EI FD7D LD A,IYL** FDCB d 1D RR (IY+d),L**
FC m n CALL M,nm FD7E d LD A,(IY+d) FDCB d 1E RR (IY+d)
FD09 ADD IY,BC FD84 ADD A,IYH** FDCB d 1F RR (IY+d),A**
FD19 ADD IY,DE FD85 ADD A,IYL** FDCB d 20 SLA (IY+d),B**
FD21 m n LD IY,nm FD86 d ADD A,(IY+d) FDCB d 21 SLA (IY+d),C**
FD22 m n LD (nm),IY FD8C ADC A,IYH** FDCB d 22 SLA (IY+d),D**
FD23 INC IY FD8D ADC A,IYL** FDCB d 23 SLA (IY+d),E**
FD24 INC IYH** FD8E d ADC A,(IY+d) FDCB d 24 SLA (IY+d),H**
FD25 DEC IYH** FD94 SUB IYH** FDCB d 25 SLA (IY+d),L**
FD26 n LD IYH,n** FD95 SUB IYL** FDCB d 26 SLA (IY+d)
FD29 ADD IY,IY FD96 d SUB (IY+d) FDCB d 27 SLA (IY+d),A**
FD2A m n LD IY,(nm) FD9C SBC A,IYH** FDCB d 28 SRA (IY+d),B**
FD2B DEC IY FD9D SBC A,IYL** FDCB d 29 SRA (IY+d),C**
FD2C INC IYL** FD9E d SBC A,(IY+d) FDCB d 2A SRA (IY+d),D**
FD2D DEC IYL** FDA4 AND IYH** FDCB d 2B SRA (IY+d),E**
FD2E n LD IYL,n** FDA5 AND IYL** FDCB d 2C SRA (IY+d),H**
FD34 d INC (IY+d) FDA6 d AND (IY+d) FDCB d 2D SRA (IY+d),L**
FD35 d DEC (IY+d) FDAC XOR IYH** FDCB d 2E SRA (IY+d)
FD36 d n LD (IY+d),n FDAD XOR IYL** FDCB d 2F SRA (IY+d),A**
FD39 ADD IY,SP FDAE d XOR (IY+d) FDCB d 30 SLI (IY+d),B**
FD44 LD B,IYH** FDB4 OR IYH** FDCB d 31 SLI (IY+d),C**
FD45 LD B,IYL** FDB5 OR IYL**
FD46 d LD B,(IY+d) FDCB d 32 SLI (IY+d),D**
FDB6 d OR (IY+d) FDCB d 33 SLI (IY+d),E**
FD4C LD C,IYH** FDBC CP IYH**
FD4D LD C,IYL** FDCB d 34 SLI (IY+d),H**
FDBD CP IYL** FDCB d 35 SLI (IY+d),L**
FD4E d LD C,(IY+d) FDBE d CP (IY+d)
FD54 LD D,IYH** FDCB d 36 SLI (IY+d)**
FDCB d 00 RLC (IY+d),B** FDCB d 37 SLI (IY+d),A**
FD55 LD D,IYL** FDCB d 01 RLC (IY+d),C**
FD56 d LD D,(IY+d) FDCB d 38 SRL (IY+d),B**
FDCB d 02 RLC (IY+d),D** FDCB d 39 SRL (IY+d),C**
FD5C LD E,IYH** FDCB d 03 RLC (IY+d),E**
FD5D LD E,IYL** FDCB d 3A SRL (IY+d),D**
FDCB d 04 RLC (IY+d),H** FDCB d 3B SRL (IY+d),E**
FD5E d LD E,(IY+d) FDCB d 05 RLC (IY+d),L**
FD60 LD IYH,B** FDCB d 3C SRL (IY+d),H**
FDCB d 06 RLC (IY+d) FDCB d 3D SRL (IY+d),L**
FD61 LD IYH,C** FDCB d 07 RLC (IY+d),A**
FD62 LD IYH,D** FDCB d 3E SRL (IY+d)
FDCB d 08 RRC (IY+d),B** FDCB d 3F SRL (IY+d),A**
FD63 LD IYH,E** FDCB d 09 RRC (IY+d),C**
FD64 LD IYH,IYH** FDCB d 40 BIT 0,(IY+d)**
FDCB d 0A RRC (IY+d),D** FDCB d 41 BIT 0,(IY+d)**
FD65 LD IYH,IYL** FDCB d 0B RRC (IY+d),E**
FD66 d LD H,(IY+d) FDCB d 42 BIT 0,(IY+d)**
FDCB d 0C RRC (IY+d),H** FDCB d 43 BIT 0,(IY+d)**
FD67 LD IYH,A** FDCB d 0D RRC (IY+d),L**
FD68 LD IYL,B** FDCB d 44 BIT 0,(IY+d)**
FDCB d 0E RRC (IY+d) FDCB d 45 BIT 0,(IY+d)**
FD69 LD IYL,C** FDCB d 0F RRC (IY+d),A**
FD6A LD IYL,D** FDCB d 46 BIT 0,(IY+d)
FDCB d 10 RL (IY+d),B** FDCB d 47 BIT 0,(IY+d)**
FD6B LD IYL,E** FDCB d 11 RL (IY+d),C**
FD6C LD IYL,IYH** FDCB d 48 BIT 1,(IY+d)**
FDCB d 12 RL (IY+d),D** FDCB d 49 BIT 1,(IY+d)**
FD6D LD IYL,IYL** FDCB d 13 RL (IY+d),E**
FD6E d LD L,(IY+d) FDCB d 4A BIT 1,(IY+d)**
FDCB d 14 RL (IY+d),H** FDCB d 4B BIT 1,(IY+d)**
FD6F LD IYL,A** FDCB d 15 RL (IY+d),L**
FD70 d LD (IY+d),B FDCB d 4C BIT 1,(IY+d)**
FDCB d 16 RL (IY+d) FDCB d 4D BIT 1,(IY+d)**
FD71 d LD (IY+d),C
FDCB d 17 RL (IY+d),A** FDCB d 4E BIT 1,(IY+d)
FD72 d LD (IY+d),D

193
APPENDIX B. INSTRUCTIONS SORTED BY OPCODE

FDCB d 4F BIT 1,(IY+d)** FDCB d 86 RES 0,(IY+d) FDCB d BD RES 7,(IY+d),L**


FDCB d 50 BIT 2,(IY+d)** FDCB d 87 RES 0,(IY+d),A** FDCB d BE RES 7,(IY+d)
FDCB d 51 BIT 2,(IY+d)** FDCB d 88 RES 1,(IY+d),B** FDCB d BF RES 7,(IY+d),A**
FDCB d 52 BIT 2,(IY+d)** FDCB d 89 RES 1,(IY+d),C** FDCB d C0 SET 0,(IY+d),B**
FDCB d 53 BIT 2,(IY+d)** FDCB d 8A RES 1,(IY+d),D** FDCB d C1 SET 0,(IY+d),C**
FDCB d 54 BIT 2,(IY+d)** FDCB d 8B RES 1,(IY+d),E** FDCB d C2 SET 0,(IY+d),D**
FDCB d 55 BIT 2,(IY+d)** FDCB d 8C RES 1,(IY+d),H** FDCB d C3 SET 0,(IY+d),E**
FDCB d 56 BIT 2,(IY+d) FDCB d 8D RES 1,(IY+d),L** FDCB d C4 SET 0,(IY+d),H**
FDCB d 57 BIT 2,(IY+d)** FDCB d 8E RES 1,(IY+d) FDCB d C5 SET 0,(IY+d),L**
FDCB d 58 BIT 3,(IY+d)** FDCB d 8F RES 1,(IY+d),A** FDCB d C6 SET 0,(IY+d)
FDCB d 59 BIT 3,(IY+d)** FDCB d 90 RES 2,(IY+d),B** FDCB d C7 SET 0,(IY+d),A**
FDCB d 5A BIT 3,(IY+d)** FDCB d 91 RES 2,(IY+d),C** FDCB d C8 SET 1,(IY+d),B**
FDCB d 5B BIT 3,(IY+d)** FDCB d 92 RES 2,(IY+d),D** FDCB d C9 SET 1,(IY+d),C**
FDCB d 5C BIT 3,(IY+d)** FDCB d 93 RES 2,(IY+d),E** FDCB d CA SET 1,(IY+d),D**
FDCB d 5D BIT 3,(IY+d)** FDCB d 94 RES 2,(IY+d),H** FDCB d CB SET 1,(IY+d),E**
FDCB d 5E BIT 3,(IY+d) FDCB d 95 RES 2,(IY+d),L** FDCB d CC SET 1,(IY+d),H**
FDCB d 5F BIT 3,(IY+d)** FDCB d 96 RES 2,(IY+d) FDCB d CD SET 1,(IY+d),L**
FDCB d 60 BIT 4,(IY+d)** FDCB d 97 RES 2,(IY+d),A** FDCB d CE SET 1,(IY+d)
FDCB d 61 BIT 4,(IY+d)** FDCB d 98 RES 3,(IY+d),B** FDCB d CF SET 1,(IY+d),A**
FDCB d 62 BIT 4,(IY+d)** FDCB d 99 RES 3,(IY+d),C** FDCB d D0 SET 2,(IY+d),B**
FDCB d 63 BIT 4,(IY+d)** FDCB d 9A RES 3,(IY+d),D** FDCB d D1 SET 2,(IY+d),C**
FDCB d 64 BIT 4,(IY+d)** FDCB d 9B RES 3,(IY+d),E** FDCB d D2 SET 2,(IY+d),D**
FDCB d 65 BIT 4,(IY+d)** FDCB d 9C RES 3,(IY+d),H** FDCB d D3 SET 2,(IY+d),E**
FDCB d 66 BIT 4,(IY+d) FDCB d 9D RES 3,(IY+d),L** FDCB d D4 SET 2,(IY+d),H**
FDCB d 67 BIT 4,(IY+d)** FDCB d 9E RES 3,(IY+d) FDCB d D5 SET 2,(IY+d),L**
FDCB d 68 BIT 5,(IY+d)** FDCB d 9F RES 3,(IY+d),A** FDCB d D6 SET 2,(IY+d)
FDCB d 69 BIT 5,(IY+d)** FDCB d A0 RES 4,(IY+d),B** FDCB d D7 SET 2,(IY+d),A**
FDCB d 6A BIT 5,(IY+d)** FDCB d A1 RES 4,(IY+d),C** FDCB d D8 SET 3,(IY+d),B**
FDCB d 6B BIT 5,(IY+d)** FDCB d A2 RES 4,(IY+d),D** FDCB d D9 SET 3,(IY+d),C**
FDCB d 6C BIT 5,(IY+d)** FDCB d A3 RES 4,(IY+d),E** FDCB d DA SET 3,(IY+d),D**
FDCB d 6D BIT 5,(IY+d)** FDCB d A4 RES 4,(IY+d),H** FDCB d DB SET 3,(IY+d),E**
FDCB d 6E BIT 5,(IY+d) FDCB d A5 RES 4,(IY+d),L** FDCB d DC SET 3,(IY+d),H**
FDCB d 6F BIT 5,(IY+d)** FDCB d A6 RES 4,(IY+d) FDCB d DD SET 3,(IY+d),L**
FDCB d 70 BIT 6,(IY+d)** FDCB d A7 RES 4,(IY+d),A** FDCB d DE SET 3,(IY+d)
FDCB d 71 BIT 6,(IY+d)** FDCB d A8 RES 5,(IY+d),B** FDCB d DF SET 3,(IY+d),A**
FDCB d 72 BIT 6,(IY+d)** FDCB d A9 RES 5,(IY+d),C** FDCB d E0 SET 4,(IY+d),B**
FDCB d 73 BIT 6,(IY+d)** FDCB d AA RES 5,(IY+d),D** FDCB d E1 SET 4,(IY+d),C**
FDCB d 74 BIT 6,(IY+d)** FDCB d AB RES 5,(IY+d),E** FDCB d E2 SET 4,(IY+d),D**
FDCB d 75 BIT 6,(IY+d)** FDCB d AC RES 5,(IY+d),H** FDCB d E3 SET 4,(IY+d),E**
FDCB d 76 BIT 6,(IY+d) FDCB d AD RES 5,(IY+d),L** FDCB d E4 SET 4,(IY+d),H**
FDCB d 77 BIT 6,(IY+d)** FDCB d AE RES 5,(IY+d) FDCB d E5 SET 4,(IY+d),L**
FDCB d 78 BIT 7,(IY+d)** FDCB d AF RES 5,(IY+d),A** FDCB d E6 SET 4,(IY+d)
FDCB d 79 BIT 7,(IY+d)** FDCB d B0 RES 6,(IY+d),B** FDCB d E7 SET 4,(IY+d),A**
FDCB d 7A BIT 7,(IY+d)** FDCB d B1 RES 6,(IY+d),C** FDCB d E8 SET 5,(IY+d),B**
FDCB d 7B BIT 7,(IY+d)** FDCB d B2 RES 6,(IY+d),D** FDCB d E9 SET 5,(IY+d),C**
FDCB d 7C BIT 7,(IY+d)** FDCB d B3 RES 6,(IY+d),E** FDCB d EA SET 5,(IY+d),D**
FDCB d 7D BIT 7,(IY+d)** FDCB d B4 RES 6,(IY+d),H** FDCB d EB SET 5,(IY+d),E**
FDCB d 7E BIT 7,(IY+d) FDCB d B5 RES 6,(IY+d),L** FDCB d EC SET 5,(IY+d),H**
FDCB d 7F BIT 7,(IY+d)** FDCB d B6 RES 6,(IY+d) FDCB d ED SET 5,(IY+d),L**
FDCB d 80 RES 0,(IY+d),B** FDCB d B7 RES 6,(IY+d),A** FDCB d EE SET 5,(IY+d)
FDCB d 81 RES 0,(IY+d),C** FDCB d B8 RES 7,(IY+d),B** FDCB d EF SET 5,(IY+d),A**
FDCB d 82 RES 0,(IY+d),D** FDCB d B9 RES 7,(IY+d),C** FDCB d F0 SET 6,(IY+d),B**
FDCB d 83 RES 0,(IY+d),E** FDCB d BA RES 7,(IY+d),D** FDCB d F1 SET 6,(IY+d),C**
FDCB d 84 RES 0,(IY+d),H** FDCB d BB RES 7,(IY+d),E** FDCB d F2 SET 6,(IY+d),D**
FDCB d 85 RES 0,(IY+d),L** FDCB d BC RES 7,(IY+d),H** FDCB d F3 SET 6,(IY+d),E**

194
APPENDIX B. INSTRUCTIONS SORTED BY OPCODE

FDCB d F4 SET 6,(IY+d),H** FDCB d FA SET 7,(IY+d),D** FDE1 POP IY


FDCB d F5 SET 6,(IY+d),L** FDCB d FB SET 7,(IY+d),E** FDE3 EX (SP),IY
FDCB d F6 SET 6,(IY+d) FDCB d FC SET 7,(IY+d),H** FDE5 PUSH IY
FDCB d F7 SET 6,(IY+d),A** FDCB d FD SET 7,(IY+d),L** FDE9 JP (IY)
FDCB d F8 SET 7,(IY+d),B** FDCB d FE SET 7,(IY+d) FDF9 LD SP,IY
FDCB d F9 SET 7,(IY+d),C** FDCB d FF SET 7,(IY+d),A** FE n CP n
FF RST 38H

195
APPENDIX B. INSTRUCTIONS SORTED BY OPCODE

This page intentionally left empty

196
Appendix C

Bibliography

[1] Mark Rison Z80 page for !CPC.


http://www.acorn.co.uk/mrison/en/cpc/tech.html

[2] YAZE (Yet Another Z80 Emulator). This is a CPM emulator by Frank Cringle. It emulates
almost every undocumented flag, very good emulator. Also includes a very good instruction
exerciser and is released under the GPL.
ftp://ftp.ping.de/pub/misc/emulators/yaze-1.10.tar.gz
Note: the instruction exerciser zexdoc/zexall does not test I/O instructions and not all
normal instructions (for instance LD A,(IX+n) is tested, but not with different values of n,
just n=1, values above 128 (LD A,(IX-n) are not tested) but it still gives a pretty good idea
of how well a simulated Z80 works.

[3] Z80 Family Official Support Page by Thomas Scherrer. Very good – your one-stop Z80 page.
http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/3938/z80 home.htm

[4] Spectrum FAQ technical information.


http://www.worldofspectrum.org/faq/

[5] Gerton Lunter’s Spectrum emulator (Z80). In the package there is a file TECHINFO.DOC,
which contains a lot of interesting information. Note that the current version can only be
unpacked in Windows.
ftp://ftp.void.jump.org/pub/sinclair/emulators/pc/dos/z80-400.zip

[6] Mostek Z80 Programming Manual – a very good reference to the Z80.

[7] Z80 Product Specification, from MSX2 Hardware Information.


http://www.hardwareinfo.msx2.com/pdf/Zilog/z80.pdf

[8] ZX Spectrum Next information.


https://wiki.specnext.dev/

197
APPENDIX C. BIBLIOGRAPHY

This page intentionally left empty

198
Appendix D

GNU Free Documentation License

Version 1.1, March 2000

Copyright © 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.


59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing
it is not allowed.

Preamble
The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written document “free” in the
sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
modifying it, either commercially or non-commercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the
author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
modifications made by others.
This License is a kind of “copyleft”, which means that derivative works of the document must
themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is
a copyleft license designed for free software.
We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software
needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that
the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any textual
work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this
License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.

D.1 Applicability and Definitions


This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder
saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. The “Document”, below, refers to any
such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as “you”.
A “Modified Version” of the Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it,

199
APPENDIX D. GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE

either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another language.
A “Secondary Section” is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals
exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document’s
overall subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall
subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section
may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with
the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position
regarding them.
The “Invariant Sections” are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of
Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License.
The “Cover Texts” are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-
Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License.
A “Transparent” copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose
specification is available to the general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs
or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters
or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made
in an otherwise Transparent file format whose mark-up has been designed to thwart or discourage
subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is not “Transparent” is called
“Opaque”.
Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without mark-up, Texinfo
input format, LATEX input format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-
conforming simple HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF,
proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML
for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the machine-generated
HTML produced by some word processors for output purposes only.
The “Title Page” means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are
needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, “Title Page” means the text near the most prominent
appearance of the work’s title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text.

D.2 Verbatim Copying


You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or non-commercially,
provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to
the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those
of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange
for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in
section 3.
You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display
copies.

200
APPENDIX D. GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE

D.3 Copying in Quantity


If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, and the Document’s license
notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all
these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover.
Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover
must present the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add
other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they
preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying
in other respects.
If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones
listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages.
If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must
either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with
each Opaque copy a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete Transparent
copy of the Document, free of added material, which the general network-using public has access to
download anonymously at no charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter
option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in
quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until
at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents
or retailers) of that edition to the public.
It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before redistributing
any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the
Document.

D.4 Modifications
You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections
2 and 3 above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the
Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the
Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the
Modified Version:

ˆ Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Document, and
from those of previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of
that version gives permission.

ˆ List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of
the modifications in the Modified Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of
the Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).

ˆ State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the publisher.

ˆ Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.

ˆ Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright
notices.

201
APPENDIX D. GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE

ˆ Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission to
use the Modified Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum
below.

ˆ Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts given
in the Document’s license notice.

ˆ Include an unaltered copy of this License.

ˆ Preserve the section entitled “History”, and its title, and add to it an item stating at least
the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.
If there is no section entitled “History” in the Document, create one stating the title, year,
authors, and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item describing
the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence.

ˆ Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a Transparent
copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations given in the Document for previous
versions it was based on. These may be placed in the “History” section. You may omit a
network location for a work that was published at least four years before the Document itself,
or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.

ˆ In any section entitled “Acknowledgements” or “Dedications”, preserve the section’s title, and
preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
and/or dedications given therein.

ˆ Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and in their titles.
Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.

ˆ Delete any section entitled “Endorsements”. Such a section may not be included in the Modified
Version.

ˆ Do not retitle any existing section as “Endorsements” or to conflict in title with any Invariant
Section.

If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary
Sections and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some
or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the
Modified Version’s license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
You may add a section entitled “Endorsements”, provided it contains nothing but endorsements of
your Modified Version by various parties – for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard.
You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as
a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by)
any one entity. If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by
you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another;
but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the
old one.
The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their
names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version.

202
APPENDIX D. GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE

D.5 Combining Documents


You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms
defined in section 4 above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all
of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant
Sections of your combined work in its license notice.
The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant
Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same
name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in
parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique
number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license
notice of the combined work.
In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled “History” in the various original documents,
forming one section entitled “History”; likewise combine any sections entitled “Acknowledgements”,
and any sections entitled “Dedications”. You must delete all sections entitled “Endorsements.”

D.6 Collections of Documents


You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this
License, and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy
that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying
of each of the documents in all other respects.
You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it individually under this
License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License
in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.

D.7 Aggregation With Independent Works


A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or
works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified
Version of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the compilation. Such a
compilation is called an “aggregate”, and this License does not apply to the other self-contained works
thus compiled with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves
derivative works of the Document.
If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the
Document is less than one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document’s Cover Texts may be placed
on covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on
covers around the whole aggregate.

D.8 Translation
Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document
under the terms of section 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special permission

203
APPENDIX D. GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE

from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in
addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this
License provided that you also include the original English version of this License. In case of a
disagreement between the translation and the original English version of this License, the original
English version will prevail.

D.9 Termination
You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided for
under this License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void,
and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received
copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.

D.10 Future Revisions of This License


The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation
License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that
a particular numbered version of this License ”or any later version” applies to it, you have the option
of following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has
been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify
a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation.

204

You might also like